Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number 1-11277

VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

New Jersey   22-2477875

(State or other jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1455 Valley Road

Wayne, NJ

  07470
(Address of principal executive office)   (Zip code)

973-305-8800

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

  

Name of exchange on which registered

Common Stock, no par value    New York Stock Exchange

Warrants to purchase Common Stock

Warrants to purchase Common Stock

  

New York Stock Exchange

NASDAQ Capital Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files.)    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   þ    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act)     Yes  ¨    No  þ

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $1.8 billion on June 30, 2013.

There were 200,238,692 shares of Common Stock outstanding at February 26, 2014.

Documents incorporated by reference:

Certain portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement (the “2014 Proxy Statement”) for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 9, 2014 will be incorporated by reference in Part III. The 2014 proxy statement will be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2013.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

PART I

    

Item 1.

 

Business

     3   

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

     20   

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     31   

Item 2.

 

Properties

     31   

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

     31   

PART II

    

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and  Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     32   

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

     35   

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     38   

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     90   

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

     91   
 

Valley National Bancorp and Subsidiaries:

  
 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

     91   
 

Consolidated Statements of Income

     92   
 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     93   
 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     94   
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     95   
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     97   
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     175   

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     176   

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

     176   

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

     179   

PART III

    

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     179   

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

     179   

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

     179   

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     179   

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     179   

PART IV

    

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     180   
 

Signatures

     184   

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by Item 1A—Risk Factors and the section captioned “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” in Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this report and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in this report.

Valley National Bancorp, headquartered in Wayne, New Jersey, is a New Jersey corporation organized in 1983 and is registered as a bank holding company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“Holding Company Act”). The words “Valley,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Valley National Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless we indicate otherwise. At December 31, 2013, Valley had consolidated total assets of $16.2 billion, total net loans of $11.5 billion, total deposits of $11.3 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $1.5 billion. In addition to its principal subsidiary, Valley National Bank (commonly referred to as the “Bank” in this report), Valley owns all of the voting and common shares of GCB Capital Trust III and State Bancorp Capital Trusts I and II through which trust preferred securities were issued. These trusts are not consolidated subsidiaries. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

Valley National Bank is a national banking association chartered in 1927 under the laws of the United States. Currently, the Bank has 204 branches in 144 communities serving 16 counties throughout northern and central New Jersey, the New York City boroughs of Manhattan, Brooklyn and Queens, as well as Long Island, New York. The Bank provides a full range of commercial, retail and wealth management financial services products. The Bank provides a variety of banking services including automated teller machines, telephone and internet banking, remote deposit capture, overdraft facilities, drive-in and night deposit services, and safe deposit facilities. The Bank also provides certain international banking services to customers including standby letters of credit, documentary letters of credit and related products, and certain ancillary services such as foreign exchange, documentary collections, foreign wire transfers and the maintenance of foreign bank accounts.

Valley National Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are all included in the consolidated financial statements of Valley (See Exhibit 21 at Part IV, Item 15 for a list of subsidiaries). These subsidiaries include:

 

   

an all-line insurance agency offering property and casualty, life and health insurance;

 

   

asset management advisors which are Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registered investment advisors;

 

   

title insurance agencies in both New Jersey and New York;

 

   

subsidiaries which hold, maintain and manage investment assets for the Bank;

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services auto loans;

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services general aviation aircraft loans and existing commercial equipment leases;

 

   

a subsidiary which specializes in health care equipment and other commercial equipment leases; and

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services New York commercial loans and specializes in asset-based lending.

The Bank’s subsidiaries also include real estate investment trust subsidiaries (the “REIT” subsidiaries) which own real estate related investments and a REIT subsidiary, which owns some of the real estate utilized by the Bank and related real estate investments. Except for Valley’s REIT subsidiaries, all subsidiaries mentioned above are directly or indirectly wholly owned by the Bank. Because each REIT must have 100 or more shareholders to qualify as a REIT, each REIT has issued less than 20 percent of their outstanding non-voting preferred stock to individuals, most of whom are non-senior management Bank employees. The Bank owns the remaining preferred stock and all the common stock of the REITs.

 

3


Table of Contents

Recent Acquisitions

Valley has grown significantly in the past five years primarily through bank acquisitions, including the recent bank transactions discussed further below, as well as some modest de novo branch expansion mostly in targeted areas in Brooklyn and Queens, New York.

On January 1, 2012, Valley acquired State Bancorp, Inc. (State Bancorp), the holding company for State Bank of Long Island, a commercial bank with approximately $1.7 billion in assets, $1.1 billion in loans, and $1.4 billion in deposits and 16 branches in Nassau, Suffolk, Queens, and Manhattan at December 31, 2011. Of the acquired branch offices, 14 remain within our 43 branch network in New York and are located in Long Island and Queens. The new locations complement Valley’s other New York City locations, including five branches in Queens, and may provide a foundation for future expansion efforts into these attractive markets. The common shareholders of State Bancorp received a fixed one- for- one exchange ratio for Valley National Bancorp common stock. The total consideration for the acquisition totaled $208 million. As a condition to the closing of the merger, State Bancorp redeemed $36.8 million of its outstanding Fixed Rate Cumulative Series A Preferred Stock from the U.S. Treasury on December 14, 2011. The stock redemption was funded by a $37.0 million short-term loan at market terms from Valley to State Bancorp prior to the acquisition date. The outstanding loan and debt, included in Valley’s and State Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2011, respectively, were both subsequently eliminated as of the acquisition date.

Additionally, a warrant issued by State Bancorp (in connection with its preferred stock issuance) to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008 was assumed by Valley as of the acquisition date. The ten-year warrant to purchase up to 489 thousand of Valley common shares has an exercise price of $11.30 per share, and is exercisable on a net exercise basis. Valley has not negotiated the possible redemption of the warrant with the U.S. Treasury. However, the Treasury may request that we make an offer to redeem the warrant in the future, or request that warrant shares be individually sold at public auction. The entire warrant remained outstanding at December 31, 2013. See further details regarding the acquisition of State Bancorp in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2010, the Bank acquired $688.1 million in certain assets, including loans totaling $412.3 million (primarily commercial and commercial real estate loans), and assumed all of the deposits totaling $654.2 million, excluding certain brokered deposits and borrowings, of The Park Avenue Bank and LibertyPointe Bank, both New York State chartered banks, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The deposits from both FDIC-assisted transactions were acquired at a 0.15 percent premium. In addition, as part of the consideration for The Park Avenue Bank FDIC-assisted transaction, the Bank agreed to issue a cash-settled equity appreciation instrument to the FDIC. The valuation and settlement of the equity appreciation instrument did not significantly impact Valley’s consolidated financial statements.

In connection with both of the FDIC-assisted transactions, the Bank entered into loss-share agreements with the FDIC. Under the terms of the loss-sharing agreements, the Bank will share in the losses on assets and other real estate owned (referred to as “covered loans” and “covered OREO”, together “covered assets”). The Bank may sell the acquired loans (with or without recourse) but in such case, the FDIC loss-sharing agreements will cease to be effective for any losses incurred on such loans. Additionally, any related FDIC loss-share receivable would be uncollectable and written-off upon settlement of the sale. The commercial and single-family (residential) loan loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC expire in March of 2015 and 2020, respectively. The Company expects the vast majority of the covered loans to mature, substantially paydown under contractual loan terms or work through our collection process on or before the expiration of the related loss-sharing agreements. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $96.2 million in covered loans, which comprised 0.8 percent of its total loan portfolio.

Business Segments

Valley National Bank reports the results of its operations and manages its business through four business segments: commercial lending, consumer lending, investment management, and corporate and other adjustments.

 

4


Table of Contents

Valley’s Wealth Management Division comprised of trust, asset management and insurance services, is included in the consumer lending segment. See Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements for details of the financial performance of our business segments. We offer a variety of products and services within the commercial and consumer lending segments as described below.

Commercial Lending Segment

Commercial and Industrial Loans. Commercial and industrial loans, including $26.2 million of covered loans, totaled approximately $2.0 billion and represented 17.5 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013. We make commercial loans to small and middle market businesses most often located in the New Jersey and New York area. A significant proportion of Valley’s commercial and industrial loan portfolio is granted to long standing customers of proven ability, strong repayment performance, and high character. Underwriting standards are designed to assess the borrower’s ability to generate recurring cash flow sufficient to meet the debt service requirements of loans granted. While such recurring cash flow serves as the primary source of repayment, a significant number of the loans are collateralized by borrower assets intended to serve as a secondary source of repayment should the need arise. Anticipated cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value, or in the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the ability of the borrower to collect all amounts due from its customers. Our loan decisions will include consideration of a borrower’s standing in the community, willingness to repay debts, collateral coverage and other forms of support. Strong consideration is given to long-term existing customers that have maintained a favorable relationship. Commercial loan products offered consist of term loans for equipment purchases, working capital lines of credit that assist our customers’ financing of accounts receivable and inventory, and commercial mortgages for owner occupied properties. Working capital advances are generally used to finance seasonal requirements and are repaid at the end of the cycle by the conversion of short-term assets into cash. Short-term commercial business loans may be collateralized by a lien on accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or partly collateralized by real estate. Short-term loans may also be made on an unsecured basis based on a borrower’s financial strength and past performance. We, in most cases, will obtain the personal guarantee of the borrower’s principals to mitigate the risk. Unsecured loans, when made, are generally granted to the Bank’s most creditworthy borrowers. Unsecured commercial and industrial loans totaled approximately $314.6 million at December 31, 2013. In addition, through our subsidiaries we own and service general aviation aircraft loans, provide financing to the diamond and jewelry industry, the medical equipment leasing market, and engage in asset-based accounts receivable and inventory financing.

Commercial Real Estate Loans. Commercial real estate loans and construction loans, including $61.5 million of covered loans, totaled $5.5 billion and represented 47.3 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013. We originate commercial real estate loans that are secured by multi-unit residential property and non-owner occupied commercial, industrial, and retail property within New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania. Loans are generally written on an adjustable basis with rates tied to a specifically identified market rate index. Adjustment periods generally range between five to ten years and repayment is structured on a fully amortizing basis for terms up to thirty years. Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans but generally they involve larger principal balances and longer repayment periods as compared to commercial and industrial loans. Commercial real estate loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real property. Repayment of most loans is dependent upon the cash flow generated from the property securing the loan or the business that occupies the property. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy and accordingly conservative loan to value ratios are required at origination, as well as stress tested to evaluate the impact of market changes relating to key underwriting elements. The properties securing the commercial real estate portfolio represent diverse types, with most properties located within Valley’s primary markets. With respect to loans to developers and builders, we originate and manage construction loans structured on either a revolving or a non-revolving basis, depending on the nature of the underlying development project. Our construction loans totaling $429.2 million at December 31, 2013 are generally secured by the real estate to be developed and may also be secured by additional real estate to mitigate

 

5


Table of Contents

the risk. Non-revolving construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantially all committed funds with repayment substantially dependent on the successful completion and sale, or lease, of the project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be from pre-committed permanent loans from other lenders, sales of developed property, or an interim loan commitment from Valley until permanent financing is obtained elsewhere. Revolving construction loans (generally relating to single-family residential construction) are controlled with loan advances dependent upon the presale of housing units financed. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing.

Consumer Lending Segment

Residential Mortgage Loans. Residential mortgage loans, including $7.6 million of covered loans, totaled $2.5 billion and represented 21.7 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013. We offer a full range of residential mortgage loans for the purpose of purchasing or refinancing one-to-four family residential properties. Our residential mortgage loans include fixed and variable interest rate loans generally located in counties where we have a branch presence in New Jersey and New York and contiguous counties (including eastern Pennsylvania). Valley’s ability to be repaid on such loans is closely linked to the economic and real estate market conditions in this region. We occasionally make mortgage loans secured by homes beyond this primary geographic area; however, lending outside this primary area is generally made in support of existing customer relationships. Mortgage loan originations are based on underwriting standards that generally comply with Fannie Mae and/or Freddie Mac requirements. Appraisals and valuations of real estate collateral are contracted directly with independent appraisers or from valuation services and not through appraisal management companies. The Bank’s appraisal management policy and procedure is in accordance with regulatory requirements and guidance issued by the Bank’s primary regulator. Credit scoring, using FICO® and other proprietary, credit scoring models is employed in the ultimate, judgmental credit decision by Valley’s underwriting staff. Valley does not use third party contract underwriting services. In deciding whether to originate each residential mortgage, Valley considers the qualifications of the borrower as well as the value of the underlying property. Terms of first mortgages range from 10 years for interest only loans (which totaled approximately $10.7 million at December 31, 2013) to 30 years for fully amortizing loans. The small 10-year interest only loan portfolio is declining year over year, as Valley generally has not originated this type of loan product (including no new originations in 2013). In deciding whether to make a residential real estate loan, we consider the qualifications of the borrower, the value and condition of the underlying property and other factors that we believe are predictive of future loan performance.

The Bank is also a servicer of residential mortgage portfolios, and it is compensated for loan administrative services performed for mortgage servicing rights purchased in the secondary market and loans originated and sold by the Bank. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

Other Consumer Loans. Other consumer loans totaled $1.6 billion and represented 13.5 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013. Our other consumer loan portfolio is primarily comprised of direct and indirect automobile loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, loans secured by the cash surrender value of life insurance, and to a lesser extent, secured and unsecured other consumer loans (including credit card loans). Valley is an auto lender in New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Connecticut, and Delaware offering indirect auto loans secured by either new or used automobiles. Automobile originations (including light truck and sport utility vehicles) are largely produced via indirect channels, originated through approved automobile dealers. Automotive collateral is generally a depreciating asset and there are times in the life of an automobile loan where the amount owed on a vehicle may exceed its collateral value. Home equity lending consists of both fixed and variable interest rate products. We mainly provide home equity loans to our residential mortgage customers or take a secondary position to another lender’s first lien position within the footprint of our primary lending territory. We generally will not exceed a combined (i.e., first and second mortgage) loan-to-value ratio of 75 percent when originating a home equity loan. Other consumer loans include direct consumer term loans, both secured and unsecured. From time to time, the Bank will also purchase prime consumer loans originated by and

 

6


Table of Contents

serviced by other financial institutions based on several factors, including current secondary market rates, excess liquidity and other asset/liability management strategies. Unsecured consumer loans totaled approximately $21.4 million, including $8.3 million of credit card loans, at December 31, 2013.

Wealth Management. Our Wealth Management Division provides coordinated and integrated delivery of asset management advisory, trust, general insurance, title insurance, and asset-based lending support services. Trust services include living and testamentary trusts, investment management, custodial and escrow services, and estate administration, primarily to individuals. Asset management advisory services include investment services for individuals and small to medium sized businesses, trusts and custom tailored investment strategies designed for various types of retirement plans.

Investment Management Segment

Although we are primarily focused on our lending and wealth management services, a large portion of our income is generated through investments in various types of securities, and depending on our liquid cash position, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks (primarily the Federal Reserve Bank of New York), as part of our asset/liability management strategies. As of December 31, 2013, our total investment securities and interest bearing deposits with banks were $2.6 billion and $134.9 million, respectively. See the “Investment Securities Portfolio” section of “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (MD&A) and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information concerning our investment securities.

Changes in Loan Portfolio Composition

Approximately 72 percent of Valley’s $11.6 billion total loan portfolio consists of non-covered (i.e., loans which are not subject to loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) commercial real estate (including construction loans), residential mortgage, and home equity loans at December 31, 2013. Of the remaining 28 percent, approximately 27.2 percent consists of non-covered loans not collateralized by real estate and approximately 0.8 percent consists of loans covered by the FDIC loss-sharing agreements. Valley has no internally planned changes that will significantly impact the current composition of our loan portfolio by loan type. However, many external factors outlined in “Item 1A. Risk Factors”, the “Executive Summary” section of our MD&A, and elsewhere in this report may impact our ability to maintain the current composition of our loan portfolio. See the “Loan Portfolio” section of our MD&A in this report for further discussion of our loan composition and concentration risks.

The following table presents the loan portfolio segments by state as an approximate percentage of each applicable segment and our percentage of total loans by state at December 31, 2013.

 

     Percentage of Loan Portfilo Segment:        
     Commercial
and  Industrial
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Residential     Consumer     % of  Total
Loans
 
          

New Jersey

     44     51     78     55     56

New York

     41        45        10        25        34   

Pennsylvania

     1        1        3        16        3   

California

     2        —       4        —       1   

Florida

     1        1        1        1        1   

Ohio

     —       —       3        —       1   

Other

     11        2        1        3        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Represents less than one percent of the loan portfolio segment.

 

7


Table of Contents

Credit Risk Management and Underwriting Approach

Credit risk management. For all loan types, we adhere to a credit policy designed to minimize credit risk while generating the maximum income given the level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis with subsequent approval by the Board of Directors annually. Credit authority relating to a significant dollar percentage of the overall portfolio is centralized and controlled by the Credit Risk Management Division and by a Credit Committee. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports concerning loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies, non-performing, and potential problem loans. Loan portfolio diversification is an important factor utilized by us to manage the portfolio’s risk across business sectors and through cyclical economic circumstances.

Our historical and current loan underwriting practice prohibits the origination of payment option ARMs which allow for negative interest amortization and subprime loans. Our residential loan portfolio included approximately $13.3 million and $17.5 million of loans that could be identified by us as non-conforming loans commonly referred to as either “alt-A,” “stated income,” or “no doc” loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These loans were mostly originated prior to 2008 and had a weighted average loan-to-value ratio of 70 percent at the date of origination. Virtually all of our loan originations in recent years have conformed to rules requiring documentation of income, assets sufficient to close the transactions and debt to income ratios that support the borrower’s ability to repay under the loan’s proposed terms and conditions. These rules are applied to all loans originated for retention in our portfolio or for sale in the secondary market.

Loan documentation. Loans are well documented in accordance with specific and detailed underwriting policies and verification procedures. General underwriting guidance is consistent across all loan types with variations in procedures and due diligence dictated by the specifics of each loan request. Due diligence standards require acquisition and verification of sufficient financial information to determine a borrower’s or guarantor’s credit worthiness, capital support, capacity to repay, collateral support, and character. Credit worthiness is generally verified using personal or business credit reports from independent credit reporting agencies. Capital support is determined by acquisition of independent verifications of deposits, investments or other assets. Capacity to repay the loan is based on verifiable liquidity and earnings capacity as shown on financial statements and/or tax returns, banking activity levels, operating statements, rent rolls or independent verification of employment. Finally, collateral valuation is determined via appraisals from independent, bank-approved, certified or licensed property appraisers, valuation services, or readily available market resources.

Types of collateral. Loan collateral, when required, may consist of any one or a combination of the following asset types depending upon the loan type and intended purpose: commercial or residential real estate; general business assets including working assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, or fixed assets such as equipment or rolling stock; marketable securities or other forms of liquid assets such as bank deposits or cash surrender value of life insurance; automobiles; or other assets wherein adequate protective value can be established and/or verified by reliable outside independent appraisers. In addition to these types of collateral, we, in many cases, will obtain the personal guarantee of the borrower’s principals to mitigate the risk of certain commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans.

Many times, we will underwrite loans to legal entities formed for the limited purpose of the business which is being financed. Credit granted to these entities and the ultimate repayment of such loans is primarily based on the cash flow generated from the property securing the loan or the business that occupies the property. The underlying real property securing the loans is considered a secondary source of repayment, and normally such loans are also supported by guarantees of the legal entity members. Absent such guarantees or approval by our credit committee, our policy requires that the loan to value ratio (at origination) be 50 percent or less of the estimated market value of the property as established by an independent licensed appraiser.

Reevaluation of collateral values. Commercial loan renewals, refinancing and other subsequent transactions that include the advancement of new funds or result in the extension of the amortization period beyond the original term, require a new or updated appraisal. Renewals, refinancing and other subsequent transactions that

 

8


Table of Contents

do not include the advancement of new funds (other than for reasonable closing costs) or, in the case of commercial loans, the extension of the amortization period beyond the original term, do not require a new appraisal unless management believes there has been a material change in market conditions or the physical aspects of the property which may negatively impact collectability of our loan. In general, the period of time an appraisal continues to be relevant will vary depending upon the circumstances affecting the property and the marketplace. Examples of factors that could cause material changes to reported values include the passage of time, the volatility of the local market, the availability of financing, the inventory of competing properties, new improvements to, or lack of maintenance of, the subject or competing surrounding properties, changes in zoning and environmental contamination.

Certain impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral (less estimated selling costs) if repayment is expected solely from the collateral and are commonly referred to as “collateral dependent impaired loans.” Collateral values for such loans are typically estimated using individual appraisals performed every 12 months (or 18 months for impaired loans no greater than $1 million with current loan to value ratios less than 75 percent). Between scheduled appraisals, property values are monitored within the commercial portfolio by reference to recent trends in commercial property sales as published by leading industry sources. Property values are monitored within the residential mortgage portfolio by reference to available market indicators, including real estate price indices within Valley’s primary lending areas.

All refinanced residential mortgage loans require new appraisals for loans held in our loan portfolio and loans originated for sale. Additionally, all loan types are assessed for full or partial charge-off when they are between 90 and 120 days past due (or sooner when the borrowers’ obligation has been released in bankruptcy) based upon their estimated net realizable value.

See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information concerning our loan portfolio risk elements, credit risk management and our loan charge-off policy.

Loan Renewals and Modifications

In the normal course of our lending business, we may renew loans to existing customers upon maturity of the existing loan. These renewals are granted provided that the new loan meets our standard underwriting criteria for such loan type. Additionally, on a case-by-case basis, we may extend, restructure, or otherwise modify the terms of existing loans from time to time to remain competitive and retain certain profitable customers, as well as assist customers who may be experiencing financial difficulties. If the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and a concession has been made at the time of such modification, the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructured loan (TDR).

The majority of the concessions made for TDRs involve lowering the monthly payments on loans through either a reduction in interest rate below a market rate, an extension of the term of the loan without a corresponding adjustment to the risk premium reflected in the interest rate, or a combination of these two methods. The concessions rarely result in the forgiveness of principal or accrued interest. In addition, Valley frequently obtains additional collateral or guarantor support when modifying such loans. If the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and Valley’s underwriting process shows the borrower has the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will continue to accrue interest. Non-accruing restructured loans may be returned to accrual status when there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally six consecutive months of payments) and both principal and interest are deemed collectible.

Extension of Credit to Past Due Borrowers

Loans are placed on non-accrual status generally when they become 90 days past due and the full and timely collection of principal and interest becomes uncertain. Valley’s historic and current policy prohibits the advancement of additional funds on non-accrual and TDR loans, except under certain workout plans if such extension of credit is intended to mitigate losses.

 

9


Table of Contents

Loans Originated by Third Parties

From time to time, the Bank purchases residential mortgage and automobile loans, and to a lesser extent other loan types (including commercial real estate loans totaling $64.3 million at December 31, 2013 that were acquired from another financial institution during the first quarter of 2012), originated by, and sometimes serviced by, other financial institutions. The purchase decision is usually based on several factors, including current loan origination volumes, market interest rates, excess liquidity and other asset/liability management strategies. All of the purchased loans are selected using Valley’s normal underwriting criteria at the time of purchase, or in some cases guaranteed by third parties. Purchased residential mortgage loans and automobile loans (excluding purchased credit-impaired loans acquired in business combinations or FDIC-assisted transactions) totaled approximately $309.6 million and $43.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013 representing 12.4 percent and 4.9 percent of our total residential mortgage and automobile loan portfolios, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the residential mortgage loans originated by third parties had loans past due 30 days or more totaling 3.0 percent of these loans as compared to 1.2 percent for our total residential mortgage portfolio, including all delinquencies. The purchased automobile portfolio had loans past due 30 days or more totaling 0.5 percent of these loans at December 31, 2013 as compared to 0.4 percent for our total automobile loan portfolio.

Competition

Valley National Bank is one of the largest commercial banks headquartered in New Jersey, with its primary markets located in northern and central New Jersey, the New York City boroughs of Manhattan, Brooklyn and Queens, as well as Long Island, New York. Valley ranked 16th in competitive ranking and market share based on the deposits reported by 236 FDIC-insured financial institutions in the New York, Northern New Jersey and Long Island deposit market as of June 30, 2013. The FDIC also ranked Valley 8th and 37th in the states of New Jersey and New York, respectively, based on deposits as of June 30, 2013. Despite our favorable FDIC rankings, the market for banking and bank-related services is highly competitive and we face substantial competition in all phases of our operations. In addition to the FDIC-insured commercial banks in our principal metropolitan markets, we also compete with other providers of financial services such as savings institutions, credit unions, mutual funds, captive finance companies, mortgage companies, title agencies, asset managers, insurance companies and a growing list of other local, regional and national companies which offer various financial services. Many of these competitors may have fewer regulatory constraints, broader geographic service areas, greater capital, and, in some cases, lower cost structures.

In addition, competition has further intensified as a result of recent changes in regulation, and advances in technology and product delivery systems. Web-based and other internet companies are providing non-traditional, but increasingly strong, competition for our borrowers, depositors, and other customers. Within our New Jersey and New York metropolitan markets, we compete with some of the largest financial institutions in the world that are able to offer a large range of products and services at competitive rates and prices. Nevertheless, we believe we can compete effectively as a result of utilizing various strategies including our long history of local customer service and convenience as part of a relationship management culture, in conjunction with the pricing of loans and deposits. Our customers are influenced by the convenience, quality of service from our knowledgeable staff, personal contacts and attention to customer needs, as well as availability of products and services and related pricing. We provide such convenience through our banking network of 204 branches in 144 communities, an extensive ATM network, and our 24-hour telephone and on-line banking systems.

We continually review our pricing, products, locations, alternative delivery channels and various acquisition prospects and periodically engage in discussions regarding possible acquisitions to maintain and enhance our competitive position.

Personnel

At December 31, 2013, Valley National Bank and its subsidiaries employed 2,908 full-time equivalent persons. Management considers relations with its employees to be satisfactory.

 

10


Table of Contents

Executive Officers

 

Names

   Age at
December 31,
2013
     Executive
Officer
Since
    

Office

        
        

Gerald H. Lipkin

     72         1975      

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Valley and Valley National Bank

Peter Crocitto

     56         1991      

Director, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of Valley and Valley National Bank

        

Alan D. Eskow

     65         1993      

Director, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary of Valley and Valley National Bank

        

Albert L. Engel

     65         1998      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Robert E. Farrell

     67         1990      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Dianne M. Grenz

     51         2014      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

James G. Lawrence

     70         2001      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Robert M. Meyer

     67         1997      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Bernadette M. Mueller

     55         2009      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Robert J. Mulligan

     66         1991      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Andrea T. Onorato

     56         2014      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Ira D. Robbins

     39         2009      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Elizabeth E. De Laney

     49         2007      

First Senior Vice President of Valley National Bank

Eric W. Gould

     45         2001      

First Senior Vice President of Valley National Bank

John H. Noonan

     67         2006      

First Senior Vice President of Valley National Bank

Stephen P. Davey

     58         2002      

Senior Vice President of Valley National Bank

All officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

Available Information

We make our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments thereto available on our website at www.valleynationalbank.com without charge as soon as reasonably practicable after filing or furnishing them to the SEC. Also available on the website are Valley’s Code of Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees including our executive officers and directors, Valley’s Audit Committee Charter, Valley’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee Charter, Valley’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter, and Valley’s Corporate Governance Guidelines.

Additionally, we will provide without charge a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K or the Code of Conduct and Ethics to any shareholder by mail. Requests should be sent to Valley National Bancorp, Attention: Shareholder Relations, 1455 Valley Road, Wayne, NJ 07470.

 

11


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The Banking industry is highly regulated. Statutory and regulatory controls increase a bank holding company’s cost of doing business and limit the options of its management to deploy assets and maximize income. The following discussion is not intended to be a complete list of all the activities regulated by the banking laws or of the impact of such laws and regulations on Valley or Valley National Bank. It is intended only to briefly summarize some material provisions.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

Valley is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Holding Company Act. As a bank holding company, Valley is supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) and is required to file reports with the FRB and provide such additional information as the FRB may require.

The Holding Company Act prohibits Valley, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to subsidiary banks, except that it may, upon application, engage in, and may own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the FRB to be so closely related to banking “as to be a proper incident thereto.” The Holding Company Act requires prior approval by the FRB of the acquisition by Valley of more than five percent of the voting stock of any other bank. Satisfactory capital ratios, Community Reinvestment Act ratings, and anti-money laundering policies are generally prerequisites to obtaining federal regulatory approval to make acquisitions. The policy of the FRB provides that a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support the subsidiary bank in circumstances in which it might not do so absent that policy. Acquisitions through the Bank require approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency of the United States (OCC). The Holding Company Act does not place territorial restrictions on the activities of non-bank subsidiaries of bank holding companies. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, discussed below, allows Valley to expand into insurance, securities and other activities that are financial in nature if Valley elects to become a financial holding company.

The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (“Interstate Banking and Branching Act”) enables bank holding companies to acquire banks in states other than its home state, regardless of applicable state law. The Interstate Banking and Branching Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate banks with branches in more than one state. Under the legislation, each state had the opportunity to “opt-out” of this provision. Furthermore, a state may “opt-in” with respect to de novo branching, thereby permitting a bank to open new branches in a state in which the Bank does not already have a branch. Without de novo branching, an out-of-state commercial bank can enter the state only by acquiring an existing bank or branch. States generally have not opted out of interstate banking by merger but several states have not authorized de novo branching. The Dodd-Frank Act, discussed below, authorized interstate de novo branching regardless of state law.

Regulation of Bank Subsidiary

Valley National Bank is subject to the supervision of, and to regular examination by, the OCC. Various laws and the regulations thereunder applicable to Valley and its bank subsidiary impose restrictions and requirements in many areas, including capital requirements, the maintenance of reserves, establishment of new offices, the making of loans and investments, consumer protection, employment practices, bank acquisitions and entry into new types of business. There are various legal limitations, including Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which govern the extent to which a bank subsidiary may finance or otherwise supply funds to its holding company or its holding company’s non-bank subsidiaries. Under federal law, no bank subsidiary may, subject to certain limited exceptions, make loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in the securities of, its parent or the non-bank subsidiaries of its parent (other than direct subsidiaries of such bank which are not financial subsidiaries) or take their securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Each bank subsidiary is also subject to collateral security requirements for any loans or extensions of credit permitted by such exceptions.

 

12


Table of Contents

Capital Requirements

Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA), each federal banking agency has promulgated regulations, specifying the levels at which a financial institution would be considered “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized,” and to take certain mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions based on the capital level of the institution. To qualify to engage in financial activities under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, all depository institutions must be “well capitalized.” The financial holding company of a national bank will be put under directives to raise its capital levels or divest its activities if the depository institution falls from that level.

The OCC’s regulations implementing these provisions of FDICIA provide that an institution will be classified as “well capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0 percent, (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5.0 percent, and (iv) meets certain other requirements. An institution will be classified as “adequately capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4.0 percent, (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of (a) at least 4.0 percent or (b) at least 3.0 percent if the institution was rated 1 in its most recent examination, and (iv) does not meet the definition of “well capitalized.” An institution will be classified as “undercapitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of (a) less than 4.0 percent or (b) less than 3.0 percent if the institution was rated 1 in its most recent examination. An institution will be classified as “significantly undercapitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3.0 percent. An institution will be classified as “critically undercapitalized” if it has a tangible equity to total assets ratio that is equal to or less than 2.0 percent. An insured depository institution may be deemed to be in a lower capitalization category if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating. Similar categories apply to bank holding companies. Valley National Bank’s capital ratios were all above the minimum levels required for it to be considered a “well capitalized” financial institution at December 31, 2013.

In July 2013, the FRB, or Federal Reserve, published final rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations, referred to herein as the Basel Rules. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, and the OCC, have adopted substantially identical rules (in the case of the FDIC, as interim final rules). The Basel Rules implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 framework, commonly referred to as Basel III, for strengthening international capital standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, as discussed below. The Basel Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions, including Valley and Valley National Bank, compared to the current U.S. risk-based capital rules. The Basel Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The Basel Rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing risk-weighting approach, which was derived from Basel I capital accords of the Basel Committee, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the standardized approach in the Basel Committee’s 2004 Basel II capital accords. The Basel Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies’ rules. The Basel Rules are effective for us on January 1st, 2015 (subject to phase-in periods for certain components).

The Basel Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1,” or CET1, (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) apply most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, thus potentially requiring higher levels of CET1 in order to meet minimum ratios, and (iv) expand the scope of the reductions/adjustments from capital as compared to existing regulations.

Under the Basel Rules, the minimum capital ratios for us and Valley National Bank as of January 1, 2015 will be as follows:

 

   

4.5 percent CET1 to risk-weighted assets.

 

13


Table of Contents
   

6.0 percent Tier 1 capital (i.e., CET1 plus Additional Tier 1) to risk-weighted assets.

 

   

8.0 percent Total capital (i.e., Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets.

 

   

4.0 percent Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”).

When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel Rules will also require us and Valley National Bank to maintain a 2.5 percent “capital conservation buffer”, composed entirely of CET1, on top of the minimum risk-weighted asset ratios, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0 percent, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5 percent, and (iii) total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5 percent. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets or (iii) total capital to risk-weighted assets above the respective minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers based on the amount of the shortfall. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625 percent level and increase by 0.625 percent on each subsequent January 1st, until it reaches 2.5 percent on January 1, 2019.

The Basel Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in common equity issued by nonconsolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10 percent of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15 percent of CET1. The deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will be phased in incrementally between January 1, 2015 and January 1, 2018.

Under current capital standards, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income items included in capital are excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Under the Basel Rules, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including Valley and Valley National Bank, may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items effective as of January 1, 2015.

The Basel Rules with respect to us require that trust preferred securities be phased out from Tier 1 capital between January 1, 2015 (when only 25 percent of the amount may be included) and January 1, 2016 (when 0 percent may be included).

With respect to Valley National Bank, the Basel Rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each capital quality level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5 percent for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8 percent (as compared to the current 6 percent); and (iii) requiring a leverage ratio of 5 percent to be well-capitalized (as compared to the current required leverage ratio of 3 or 4 percent). The Basel Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any “prompt corrective action” category. When the capital conservation buffer is fully phased in, the capital ratios applicable to depository institutions under the Basel Rules will exceed the ratios to be considered well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations.

The Basel Rules prescribe a standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets that expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0 percent, 20 percent, 50 percent and 100 percent) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0 percent for U.S. Government and agency securities, to 600 percent for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. In addition, the Basel Rules also provide more advantageous risk weights for derivatives and repurchase-style transactions cleared through a qualifying central counterparty and increase the scope of eligible guarantors and eligible collateral for purposes of credit risk mitigation.

 

14


Table of Contents

We believe that, as of December 31, 2013, Valley and Valley National Bank would meet all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel Rules on a fully phased-in basis if such requirements were currently effective including after giving effect to the deductions described above.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the bank regulatory landscape and has impacted and will continue to impact the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. Generally, the Act became effective the day after it was signed into law, but different effective dates apply to specific sections of the law. The Act, among other things:

 

   

Gave the FRB the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers, such as Valley National Bank. In June 2011, the FRB adopted regulations setting the maximum permissible interchange fee as the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction, with an additional adjustment of up to one cent per transaction if the issuer implements certain fraud-prevention standards;

 

   

Removed trust preferred securities as a permitted component of Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies with assets of $15 billion or more, however, bank holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion at the enactment date will generally be permitted to include trust preferred securities that were issued before May 19, 2010 as Tier 1 capital. However, the Basel Rules required us to phase out trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital between January 1, 2015 (when only 25 percent of the amount may be included) and January 1, 2016 (when 0 percent may be included);

 

   

Provided for an increase in the FDIC assessment for depository institutions with assets of $10 billion or more (such as Valley), increases the minimum reserve ratio for the deposit insurance fund from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent and changes the basis for determining FDIC premiums from deposits to assets (See “Insurance of Deposit Accounts” section below);

 

   

Created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau that has rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that would apply to all banks and would have broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws (See “Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Supervision” section below);

 

   

Required public companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and on “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions unless previously voted on by shareholders;

 

   

Directed federal banking regulators to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1 billion;

 

   

Provided mortgage reform provisions regarding a customer’s ability to repay, requiring the ability to repay for variable-rate loans to be determined by using the maximum rate that will apply during the first five years of the loan term, and making more loans subject to provisions for higher cost loans, new disclosures, and certain other revisions;

 

   

Created a Financial Stability Oversight Council that will recommend to the Federal Reserve increasingly strict rules for capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management and other requirements as companies grow in size and complexity; and

 

   

Made permanent the $250 thousand limit for federal deposit insurance.

On October 9, 2012, the FDIC, the OCC, and the FRB issued separate but similar Dodd-Frank Act-mandated final rules requiring covered banks and bank holding companies with more than $10 billion in total consolidated assets (such as Valley) to conduct annual company-run stress tests. The final rules required banks with more than $50 billion in assets to begin conducting annual stress tests in 2012 and banks with between $10 billion and $50 billion in assets to begin conducting annual stress tests in October 2013.

 

15


Table of Contents

In January 2013, the CFPB issued a series of final rules related to mortgage loan origination and mortgage loan servicing. In particular, the CFPB issued a final rule amending Regulation Z to implement certain amendments to the Truth in Lending Act. The rule implements statutory changes that lengthen the time for which a mandatory escrow account established for a higher-priced mortgage loan must be maintained. The rule also exempts certain transactions from the statute’s escrow requirement. The CFPB issued a final rule implementing amendments to the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The rule amends Regulation Z by expanding the types of mortgage loans that are subject to the protections of the Home Ownership and Equity Protections Act of 1994 (HOEPA), revising and expanding the tests for coverage under HOEPA, and imposing additional restrictions on mortgages that are covered by HOEPA, including a pre-loan counseling requirement. The rule also amends Regulation Z and Regulation X by imposing other requirements related to homeownership counseling.

In addition, the CFPB amended Regulation B to implement changes to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The revisions to Regulation B require creditors to provide applicants with free copies of all appraisals and other written valuations developed in connection with an application for a loan to be secured by a first lien on a dwelling, and require creditors to notify applicants in writing that copies of appraisals will be provided to them promptly. The CFPB also amended Regulation Z to implement requirements and restrictions to the Truth in Lending Act concerning loan originator compensation, qualifications of, and registration or licensing of loan originators, compliance procedures for depository institutions, mandatory arbitration, and the financing of single-premium credit insurance. These amendments revise or provide additional commentary on Regulation Z’s restrictions on loan originator compensation, including application of these restrictions to prohibitions on dual compensation and compensation based on a term of a transaction or a proxy for a term of a transaction, and to recordkeeping requirements. This rule also establishes tests for when loan originators can be compensated through certain profits-based compensation arrangements.

The final rules also implement the ability-to-repay and qualified mortgage (QM) provisions of the Truth in Lending Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “QM Rule”). The ability-to-repay provision requires creditors to make reasonable, good faith determinations that borrowers are able to repay their mortgages before extending the credit based on a number of factors and consideration of financial information about the borrower from reasonably reliable third-party documents. Under the Dodd-Frank Act and the QM Rule, loans meeting the definition of “qualified mortgage” are entitled to a presumption that the lender satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. The presumption is a conclusive presumption/safe harbor for prime loans meeting the QM requirements, and a rebuttable presumption for higher-priced/subprime loans meeting the QM requirements. The definition of a “qualified mortgage” incorporates the statutory requirements, such as not allowing negative amortization or terms longer than 30 years. The QM Rule also adds an explicit maximum 43 percent debt-to-income ratio for borrowers if the loan is to meet the QM definition, though some mortgages that meet GSE, FHA and VA underwriting and eligibility guidelines may, for a period not to exceed seven years, meet the QM definition without being subject to the 43 percent debt-to-income limits.

The CFPB has continued to issue final rules regarding mortgages. We cannot assure you that existing or future regulations will not have a material adverse impact on our residential mortgage loan business or the housing markets in which we participate. The QM Rule impacted our mortgage originations when it became effective in January 2014.

The Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous other provisions affecting financial institutions of all types, many of which may have an impact on our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. Consequently, the Dodd-Frank Act is likely to continue to increase our cost of doing business, it may limit or expand our permissible activities, and it may affect the competitive balance within our industry and market areas. The nature and extent of future legislative and regulatory changes affecting financial institutions, including as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, remains very unpredictable at this time.

 

16


Table of Contents

Volcker Rule

On December 10, 2013, the FRB, the OCC, the FDIC, the CFTC and the SEC issued final rules to implement the Volcker Rule contained in section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, generally to become effective on July 21, 2015. The Volcker Rule prohibits an insured depository institution and its affiliates from: (i) engaging in “proprietary trading” and (ii) investing in or sponsoring certain types of funds (defined as “Covered Funds”) subject to certain limited exceptions. The rule also effectively prohibits short-term trading strategies by any U.S. banking entity if those strategies involve instruments other than those specifically permitted for trading and prohibits the use of some hedging strategies. We identified no investments held as of December 31, 2013 that meet the definition of Covered Funds and that are required to be divested by July 21, 2015 under the foregoing rules.

Dividend Limitations

Valley is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. Valley’s revenues (on a parent company only basis) result in substantial part from dividends paid by the Bank. The Bank’s dividend payments, without prior regulatory approval, are subject to regulatory limitations. Under the National Bank Act, dividends may be declared only if, after payment thereof, capital would be unimpaired and remaining surplus would equal 100 percent of capital. Moreover, a national bank may declare, in any one year, dividends only in an amount aggregating not more than the sum of its net profits for such year and its retained net profits for the preceding two years. However, declared dividends in excess of net profits in either of the preceding two years can be offset by retained net profits in the third and fourth years preceding the current year when determining the Bank’s dividend limitation. In addition, the bank regulatory agencies have the authority to prohibit the Bank from paying dividends or otherwise supplying funds to Valley if the supervising agency determines that such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.

Loans to Related Parties

Valley National Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10 percent shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of the National Bank Act, Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Regulation O of the FRB thereunder. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders (i) be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and (ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Bank’s capital. In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Valley and its subsidiaries, other than the Bank, may not extend or arrange for any personal loans to its directors and executive officers.

Community Reinvestment

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), as implemented by OCC regulations, a national bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OCC, in connection with its examination of a national bank, to assess the association’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such association. The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. Valley National Bank received a “satisfactory” CRA rating in its most recent examination.

 

17


Table of Contents

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 added new legal requirements for public companies affecting corporate governance, accounting and corporate reporting, to increase corporate responsibility and to protect investors. Among other things, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has:

 

   

required our management to evaluate our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting, and required our auditors to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

imposed additional responsibilities for our external financial statements on our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, including certification of financial statements within the Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer;

 

   

established independence requirements for audit committee members and outside auditors;

 

   

created the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; and

 

   

increased various criminal penalties for violations of securities laws.

Each of the national stock exchanges, including the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) where Valley common securities are listed and the NASDAQ Capital Market, where certain Valley warrants are listed, have corporate governance listing standards, including rules strengthening director independence requirements for boards, and requiring the adoption of charters for the nominating, corporate governance and audit committees.

USA PATRIOT Act

As part of the USA PATRIOT Act, Congress adopted the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Anti Money Laundering Act”). The Anti Money Laundering Act authorizes the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, in consultation with the heads of other government agencies, to adopt special measures applicable to financial institutions such as banks, bank holding companies, broker-dealers and insurance companies. Among its other provisions, the Anti Money Laundering Act requires each financial institution: (i) to establish an anti-money laundering program; (ii) to establish due diligence policies, procedures and controls that are reasonably designed to detect and report instances of money laundering in United States private banking accounts and correspondent accounts maintained for non-United States persons or their representatives; and (iii) to avoid establishing, maintaining, administering, or managing correspondent accounts in the United States for, or on behalf of, a foreign shell bank that does not have a physical presence in any country.

Regulations implementing the due diligence requirements require minimum standards to verify customer identity and maintain accurate records, encourage cooperation among financial institutions, federal banking agencies, and law enforcement authorities regarding possible money laundering or terrorist activities, prohibit the anonymous use of “concentration accounts,” and requires all covered financial institutions to have in place an anti-money laundering compliance program.

The OCC, along with other banking agencies, have strictly enforced various anti-money laundering and suspicious activity reporting requirements using formal and informal enforcement tools to cause banks to comply with these provisions.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Supervision

As a financial institution with more than $10 billion in assets, Valley National Bank is supervised by the CFPB for consumer protection purposes. The CFPB’s regulation of Valley National Bank is focused on risks to consumers and compliance with the federal consumer financial laws and includes regular examinations of the Bank.

 

18


Table of Contents

The CFPB, along with the Department of Justice and bank regulatory authorities also seek to enforce discriminatory lending laws. In such actions, the CFPB and others have used a disparate impact analysis, which measures discriminatory results without regard to intent. Consequently, unintentional actions by Valley could have a material adverse impact on our lending and results of operations if the actions are found to be discriminatory by our regulators.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 (“Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act”) became effective in early 2000. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act provides for the following:

 

   

allows bank holding companies meeting management, capital and Community Reinvestment Act standards to engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking activities than was previously permissible, including insurance underwriting;

 

   

allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks;

 

   

removes various restrictions that previously applied to bank holding company ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies;

 

   

establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations; and

 

   

modifies other financial laws, including laws related to financial privacy and community reinvestment.

The OCC adopted rules to allow national banks to form subsidiaries to engage in financial activities allowed for financial holding companies. Electing national banks must meet the same management and capital standards as financial holding companies but may not engage in insurance underwriting, real estate development or merchant banking. Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act apply to financial subsidiaries and the capital invested by a bank in its financial subsidiaries will be eliminated from the Bank’s capital in measuring all capital ratios. Valley has not elected to become a financial holding company.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts

The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Under the FDIC’s risk-based system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors with less risky institutions paying lower assessments on their deposits.

In February 2011, as required by the Dodd Frank Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approved a final rule that revised the assessment base to consist of average consolidated total assets during the assessment period minus the average tangible equity during the assessment period. In addition, the final revisions eliminated the adjustment for secured borrowings, including Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances, and made certain other changes to the impact of unsecured borrowings and brokered deposits on an institution’s deposit insurance assessment. The final rule, effective on April 11, 2011, also revised the assessment rate schedule to provide initial base assessment rates ranging from 5 to 35 basis points and total base assessment rates ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points after adjustment. As previously noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act made permanent a $250 thousand limit for federal deposit insurance.

The FDIC has authority to further increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums may have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

 

19


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in our securities is subject to risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes may affect Valley are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing Valley. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or that management currently believes are immaterial may also impair Valley’s business operations. The value or market price of our securities could decline due to any of these identified or other risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.

Our financial results and condition may be adversely impacted by weak economic conditions, particularly if unemployment does not improve or increases.

While the United States continues to experience modest economic growth and improvements in the level of unemployment, the rate of growth has been slow and the low level of the labor force participation rate (which has contributed to the modest decline in the unemployment rate) is not expected to significantly improve in the near future. Much of Valley’s lending is in northern and central New Jersey, and Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, and Long Island, New York. As a result of this geographic concentration, a significant broad-based deterioration in economic conditions in New Jersey and the New York City metropolitan area could have a material adverse impact on the quality of Valley’s loan portfolio, results of operations and future growth potential. Prolonged weakened economic conditions and unemployment in our market area could restrict borrowers’ ability to pay outstanding principal and interest on loans when due, and, consequently, adversely affect the cash flows and results of operation of Valley’s business. Additionally, such weak conditions may also continue to adversely affect our ability to originate loans.

Lawmakers’ failure to resolve the so called Debt Ceiling or U.S. budgetary crisis in a timely manner, further downgrades of the U.S. credit rating and uncertain credit and financial market conditions may affect the stability of our $1.7 billion in securities issued or guaranteed by the federal government, which may affect the valuation or liquidity of our investment securities portfolio and may increase our future borrowing costs.

As a result of the uncertain domestic political, credit and financial market conditions, including the potential consequences of the federal government defaulting on its obligations for a period of time due to an unresolved debt ceiling limitation or other unresolved political issues, investments in financial instruments issued or guaranteed by the federal government pose credit default and liquidity risks. Given that future deterioration in the United States credit and financial markets is a possibility, no assurance can be given that losses or significant deterioration in the fair value of our U.S. government issued or guaranteed investments will not occur. At December 31, 2013, we had approximately $223.9 million, $53.1 million and $1.4 billion invested in U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agency securities, and residential mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae and government-sponsored enterprises, respectively. During 2011, Standard and Poor’s downgraded the United States credit rating from its AAA rating to AA+. Further downgrades in the future could also affect the stability of securities issued or guaranteed by the federal government. These factors could affect the valuation or liquidity of our portfolio of such investment securities, and could result in our counterparties requiring additional collateral for our borrowings. Further, unless and until the current United States political, credit and financial market conditions have been sufficiently resolved, it may increase our future borrowing costs.

Changes in interest rates or prolonged low levels of interest rates could reduce our net interest income and earnings.

Valley’s earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon its net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities,

 

20


Table of Contents

and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are sensitive to many factors that are beyond Valley’s control, including general economic conditions, competition, and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the policies of the FRB. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest Valley receives on loans and investment securities and the amount of interest it pays on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect (i) Valley’s ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (ii) the fair value of Valley’s financial assets and liabilities, including the held to maturity, available for sale, and trading securities portfolios, and (iii) the average duration of Valley’s interest-earning assets. This also includes the risk that interest-earning assets may be more responsive to changes in interest rates than interest-bearing liabilities, or vice versa (repricing risk), the risk that the individual interest rates or rate indices underlying various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities may not change in the same degree over a given time period (basis risk), and the risk of changing interest rate relationships across the spectrum of interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability maturities (yield curve risk). Any substantial or unexpected change in market interest rates or a prolonged period of low interest rates, such as those experienced in 2013 and projected by the FRB to continue beyond 2014, could have a material adverse effect on Valley’s financial condition and results of operations. Due, in part, to the low level of market interest rates on loans and investments and a large portion of our long-term borrowing costs that are fixed at interest rates above current market rates of similar new borrowings, our net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis declined 32 basis points to 3.20 percent for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012. See additional information at the “Net Interest Income” and “Interest Rate Sensitivity” sections of our MD&A.

We could recognize other-than-temporary impairment charges on investment securities due to adverse economic and market conditions.

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $1.7 billion and $829.7 million in held to maturity and available for sale securities, respectively. We may be required to record impairment charges in earnings related to credit losses on these investment securities if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. Additionally, (a) if we intend to sell a security or (b) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, we will be required to recognize an other-than-temporary impairment charge in the statement of income equal to the full amount of the decline in fair value below amortized cost. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio and may result in other-than-temporary impairment on our investment securities in future periods.

If an impairment charge is significant enough it could affect the ability of the Bank to upstream dividends to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to shareholders and could also negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios.

Among other securities, our investment portfolio includes private label mortgage-backed securities, trust preferred securities principally issued by bank holding companies (including three pooled securities), perpetual preferred securities issued by banks, and bank issued corporate bonds. These investments pose a risk of future impairment charges by us as a result of the slow recovery in the U.S. economy and its negative effect on the performance of these issuers and/or the underlying mortgage loan collateral. Additionally, some bank trust preferred issuers may elect to defer future payments of interest on such securities either based upon requirements or recommendations by bank regulators or management decisions driven by potential liquidity needs. Such elections by issuers of securities within Valley’s investment portfolio could adversely affect securities valuations and result in future impairment charges if collection of deferred and accrued interest (or principal upon maturity) is deemed unlikely by management. We recognized no other-than-temporary impairment charges on securities attributable to credit in 2013 as compared to $5.2 million and $20.0 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The 2012 and 2011 charges were mainly due to impaired trust preferred and private label mortgage-backed securities. See the “Investment Securities” section of this MD&A and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for additional analysis and discussion of our other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities.

 

21


Table of Contents

Future offerings of common stock, debt or other securities may adversely affect the market price of our stock and dilute the holdings of existing shareholders.

In the future, we may increase our capital resources or, if our or the Bank’s capital ratios fall below or near the current or new (final Basel III) regulatory required minimums, we or the Bank could be forced to raise additional capital by making additional offerings of common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred stock, and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive distributions of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing shareholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the real estate market could adversely affect our asset quality and profitability for those loans secured by real property and increase the number of defaults and the level of losses within our loan portfolio.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2013, over 73 percent of our total loans had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and could deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. A downturn in the real estate market in our primary market areas could result in an increase in the number of borrowers who default on their loans and a reduction in the value of the collateral securing their loans, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our profitability and asset quality. If we are required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values, our earnings and shareholders’ equity could be adversely affected. The declines in home prices in the New Jersey and New York metropolitan markets we serve, along with the reduced availability of mortgage credit, also may result in increases in delinquencies and losses in our loan portfolios. Unexpected decreases in home prices coupled with a prolonged economic recovery and elevated levels of unemployment could drive losses beyond that which is provided for in our allowance for loan losses. In that event, our earnings could be adversely affected.

The secondary market for residential mortgage loans, for the most part, is limited to conforming Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans. The effects of this limited mortgage market and, potentially, the pool of qualified borrowers under the new QM Rule effective in January 2014, combined with another correction in residential real estate market prices and reduced levels of home sales, could result in price reductions in single family home values, adversely affecting the value of collateral securing mortgage loans held, mortgage loan originations and gains on sale of mortgage loans. Declines in real estate values and home sales volumes, and financial stress on borrowers as a result of job losses or other factors, could have further adverse effects on borrowers that result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. For additional risks related to our sales of residential mortgages in the secondary market, see the “We may incur future losses in connection with repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages that we have sold into the secondary market” risk section below.

Higher charge-offs and weak credit conditions could require us to increase our allowance for credit losses through a provision charge to earnings.

We maintain an allowance for credit losses based on our assessment of credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio (including unfunded credit commitments). The process for determining the amount of the allowance is critical to our financial results and conditions. It requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments about the future, including the impact of national and regional economic conditions on the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. If our judgment proves to be incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio. Deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Additionally, bank regulators review the

 

22


Table of Contents

classification of our loans in their examination of us and we may be required in the future to change the classification on certain of our loans, which may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or loan charge-offs. If actual net charge-offs were to exceed Valley’s allowance, its earnings would be negatively impacted by additional provisions for loan losses. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by the OCC or otherwise could have an adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Loans acquired in our FDIC-assisted transactions may not be covered by the loss-sharing agreements if the FDIC determines that we have not adequately managed these agreements, which could require a reduction in the carrying value of these loans.

In connection with the acquisitions of certain assets and liabilities of LibertyPointe Bank and The Park Avenue Bank, the Bank entered into loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. Under the terms of the loss-sharing agreement with the FDIC in the LibertyPointe Bank transaction, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse us for: (i) 80 percent of any future losses on loans covered by the loss-sharing agreement up to $55.0 million, after we absorb such losses up to the first loss tranche of $11.7 million; and (ii) 95 percent of losses in excess of $55.0 million. Under the terms of the loss-sharing agreement with the FDIC in The Park Avenue Bank transaction, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse us for 80 percent of any future losses on covered assets of up to $66.0 million and 95 percent of losses in excess of $66.0 million. At December 31, 2013, our FDIC loss-share receivable totaled $32.8 million. Although the FDIC has agreed to reimburse us for the substantial portion of losses on covered loans, the FDIC has the right to refuse or delay payment for loan losses if the loss-sharing agreements are not managed in accordance with their terms. In addition, reimbursable losses are based on the book value of the relevant loans as determined by the FDIC as of the effective dates of the transactions. The amount that we realize on these loans could differ materially from the carrying value that will be reflected in our financial statements, based upon the timing and amount of collections on the covered loans in future periods.

An increase in our non-performing assets may reduce our interest income and increase our net loan charge-offs, provision for loan losses, and operating expenses.

As a result of the weak economic recovery, we continue to face elevated levels of delinquencies on our loans. Our non-accrual loans increased from 0.33 percent at December 31, 2008 to 1.20 percent and 0.82 percent of total loans at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Although the economy continued to gradually improve during 2013, a slowing or further downturn in economic or real estate market conditions could result in increased charge-offs to our allowance for loan losses and lost interest income relating to a higher level of non-performing loans. Non-performing assets (including non-accrual loans, other real estate owned, other repossessed assets, and non-accrual debt securities) totaled $124.9 million at December 31, 2013. These non-performing assets can adversely affect our net income mainly through decreased interest income and increased operating expenses incurred to maintain such assets or loss charges related to subsequent declines in the estimated fair value of foreclosed assets. Adverse changes in the value of our non-performing assets, or the underlying collateral, or in the borrowers’ performance or financial conditions could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance that we will not experience further increases in non-performing loans in the future, or that our non-performing assets will not result in lower financial returns in the future.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act may affect our business activities, financial position and profitability by increasing our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs, placing restrictions on certain products and services, and limiting our future capital raising strategies.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed into law by the President of the United States. The Dodd-Frank Act requires significant changes in financial regulation that have impacted all financial institutions, including Valley and the Bank, and will continue to do so as new regulations are promulgated. Among the Dodd-Frank Act’s significant regulatory changes, it created the CFPB

 

23


Table of Contents

that is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer protection. The CFPB has exclusive authority to issue regulations, orders and guidance to administer and implement the objectives of certain federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB also has exclusive supervision over examinations of our compliance with those specific laws, and implementing rules and regulations, supplementing the compliance examinations that will be made by the Comptroller of the Currency. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act authorizes states’ attorneys general to enforce consumer protection rules issued by the CFPB. The Dodd-Frank Act also restricts the authority of the Comptroller of the Currency to preempt state consumer protection laws applicable to national banks, such as the Bank, impacts the preemption of state laws as they affect subsidiaries and agents of national banks, changes the scope of federal deposit insurance coverage, and increases the FDIC assessment payable by the Bank. The CFPB’s rulemaking, including the QM Rule for qualified mortgage borrowers (outlined under the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1 to this Annual Report), and certain other provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act, have significantly increased our regulatory compliance burden and costs and may continue to increase in the future through additional restrictions on the financial products and services we offer to our customers.

The Dodd-Frank Act imposes more stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on bank holding companies and prohibiting new issuances of trust preferred securities from counting as Tier 1 capital. These restrictions have placed greater limitations on our capital strategies. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, our outstanding trust preferred securities will continue to count as Tier 1 capital (but will be 75 percent disallowed starting on January 1, 2015 and fully phased out of Tier 1capital on January 1, 2016 under the final Basel III guidance issued in July 2013). The Dodd-Frank Act also increases regulation of derivatives and hedging transactions, which could limit our ability to enter into, or increase the costs associated with, interest rate and other hedging transactions.

The Dodd-Frank Act also amended the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to, among other things, give the FRB the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers, such as Valley National Bank. In June 2011, the FRB issued a final rule that establishes standards for determining whether an interchange fee received or charged by an issuer with respect to an electronic debit transaction is reasonable and proportionate to the cost incurred by the issuer with respect to the transaction. Effective October 1, 2011, these new standards imposed debit card interchange fee limits which were largely responsible for a $880 thousand reduction in our debit card interchange fees recognized in other non-interest income for the fourth quarter of 2011 as compared to the third quarter of 2011. Debit card interchange fees totaled $2.5 million, $2.4 million and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We can make no assurances that these rules and any new limitations imposed upon us will not reduce such fee income in the future.

On December 10, 2013, the FRB, the OCC, the FDIC, the CFTC and the SEC issued final rules to implement the Volcker Rule contained in section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, generally to become effective on July 21, 2015. The Volcker Rule prohibits an insured depository institution and its affiliates from: (i) engaging in “proprietary trading” and (ii) investing in or sponsoring certain types of funds (defined as “Covered Funds”) subject to certain limited exceptions. The rule also effectively prohibits short-term trading strategies by any U.S. banking entity if those strategies involve instruments other than those specifically permitted for trading and prohibits the use of some hedging strategies. We are currently analyzing the entire Volcker Rule to determine what effect, if any, it will have on our business and results of operations. We identified no investments held as of December 31, 2013 that meet the definition of Covered Funds. See additional information regarding our review the investment securities portfolio at Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

Because many of the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions still require future regulatory rulemaking, we are uncertain as to the impact that some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will have on Valley and the Bank and cannot provide assurance that the Dodd-Frank Act will not adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations for other reasons.

 

24


Table of Contents

Extensive regulation and supervision may have a negative impact on our ability to compete in a cost effective manner and subject us to material compliance costs and penalties.

Valley, primarily through its principal subsidiary and certain non-bank subsidiaries, is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. Many laws and regulations affect Valley’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. They encourage Valley to ensure a satisfactory level of lending in defined areas, and establish and maintain comprehensive programs relating to anti-money laundering and customer identification. Congress, state legislatures, and federal and state regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect Valley in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject Valley to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products it may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on Valley’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Valley’s compliance with certain of these laws will be considered by banking regulators when reviewing bank merger and bank holding company acquisitions.

We may further reduce or eliminate the cash dividend on our common stock, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such cash dividends, as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we announced that we were reducing our quarterly cash dividend by $0.0525 per share. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and may further reduce or eliminate our common stock cash dividend in the future depending upon our results of operations, financial condition or other metrics. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Additionally, as a bank holding company, our ability to declare and pay dividends is dependent on federal regulatory policies and regulations including the supervisory policies and guidelines of the OCC and the FRB regarding capital adequacy and dividends. Among other things, consultation of the FRB supervisory staff is required in advance of our declaration or payment of a dividend that exceeds our earnings for a period in which the dividend is being paid. New regulatory guidelines will increase our minimum capital requirements in the future as outlined in the “Basel III” section of Item 1 above.

Changes in accounting policies or accounting standards could cause us to change the manner in which we report our financial results and condition in adverse ways and could subject us to additional costs and expenses.

Valley’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding its financial results and condition. Some of these policies require the use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of Valley’s assets or liabilities and financial results. Valley identified its accounting policies regarding the allowance for loan losses, security valuations and impairments, goodwill and other intangible assets, and income taxes to be critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Under each of these policies, it is possible that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions, using different assumptions, or as new information becomes available.

From time to time, the FASB and the SEC change their guidance governing the form and content of Valley’s external financial statements. In addition, accounting standard setters and those who interpret U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), such as the FASB, SEC, banking regulators and Valley’s independent registered public accounting firm, may change or even reverse their previous interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. Such changes are expected to continue, and may accelerate dependent upon the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board commitments to

 

25


Table of Contents

achieving convergence between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. Changes in U.S. GAAP and changes in current interpretations are beyond Valley’s control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how Valley reports its financial results and condition. In certain cases, Valley could be required to apply a new or revised guidance retroactively or apply existing guidance differently (also retroactively) which may result in Valley restating prior period financial statements for material amounts. Additionally, significant changes to U.S. GAAP may require costly technology changes, additional training and personnel, and other expenses that will negatively impact our results of operations.

Additional bank failures could increase our FDIC assessments and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The economic recession and the prolonged economic recovery in the U.S. since 2008 has caused a high level of bank failures, which has dramatically increased FDIC resolution costs and led to a significant reduction in the balance of the Deposit Insurance Fund. As a result, the FDIC has significantly increased the initial base assessment rates paid by financial institutions for deposit insurance. Increases in the base assessment rate have increased our deposit insurance costs dramatically since 2008 and negatively impacted our earnings (See the annual impact in Item 6. Selected Financial Data below). In addition, in May 2009, the FDIC imposed a special assessment on all insured institutions. Our special assessment, which was reflected in earnings for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, was $6.5 million. In lieu of imposing an additional special assessment, the FDIC required all institutions to prepay their assessments for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 in December 2009. We prepaid estimated assessment fees totaling $45.5 million in December 2009. The FDIC could impose additional special assessments for future quarters or increase the FDIC standard assessments. Furthermore, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, gave the FDIC greater discretion to manage the Deposit Insurance Fund and raised the minimum Designated Reserve Ratio to 1.35 percent with no upper limit. Due to these changes and the uncertain future economic and regulatory environment impacting insured banks, we cannot provide you with any assurances that we will not be required to pay additional FDIC insurance assessments, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We may be required to recognize losses on certain financial transactions due to the credit default or liquidation of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount due to us. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to adequately manage our liquidity risk, which could affect our ability to meet our obligations as they become due, capitalize on growth opportunities, or pay regular dividends on our common stock.

Liquidity risk is the potential that Valley will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due, capitalize on growth opportunities as they arise, or pay regular dividends on our common stock because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding in a timely basis, at a reasonable cost and within acceptable risk tolerances.

Liquidity is required to fund various obligations, including credit commitments to borrowers, mortgage and other loan originations, withdrawals by depositors, repayment of borrowings, dividends to shareholders, operating expenses and capital expenditures.

 

26


Table of Contents

Liquidity is derived primarily from retail deposit growth and retention; principal and interest payments on loans; principal and interest payments on investment securities; sale, maturity and prepayment of investment securities; net cash provided from operations, and access to other funding sources.

Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could have a detrimental impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to persistent weakness, or downturn, in the economy or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not necessarily specific to us, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole.

The loss of or decrease in lower-cost funding sources within our deposit base may adversely impact our net interest income and net income.

Checking and savings, NOW, and money market deposit account balances and other forms of customer deposits can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market or money market or fixed income mutual funds, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, Valley could lose a low cost source of funds, increasing its funding costs and reducing Valley’s net interest income and net income.

If our subsidiaries are unable to make dividends and distributions to us, we may be unable to make dividend payments to our common shareholders or interest payments on our junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts.

We are a separate and distinct legal entity from our banking and non-banking subsidiaries and depend on dividends, distributions, and other payments from the Bank and its non-banking subsidiaries to fund cash dividend payments on our common stock and to fund most payments on our other obligations. Regulations relating to capital requirements affect the ability of the Bank to pay dividends and other distributions to us and to make loans to us. Additionally, if our subsidiaries’ earnings are not sufficient to make dividend payments to us while maintaining adequate capital levels, we may not be able to make dividend payments to our common shareholders or interest payments on our junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts. Furthermore, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors.

Our market share and income may be adversely affected by our inability to successfully compete against larger and more diverse financial service providers.

Valley faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources than Valley to deal with the potential negative changes in the financial markets and regulatory landscape. Valley competes with other providers of financial services such as commercial and savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, money market and mutual funds, mortgage companies, title agencies, asset managers, insurance companies and a large list of other local, regional and national institutions which offer financial services. Additional mergers and acquisitions of financial institutions within New Jersey and the New York Metro area may also occur given the current difficult banking environment and add more competitive pressure to Valley. If Valley is unable to compete effectively, it may lose market share and its income generated from loans, deposits, and other financial products may decline.

Our ability to make opportunistic acquisitions is subject to significant risks, including the risk that regulators will not provide the requisite approvals.

We may make opportunistic whole or partial acquisitions of other banks, branches, financial institutions, or related businesses from time to time that we expect may further our business strategy, including through participation in FDIC-assisted acquisitions or assumption of deposits from troubled institutions. Any possible

 

27


Table of Contents

acquisition will be subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such approval in a timely manner or at all. Even if we obtain regulatory approval, these acquisitions could involve numerous risks, including lower than expected performance or higher than expected costs, difficulties related to integration, diversion of management’s attention from other business activities, changes in relationships with customers, and the potential loss of key employees. In addition, we may not be successful in identifying acquisition candidates, integrating acquired institutions, or preventing deposit erosion or loan quality deterioration at acquired institutions. Competition for acquisitions can be highly competitive, and we may not be able to acquire other institutions on attractive terms. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in completing or will even pursue future acquisitions, or if such transactions are completed, that we will be successful in integrating acquired businesses into operations. Ability to grow may be limited if we choose not to pursue or are unable to successfully make acquisitions in the future.

We may not be able to attract and retain skilled people.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities in which we engage can be intense and we may not be able to hire people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel, including, but not limited to, the executive officers disclosed in Item 1 of this Annual Report, could have a material adverse impact on the business because we would lose the employees’ skills, knowledge of the market, and years of industry experience and may have difficulty promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.

Failure to successfully implement our growth strategies could cause us to incur substantial costs and expenses which may not be recouped and adversely affect our future profitability.

From time to time, Valley may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. Valley may invest significant time and resources to develop and market new lines of business and/or products and services. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting customer preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Additionally, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of Valley’s system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks could have a material adverse effect on Valley’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not keep pace with technological change within the financial services industry, negatively affecting our ability to remain competitive and profitable.

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Valley’s future success depends, in part, upon its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in Valley’s operations. Many of Valley’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. Valley may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on Valley’s business and, in turn, Valley’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

We rely on our systems, employees and certain service providers, and if our system fails or if our security measures are compromised, our operations could be disrupted or the data of our customers could be improperly divulged.

We face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures, including those to mitigate the risk of fraud by employees or outsiders, may prove to be inadequate or are circumvented, thereby causing delays in detection of errors or inaccuracies in data and information. We regularly review and update our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may also be subject to disruptions of our systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control (including, for example, electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to losses in service to customers and to financial loss or liability. Furthermore, many other financial institutions and companies engaged in data processing have reported significant breaches in the security of their websites or other systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks and other means. Although to date we have not experienced any material losses relating to such cyber attacks or other information security breaches, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer such losses in the future. Additionally, our risk exposure to security matters may remain elevated or increase in the future due to, among other things, the increasing size and prominence of Valley in the financial services industry, our expansion of Internet and mobile banking tools and products based on customer needs, and the system and customer account conversions associated with the integration of merger targets. We are further exposed to the risk that our external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as us) and to the risk that our (or our vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate. We maintain a system of comprehensive policies and a control framework designed to monitor vendor risks including, among other things, (i) changes in the vendor’s organizational structure or internal controls, (ii) changes in the vendor’s financial condition, (iii) changes in the vendor’s support for existing products and services and (iv) changes in the vendor’s strategic focus. While we believe these policies and procedures help to mitigate risk, the failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements could be disruptive to our operations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

Severe weather, acts of terrorism and other external events could significantly impact our ability to conduct our business.

A significant portion of our primary markets is located near coastal waters which could generate naturally occurring severe weather, or in response to climate change, that could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Many areas in Northern New Jersey in which our branches operate are subject to severe flooding and significant weather related disruptions may become common events in the future. During the fourth quarter of 2012, Hurricane Sandy struck the Northeast and caused severe property damage and many business closures throughout the New Jersey and New York Metropolitan areas. Although, this storm did not materially impact our operations or the vast majority of our borrowers’ ability to repay their loans or the collateral values securing their loans, the risk of such disruptions and potential losses remain from future storm activity.

Additionally, New York City and New Jersey remain central targets for potential acts of terrorism against the United States. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although we have established and regularly test

 

29


Table of Contents

disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review prior to originating certain commercial real estate loans, as well as before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may incur future losses in connection with repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages that we have sold into the secondary market.

We engage in the origination of residential mortgages for sale into the secondary market. In connection with such sales, we make representations and warranties, which, if breached, may require us to repurchase such loans, substitute other loans or indemnify the purchasers of such loans for actual losses incurred in respect of such loans. The substantial decline in residential real estate values and the standards used by some originators has resulted in more repurchase requests to many secondary market participants from secondary market purchasers. Since January 1, 2006, we have originated and sold over 16,800 individual residential mortgages totaling approximately $3.5 billion. Of the $3.5 billion in originations, approximately $20 million in unpaid principal balances remain outstanding from the origination years 2006 through 2008. These particular years are considered to be ‘high risk’ years in the mortgage industry due to the escalation in housing prices, and subsequent decline during the financial crisis. However, these potentially higher risk loans in our retained mortgage loan servicing portfolio continued to outperform Fannie Mae’s overall portfolio performance (for each applicable origination year) at December 31, 2013. Over the past several years, we have experienced a nominal amount of repurchase requests, and only a few of which have actually resulted in repurchases by Valley (only four loan repurchases in 2013). None of the loan repurchases resulted in loss. As of December 31, 2013, no reserves pertaining to loans sold were established on our financial statements. While we currently believe our repurchase risk remains low based upon our careful loan underwriting and documentation standards, it is possible that requests to repurchase loans could occur in the future and such requests may have a negative financial impact on us.

Claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibility and other obligations could result in losses and damage to our reputation.

From time to time as part of Valley’s normal course of business, customers, bankruptcy trustees, former customers, contractual counterparties, third parties and former employees make claims and take legal action against Valley based on actions or inactions of Valley. If such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to Valley, they may result in financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of Valley and its products and services. This may also impact customer demand for Valley’s products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on Valley’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

 

30


Table of Contents
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None

 

Item 2. Properties

We conduct our business at 204 retail banking centers locations, with 161 in northern and central New Jersey and 43 in the New York City metropolitan area. We own 96 of our banking center facilities. The other facilities are leased for various terms.

The following table summarizes our retail banking centers in New Jersey and the New York City metropolitan area:

 

     Number of
banking  centers
     % of Total  
     

New Jersey:

     

Central

     90         44

Northern

     71         35   

New York:

     

Manhattan

     15         7   

Long Island

     13         6   

Brooklyn

     9         5   

Queens

     6         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     204         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our principal business office is located at 1455 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey. Including our principal business office, we own four office buildings in Wayne, New Jersey and one building in Chestnut Ridge, New York, which are used for various operations of Valley National Bank and its subsidiaries. During 2012, we opened our New York City corporate headquarters located at One Penn Plaza in Manhattan which is primarily used as a central hub for New York based lending activities of senior executives and other commercial lenders. We also lease a residential mortgage loan production office in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania.

The total net book value of our premises and equipment (including land, buildings, leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment) was $270.1 million at December 31, 2013.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, we may be a party to various outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, our financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity should not be materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims.

 

31


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “VLY”. The following table sets forth for each quarter period indicated the high and low sales prices for our common stock, as reported by the NYSE, and the cash dividends declared per common share for each quarter. The amounts shown in the table below have been adjusted for all stock dividends and stock splits.

 

     Year 2013      Year 2012  
     High      Low      Dividend      High      Low      Dividend  

First Quarter

   $ 10.50       $ 9.50       $ 0.16       $ 12.69       $ 11.30       $ 0.16   

Second Quarter

     10.28         8.75         0.16         12.50         10.17         0.16   

Third Quarter

     10.73         9.41         0.16         11.07         9.10         0.16   

Fourth Quarter

     10.53         9.67         0.11         10.27         8.65         0.16   

There were 8,274 shareholders of record as of December 31, 2013.

Restrictions on Dividends

The timing and amount of cash dividends paid depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other relevant factors. The primary source for dividends paid to our common stockholders is dividends paid to us from Valley National Bank. Federal laws and regulations contain restrictions on the ability of national banks, like Valley National Bank, to pay dividends. For more information regarding the restrictions on the Bank’s dividends, see “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Dividend Limitations” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors—We May Further Reduce or Eliminate the Cash Dividend on Our Common Stock” above, and the “Liquidity” section of our MD&A of this Annual Report. In addition, under the terms of the trust preferred securities issued by GCB Capital Trust III and State Bancorp Capital Trusts I and II we cannot pay dividends on our common stock if we defer payments on the junior subordinated debentures which provide the cash flow for the payments on the related trust preferred securities.

 

32


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total return on a hypothetical $100 investment made on December 31, 2008 in: (a) Valley’s common stock; (b) the Standard and Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Stock Index; and (c) the Keefe, Bruyette & Woods’ KBW50 Bank Index. The graph is calculated assuming that all dividends are reinvested during the relevant periods. The graph shows how a $100 investment would increase or decrease in value over time based on dividends (stock or cash) and increases or decreases in the market price of the stock.

 

LOGO

 

     12/08      12/09      12/10      12/11      12/12      12/13  

Valley

   $ 100.00       $ 77.93       $ 87.22       $ 83.73       $ 70.32       $ 81.23   

KBW 50

     100.00         77.93         93.84         88.98         100.77         147.93   

S&P 500

     100.00         126.45         145.52         148.55         172.29         228.04   

 

33


Table of Contents

Issuer Repurchase of Equity Securities

The following table presents the purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers during the three months ended December 31, 2013:

 

Period

  Total Number of
Shares Purchased
    Average Price
Paid Per
Share
    Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans (1)
    Maximum Number of
Shares that May

Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans (1)
 

October 1, 2013 to October 31, 2013

    —        $ —          —          4,112,465   

November 1, 2013 to November 30, 2013

    27,306 (2)      9.95        —          4,112,465   

December 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013

    299 (2)      9.76        —          4,112,465   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

    27,605          —       
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) 

On January 17, 2007, Valley publicly announced its intention to repurchase up to 4.7 million outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The repurchase plan has no stated expiration date. No repurchase plans or programs expired or terminated during the three months ended December 31, 2013.

(2) 

Represents repurchases made in connection with the vesting of employee stock awards.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report under the heading “Equity Compensation Plan Information” is incorporated by reference herein.

 

34


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Valley’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto presented herein in response to Item 8 of this Annual Report.

 

    As of or for the Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011 (1)     2010 (1)     2009 (1)  
    (in thousands, except for share data)  

Summary of Operations:

         

Interest income—tax equivalent basis (2) 

  $ 623,986      $ 678,410      $ 679,901      $ 682,402      $ 717,411   

Interest expense

    168,377        181,312        199,013        214,060        262,870   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income—tax equivalent basis (2)

    455,609        497,098        480,888        468,342        454,541   

Less: tax equivalent adjustment

    7,889        7,217        6,077        5,590        5,227   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    447,720        489,881        474,811        462,752        449,314   

Provision for credit losses

    16,095        25,552        53,335        49,456        47,992   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provisions for credit losses

    431,625        464,329        421,476        413,296        401,322   

Non-interest income:

         

Gains on securities transactions, net

    14,678        2,587        32,068        11,598        8,005   

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

    —          (5,247     (19,968     (4,642     (6,352

Trading gains (losses), net

    909        2,793        2,271        (6,897     (10,434

Gains on sales of loans, net

    33,695        46,998        10,699        12,591        8,937   

Gains (losses) on sales of assets, net

    10,947        (329     426        619        605   

Other non-interest income

    68,424        74,144        86,801        78,058        71,490   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

    128,653        120,946        112,297        91,327        72,251   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

         

FDIC insurance assessment

    16,767        14,292        12,759        13,719        20,128   

Other non-interest expense

    364,571        360,608        325,797        305,969        288,039   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

    381,338        374,900        338,556        319,688        308,167   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    178,940        210,375        195,217        184,935        165,406   

Income tax expense

    46,979        66,748        62,706        54,929        50,587   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    131,961        143,627        132,511        130,006        114,819   

Dividends on preferred stock and accretion

    —          —          —          —          19,524   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

  $ 131,961      $ 143,627      $ 132,511      $ 130,006      $ 95,295   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Common Share (3) :

         

Earnings per share:

         

Basic

  $ 0.66      $ 0.73      $ 0.74      $ 0.73      $ 0.57   

Diluted

    0.66        0.73        0.74        0.73        0.57   

Dividends declared

    0.60        0.65        0.66        0.66        0.66   

Book value

    7.72        7.57        7.02        7.22        7.02   

Tangible book value (4)

    5.39        5.26        5.13        5.29        5.21   

Weighted average shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    199,309,425        197,354,159        178,424,883        177,568,546        167,222,450   

Diluted

    199,309,425        197,354,372        178,426,070        177,577,663        167,223,242   

Ratios:

         

Return on average assets

    0.83     0.91     0.93     0.92     0.80

Return on average shareholders’ equity

    8.69        9.57        10.11        10.23        8.55   

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (5)

    12.51        13.65        13.68        13.84        11.22   

Average shareholders’ equity to average assets

    9.51        9.48        9.19        9.00        9.40   

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (6)

    6.86        6.71        6.58        6.82        6.61   

Efficiency ratio (7)

    66.16        61.38        57.67        57.70        59.09   

Dividend payout

    90.90        89.04        88.46        88.89        115.15   

Risk-based capital:

         

Tier 1 capital

    9.65     10.87     10.81     10.83     10.54

Total capital

    11.87        12.38        12.64        12.81        12.45   

Leverage capital

    7.27        8.09        7.99        8.23        8.07   

Financial Condition:

         

Assets

  $ 16,156,541      $ 16,012,646      $ 14,252,755      $ 14,151,249      $ 14,290,734   

Net loans

    11,453,995        10,892,599        9,665,839        9,241,091        9,268,081   

Deposits

    11,319,262        11,264,018        9,673,102        9,363,614        9,547,285   

Shareholders’ equity

    1,541,040        1,502,377        1,254,836        1,284,935        1,243,748   

See Notes to the Selected Financial Data that follow.

 

35


Table of Contents

Notes to Selected Financial Data

 

(1) 

Previously reported results for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 have been revised to reflect an increase in non-interest expense, which after taxes, reduced net income by $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, and reduced basic and diluted earnings per common share by $0.01 for each of these years. Certain statistical and other per common data presented in the table have been revised accordingly.

(2) 

In this report a number of amounts related to net interest income and net interest margin are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 35 percent federal tax rate. Valley believes that this presentation provides comparability of net interest income and net interest margin arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice and SEC rules.

(3) 

All per common share amounts reflect all common stock dividends and all stock splits prior to 2013.

(4) 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains supplemental financial information which has been determined by methods other than U.S. GAAP that management uses in its analysis of our performance. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding our underlying operational performance, our business and performance trends, and facilitates comparisons with the performance of others in the financial services industry. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for or superior to financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Tangible book value per common share, which is a non-GAAP measure, is computed by dividing shareholders’ equity and less goodwill and other intangible assets by common shares outstanding as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  
                   ($in thousands)                

Common shares outstanding

   $ 199,593,109       $ 198,438,271       $ 178,683,030       $ 178,010,307       $ 177,102,621   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

     1,541,040         1,502,377         1,254,836         1,284,935         1,243,748   

Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets

     464,364         459,357         338,780         343,541         320,729   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible common shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,076,676       $ 1,043,020       $ 916,056       $ 941,394       $ 923,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible book value per common share

   $ 5.39       $ 5.26       $ 5.13       $ 5.29       $ 5.21   

 

36


Table of Contents
(5) 

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, which is a non-GAAP measure, is computed by dividing net income by average shareholders’ equity less average goodwill and average other intangible assets, as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     ($ in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 131,961      $ 143,627      $ 132,511      $ 130,006      $ 114,819   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average shareholders’ equity

     1,519,299        1,500,997        1,310,939        1,270,778        1,342,790   

Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets

     464,085        449,078        342,122        331,667        319,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,055,214      $ 1,051,919      $ 968,817      $ 939,111      $ 1,023,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity

     12.51     13.65     13.68     13.84     11.22

 

(6) 

Tangible common shareholders’ equity to tangible assets, which is a non-GAAP measure, is computed by dividing tangible shareholders’ equity (shareholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets) by tangible assets, as follows:

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
                 ($ in thousands)              

Tangible common shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,076,676      $ 1,043,020      $ 916,056      $ 941,394      $ 923,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     16,156,541        16,012,646        14,252,755        14,151,249        14,290,734   

Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets

     464,364        459,357        338,780        343,541        320,729   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

   $ 15,692,177      $ 15,553,289      $ 13,913,975      $ 13,807,708      $ 13,970,005   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common shareholders’ equity to tangible assets

     6.86     6.71     6.58     6.82     6.61

 

(7) 

The efficiency ratio measures total non-interest expense as a percentage of net interest income plus total non-interest income.

 

37


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The purpose of this analysis is to provide the reader with information relevant to understanding and assessing Valley’s results of operations for each of the past three years and financial condition for each of the past two years. In order to fully appreciate this analysis the reader is encouraged to review the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto appearing under Item 8 of this report, and statistical data presented in this document.

Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, both in the MD&A and elsewhere, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about new and existing programs and products, acquisitions, relationships, opportunities, taxation, technology, market conditions and economic expectations. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “view,” “opportunity,” “allow,” “continues,” “reflects,” “typically,” “usually,” “anticipate,” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Such forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties and our actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements in addition to those risk factors listed under the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, but are not limited to:

 

   

a severe decline in the general economic conditions of New Jersey and the New York Metropolitan area;

 

   

larger than expected reductions in our loans originated for sale or a slowdown in new and refinanced residential mortgage loan activity;

 

   

unexpected changes in market interest rates for interest earning assets and/or interest bearing liabilities;

 

   

government intervention in the U.S. financial system and the effects of and changes in trade and monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve;

 

   

claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility, contractual issues, environmental laws and other matters;

 

   

our inability to pay dividends at current levels, or at all, because of inadequate future earnings, regulatory restrictions or limitations, and changes in the composition of qualifying regulatory capital and minimum capital requirements (including those resulting from the U.S. implementation of Basel III requirements);

 

   

higher than expected increases in our allowance for loan losses;

 

   

declines in value in our investment portfolio, including additional other-than-temporary impairment charges on our investment securities;

 

   

unexpected significant declines in the loan portfolio due to the lack of economic expansion, increased competition, large prepayments or other factors;

 

   

unanticipated credit deterioration in our loan portfolio;

 

   

unanticipated loan delinquencies, loss of collateral, decreased service revenues, and other potential negative effects on our business caused by severe weather or other external events;

 

   

higher than expected tax rates, including increases resulting from changes in tax laws, regulations and case law;

 

   

an unexpected decline in real estate values within our market areas;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

higher than expected FDIC insurance assessments;

 

   

the failure of other financial institutions with whom we have trading, clearing, counterparty and other financial relationships;

 

   

lack of liquidity to fund our various cash obligations;

 

   

unanticipated reduction in our deposit base;

 

   

potential acquisitions that may disrupt our business;

 

   

legislative and regulatory actions (including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related regulations) subject us to additional regulatory oversight which may result in higher compliance costs and/or require us to change our business model;

 

   

changes in accounting policies or accounting standards;

 

   

our inability to promptly adapt to technological changes;

 

   

our internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent losses;

 

   

the inability to realize expected revenue synergies from acquisitions in the amounts or in the timeframe anticipated;

 

   

inability to retain customers and employees;

 

   

lower than expected cash flows from purchased credit-impaired loans;

 

   

cyber attacks, computer viruses or other malware that may breach the security of our websites or other systems to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage our systems; and

 

   

other unexpected material adverse changes in our operations or earnings.

Correction of an Immaterial Error

Our financial condition and results of operations at and for the year ended December 31, 2011 (disclosed in this MD&A and elsewhere in this Annual Report) were initially revised in Valley’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 to reflect an adjustment for the straight-line recognition of rental expense and income on operating leases with scheduled rental increases in which Valley is the lessor or lessee. The adjustment resulted in increases in accrued rent liability, deferred tax assets and net occupancy and equipment expense, as well as decreases in retained earnings, net income and earnings per common share. The effect of these revisions was immaterial to each of the interim and annual periods, including a one cent reduction in basic and diluted earnings per common share in 2011.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our accounting and reporting policies conform, in all material respects, to U.S. GAAP. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management has made estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated statements of financial condition and results of operations for the periods indicated. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Valley’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding management’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations. Our significant accounting policies are presented in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. We identified our policies for the allowance for loan losses, security valuations and impairments, goodwill and other intangible assets, and income taxes to be critical because management has to make subjective and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. Management has reviewed the application of these policies with the Audit Committee of Valley’s Board of Directors.

 

39


Table of Contents

The judgments used by management in applying the critical accounting policies discussed below may be affected by significant changes in the economic environment, which may result in changes to future financial results. Specifically, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in material changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods, and the inability to collect on outstanding loans could result in increased loan losses. In addition, the valuation of certain securities (including debt security valuations based on the expected future cash flows of their underlying collateral) in our investment portfolio could be negatively impacted by illiquidity or dislocation in marketplaces resulting in depressed market prices thus leading to further impairment losses.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for credit losses includes the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded commercial letters of credit and represents management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolios. There are numerous components that enter into the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses, which includes a quantitative analysis, as well as a qualitative review of its results. The qualitative review is subjective and requires a significant amount of judgment. Various banking regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, also review the allowance for loan losses. Such regulators may require, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination, that certain loan balances be charged off or require that adjustments be made to the allowance for loan losses when their credit evaluations differ from those of management. Additionally, our allowance for credit losses methodology includes loan portfolio evaluations at the portfolio segment level, which consist of a commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, residential mortgage, and a consumer loan portfolio segments.

Allowance for Loan Losses on Non-Covered Loans

The allowance for losses on non-covered loans relates only to loans, which are not subject to the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. The allowance for losses on non-covered loans consists of the following:

 

   

specific reserves for individually impaired loans;

 

   

reserves for adversely classified loans, and higher risk rated loans that are not impaired loans;

 

   

reserves for other loans that are not impaired; and, if applicable,

 

   

reserves for impairment of purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans subsequent to their acquisition date.

Our reserves on classified and non-classified loans also include reserves based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to Valley, including changes in loan portfolio volume, the composition and concentrations of credit, new market initiatives, and the impact of competition on loan structuring and pricing.

Valley has no allowance reserves established at December 31, 2013 related to the non-covered PCI loans; however, the information below regarding our policies to determine the allowance for covered loans is identical to the procedures performed by Valley to determine the carrying amounts and reserves for impairment of non-covered PCI loans subsequent to their acquisition date.

Allowance for Loan Losses on Covered Loans

During 2010, we acquired loans in two FDIC-assisted transactions that are covered by loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC whereby we will be reimbursed for a substantial portion of any future losses. Like the non-covered PCI loans acquired and purchased during the first quarter of 2012, we evaluated the acquired covered loans and elected to account for them in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Subtopic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” since all of these loans were acquired at a discount attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. The covered loans are initially recorded at their estimated fair values segregated into pools of loans sharing common risk characteristics, exclusive of the

 

40


Table of Contents

loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. The fair values include estimates related to expected prepayments and the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows.

The covered loans are subject to our internal credit review. If and when unexpected credit deterioration occurs at the loan pool level subsequent to the acquisition date, a provision for credit losses for covered loans will be charged to earnings for the full amount of the decline in expected cash flows for the pool, without regard to the FDIC loss-sharing agreements. Under the accounting guidance of ASC Subtopic 310-30, for acquired credit impaired loans, the allowance for loan losses on covered loans is measured at each financial reporting date based on future expected cash flows. This assessment and measurement is performed at the pool level and not at the individual loan level. Accordingly, decreases in expected cash flows resulting from further credit deterioration on a pool of acquired covered loan pools as of such measurement date compared to those originally estimated are recognized by recording a provision and allowance for credit losses on covered loans. Subsequent increases in the expected cash flows of the loans in that pool would first reduce any allowance for loan losses on covered loans; and any excess will be accreted for prospectively as a yield adjustment. The portion of the additional estimated losses on covered loans that is reimbursable from the FDIC under the loss-sharing agreements is recorded in non-interest income and increases the FDIC loss-share receivable asset.

Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements describes the methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses and a discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance for loan losses is included in this MD&A.

Changes in Our Allowance for Loan Losses

Valley considers it difficult to quantify the impact of changes in forecast on its allowance for loan losses. However, management believes the following discussion may enable investors to better understand the variables that drive the allowance for loan losses, which amounted to $113.6 million at December 31, 2013.

For impaired credits, if the present value of expected cash flows were 10 percent higher or lower, the allowance would have decreased $5.8 million or increased $6.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. If the fair value of the collateral (for collateral dependent loans) was 10 percent higher or lower, the allowance would have decreased $1.9 million or increased $4.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013.

If classified loan balances were 10 percent higher or lower, the allowance would have increased or decreased by approximately $1.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013.

The credit rating assigned to each non-classified credit is an important variable in determining the allowance. If each non-classified credit were rated one grade worse, the allowance would have increased by approximately $761 thousand, while if each non-classified credit were rated one grade better there would be no change in the level of the allowance as of December 31, 2013. Additionally, if the historical loss factors used to calculate the allowance for non-classified loans were 10 percent higher or lower, the allowance would have increased or decreased by approximately $6.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013.

A key variable in determining the allowance is management’s judgment in determining the size of the allowances attributable to general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors. At December 31, 2013, such allowances were 6.7 percent of the total allowance. If such allowances were 10 percent higher or lower, the total allowance would have increased or decreased by $758 thousand, respectively, at December 31, 2013.

Security Valuations and Impairments. Management utilizes various inputs to determine the fair value of its investment portfolio. To the extent they exist, unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets (Level 1) or quoted prices on similar assets (Level 2) are utilized to determine the fair value of each investment in the portfolio. In the absence of quoted prices and liquid markets, valuation techniques would be used to determine fair value of any investments that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and

 

41


Table of Contents

unobservable (Level 3). Valuation techniques are based on various assumptions, including, but not limited to, cash flows, discount rates, rate of return, adjustments for nonperformance and liquidity, and liquidation values. A significant degree of judgment is involved in valuing investments using Level 3 inputs. The use of different assumptions could have a positive or negative effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for more details on our security valuation techniques.

Management must periodically evaluate if unrealized losses (as determined based on the securities valuation methodologies discussed above) on individual securities classified as held to maturity or available for sale in the investment portfolio are considered to be other-than-temporary. The analysis of other-than-temporary impairment requires the use of various assumptions, including, but not limited to, the length of time an investment’s book value is greater than fair value, the severity of the investment’s decline, any credit deterioration of the investment, whether management intends to sell the security, and whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. Debt investment securities deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired are written down by the impairment related to the estimated credit loss and the non-credit related impairment is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. Other-than-temporarily impaired equity securities are written down to fair value and a non-cash impairment charge is recognized in the period of such evaluation. See the “Investment Securities” section of this MD&A and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for additional analysis and discussion of our other-than-temporary impairment charges.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. We record all assets, liabilities, and non-controlling interests in the acquiree in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill and other intangible assets, at fair value as of the acquisition date, and expense all acquisition related costs as incurred as required by ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” Goodwill totaling $428.2 million at December 31, 2013 is not amortized but is subject to annual tests for impairment or more often, if events or circumstances indicate it may be impaired. Other intangible assets totaling $36.1 million at December 31, 2013 are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment tests if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. Such evaluation of other intangible assets is based on undiscounted cash flow projections. The initial recording of goodwill and other intangible assets requires subjective judgments concerning estimates of the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities.

The goodwill impairment analysis is generally a two-step test. During 2013 and 2012, Valley elected to perform step one of the two-step goodwill impairment test for all of its reporting units but may choose to perform an optional qualitative assessment allowable under Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment” for one or more units in the future periods to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Step one compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired; however, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an additional step must be performed. That additional step compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a business combination, i.e., by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step above, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles, as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination at the impairment test date. An impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill and subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted.

Fair value may be determined using: market prices, comparison to similar assets, market multiples, discounted cash flow analysis and other determinants. Estimated cash flows may extend far into the future and, by their nature, are difficult to determine over an extended timeframe. Factors that may materially affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces, customer behaviors and attrition, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures and technology, and changes in discount rates, terminal values, and specific industry or market sector conditions.

 

42


Table of Contents

To assist in assessing the impact of potential goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charges at December 31, 2013, the impact of a five percent impairment charge would result in a reduction in net income of approximately $23.2 million. See Note 8 to consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding goodwill and other intangible assets.

Income Taxes. We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities. The income tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant government taxing authorities. In establishing a provision for income tax expense, we must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws to our business activities, as well as the timing of when certain items may affect taxable income.

Our interpretations may be subject to review during examination by taxing authorities and disputes may arise over the respective tax positions. We attempt to resolve these disputes during the tax examination and audit process and ultimately through the court systems when applicable. We monitor relevant tax authorities and revise our estimate of accrued income taxes due to changes in income tax laws and their interpretation by the courts and regulatory authorities on a quarterly basis. Revisions of our estimate of accrued income taxes also may result from our own income tax planning and from the resolution of income tax controversies. Such revisions in our estimates may be material to our operating results for any given quarter.

The provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Deferred taxes arise from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting versus income tax return purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized if, in management’s judgment, their realizability is determined to be more likely than not. We perform regular reviews to ascertain the realizability of our deferred tax assets. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, which also incorporates various tax planning strategies. In connection with these reviews, if we determine that a portion of the deferred tax asset is not realizable, a valuation allowance is established. As of December 31, 2013, management has determined it is more likely than not that Valley will realize its net deferred tax assets and therefore a valuation allowance was not established.

We maintain a reserve related to certain tax positions that management believes contain an element of uncertainty. We adjust our unrecognized tax benefits as necessary when additional information becomes available. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured based on the largest amount of benefit that management believes is more likely than not to be realized. It is possible that the reassessment of our unrecognized tax benefits may have a material impact on our effective tax rate in the period in which the reassessment occurs.

See Notes 1 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements and the “Income Taxes” section in this MD&A for an additional discussion on the accounting for income taxes.

New Authoritative Accounting Guidance. See Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements including the dates of adoption and the anticipated effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Executive Summary

Company Overview. At December 31, 2013, Valley had consolidated total assets of $16.2 billion, total net loans of $11.5 billion, total deposits of $11.3 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $1.5 billion. Our commercial bank operations include branch office locations in northern and central New Jersey and the New York City Boroughs of Manhattan, Brooklyn and Queens, as well as Long Island, New York. Of our current 204—branch network, 79 percent and 21 percent of the branches are located in New Jersey and New York, respectively. We have grown both in asset size and locations significantly over the past several years primarily through both bank acquisitions.

 

43


Table of Contents

Valley’s most recent acquisition was completed on January 1, 2012 when Valley acquired State Bancorp, Inc. (State Bancorp), the holding company for State Bank of Long Island, a commercial bank with approximately $1.7 billion in assets, $1.1 billion in loans, and $1.4 billion in deposits and 16 branches in Nassau, Suffolk, Queens, and Manhattan at December 31, 2011. Of the acquired branch offices, 14 remain within our 43 branch network in New York and are located in Long Island and Queens. The new locations complement Valley’s other New York City locations, including five branches in Queens, and may provide a foundation for potential future expansion efforts into these attractive markets. See Item 1 of this Annual Report for more details regarding our past merger activity, as well as Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

Annual Results. Net income totaled $132.0 million, or $0.66 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $143.6 million in 2012, or $0.73 per diluted common share. The decrease in net income was largely due to: (i) a $42.2 million, or 8.6 percent, decline in our net interest income largely caused by a 43 basis point decline in the yield on average interest earning assets driven by the low level of long-term market interest rates in 2013, (ii) a 1.7 percent increase in non-interest expense due, in part, to a 17.3 percent increase in our FDIC insurance assessments and amortization of tax credit investments, partially offset by (iii) a 5.5 percent decrease in the effective tax rate largely due to the decline in pre-tax income and increased tax credit investments, (iv) a 37 percent decline in our provision for credit losses caused by the positive effect of the gradual improvement in credit conditions and the U.S. economy on our non-covered loan portfolio during 2013 and a $2.3 million recovery of additional impairment recognized on certain covered loan pools acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions, and (v) a $7.7 million, or 6.4 percent, increase in non-interest income resulting primarily from higher net gains on securities transactions and net gains on sales of assets, largely offset by a decrease in gains on sales of residential mortgage loans originated for sale due to a significant decrease in consumer refinance activity in the second half of 2013. See the “Net Interest Income,” “Non-Interest Income,” “Non-Interest Expense,” and “Income Taxes” sections below for more details on the items above impacting our 2013 annual results.

Economic Overview and Indicators. Improvements in business spending, consumer confidence, the housing market and exports, all added up to an increasingly stronger economy in 2013. An upward revision to the official 2013 employment numbers meant that in eight months of the year the U.S. economy topped 200 thousand jobs in net hiring gains. While January 2014 employment numbers were disappointing, much of the decline is being attributed to special factors such as decreases in government hiring, adverse weather conditions and uncertainty surrounding the impact of the Affordable Care Act (commonly referred to as “Obamacare”). Additionally, January’s down-tick in unemployment rate to 6.6 percent from 6.7 percent in December 2013 is encouraging considering the modest growth in labor force.

During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Federal Reserve remained consistent with its previously announced intentions to keep short-term interest rates low, in the zero to 0.25 percent range, as long as the unemployment rate remains above 6.5 percent and projected inflation remains below 2.5 percent. However, the Federal Reserve has been careful to distinguish the difference between the Federal Open Market Committee’s future decision to raise the federal funds rate and a move to continue the phase out its current $65 billion-per-month bond purchase program. Long-term interest rates have already rallied during the second half of 2013 in anticipation of a future reduction in quantitative easing, leading to a significant reduction in mortgage refinance activity.

Although the rise in long-term interest rates should positively impact our ability to generate positive growth in our net interest income, our net interest margin continues to face the compressive nature of market interest rates that remain at relatively low levels (on a historical basis). Additionally, we believe the current low interest rate, high unemployment environment will continue to challenge our business operations and results in many other ways during 2014, as highlighted throughout the remaining MD&A discussion below.

The following economic indicators are just a few of many factors that may be used to assess the market conditions in our primary markets of northern and central New Jersey and the New York City metropolitan area. Generally, market conditions have improved from one year ago, however as outlined above, economic

 

44


Table of Contents

uncertainty and persistent unemployment may continue to apply pressure on the performance of some borrowers and the level of new loan demand within our area.

 

     For the Month Ended  
     December 31,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Selected Economic Indicators:

          

Unemployment rate:

          

U.S.

     6.70     7.60     7.60     7.80     7.80

New York Metro Region*

     6.60     8.20     8.10     8.50     8.50

New Jersey

     7.20     8.70     9.00     9.60     9.80

New York

     7.00     7.50     8.20     8.20     8.90
     Three Months Ended  
     December 31,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 
           ($ in millions)        

Personal income:

          

New Jersey

     NA      $ 501,742      $ 497,813      $ 491,539      $ 498,228   

New York

     NA      $ 1,070,537      $ 1,055,055      $ 1,044,261      $ 1,070,875   

New consumer bankruptcies:

          

New Jersey

     NA        0.14     0.14     0.12     0.12

New York

     NA        0.08     0.09     0.07     0.08

Change in home prices:

          

U.S.

     -0.30     3.10     7.10     1.20     -0.30

New York Metro Region*

     2.18     1.15     1.60     -1.07     0.97

New consumer foreclosures:

          

New Jersey

     NA        0.10     0.13     0.07     0.08

New York

     NA        0.05     0.09     0.04     0.04

Homeowner vacancy rates:

          

New Jersey

     1.90     2.10     3.20     1.80     2.60

New York

     2.30     1.20     1.30     1.90     1.90

 

NA—not available

* As reported by the Bureau of Labor Statistics for the NY-NJ-PA Metropolitan Statistical Area.
   Sources: Bureau of Labor Statistics, Bureau of Economic Analysis, Federal Reserve Bank of New York, S&P Indices, and the U.S. Census Bureau.

Loans. Total non-covered loans (i.e., loans which are not subject to our loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) increased by $629.3 million, or 5.8 percent, to $11.5 billion at December 31, 2013 from December 31, 2012 largely due to solid organic commercial real estate (excluding construction) loan growth throughout the second half of 2013, which equaled 12.8 percent on an annual basis, partially offset by a $185.9 million decline in non-covered PCI loans within the same loan category. Automobile loans increased $114.9 million, or 14.6 percent, from December 31, 2012, mostly due to organic loan growth driven by a strong U.S. auto market, supplemented by our purchase of $21.5 million in auto loans from third party originators during 2013. Residential mortgage loans and other consumer loans also increased $37.5 million and $35.4 million at December 31, 2013 as compared to one year ago. Residential mortgage loan growth was limited by our loan originations for sale in the secondary market which totaled almost 68 percent of our new and refinanced loan originations during the year ended December 31, 2013; while other consumer loans continued to experience growth in collateralized personal lines of credit. However, commercial and industrial loans declined $89.7 million, or 4.3 percent, as compared to December 31, 2012 due to a $77.1 million decrease in non-covered PCI loans within the category, strong competition for quality commercial borrowers and soft demand from existing borrowers during much of 2013. Total covered loans (i.e., loans subject to our loss-sharing agreements with the

 

45


Table of Contents

FDIC) decreased to $96.2 million, or only 0.8 percent of our total loans, at December 31, 2013 as compared to $180.7 million, or 1.6 percent of total loans, at December 31, 2012 mainly due to normal collection and prepayment activity.

Our new and refinanced residential mortgage loan originations of $1.4 billion during the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased 29 percent as compared to $2.0 billion in 2012. During both 2013 and 2012, a large portion of these loans were originated for sale resulting in gains on sales of loans totaling $33.7 million and $47.0 million, respectively, within our non-interest income. During the second half of 2013, we experienced a sharp decline in residential mortgage loan origination activity largely due to the higher level of long-term market interest rates since June 2013. In June, the Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke acknowledged that the Fed could gradually reduce the net amount of mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Treasury securities being purchased each month as the outlook for the labor market or inflation changes. These comments, among other factors, led to a rally in long-term interest rates which resulted in an average 10-year Treasury Rate of 2.70 percent and 2.75 for the third and fourth quarters of 2013, respectively, as compared to 1.97 percent during the second quarter of 2013. Consequently, residential mortgage originations (including both new and refinanced loans) declined from $482 million in the second quarter of 2013 to $248 million for the third quarter of 2013 and $96 million for the fourth quarter of 2013. During the fourth quarter of 2013, Valley sold approximately $50 million of residential mortgages (including $9.6 million of loans held for sale at September 30, 2013), down 48 percent from the third quarter of 2013. As a result of the decline in volume (as well as lower gain on sale margins), gains on sales of residential mortgage loans declined to $1.5 million for the fourth quarter of 2013 as compared to $2.7 million for the third quarter of 2013 and $15.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2012. Given the current rate environment and level of consumer demand, we anticipate a continued slowdown in our refinanced mortgage loan pipeline during the first quarter of 2014 and in the amount of our residential mortgage loans originated for sale, as the higher yielding loans may become more attractive to hold in our loan portfolio. As a result, our gains on sales of loans may continue to decline from the $1.5 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2013 and are expected to materially decline on an annual basis from the $33.7 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2013. Despite the expected negative impact of the increase in market interest rates on consumer refinance activity and our level of net gains on sales of mortgage loans, we expect that such higher rates will have a positive impact on our net interest income if we continue to shift to an “originate and hold model.” However, our outlook for the housing market recovery remains somewhat guarded as the QM Rule and other lending regulations imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act (see “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation” of this Annual Report for additional information) may slow the recovery’s progress in 2014. See further details on our loan activities, including the covered loan portfolio, under the “Loan Portfolio” section below.

Asset Quality. Given the slow moving economic recovery, elevated unemployment and low labor market participation levels, the high level of personal bankruptcies, and high delinquency rates reported throughout the banking industry, we believe our loan portfolio’s credit performance remained at an acceptable level at December 31, 2013. Our past due loans and non-accrual loans, discussed further below, exclude PCI loans. Under U.S. GAAP, the PCI loans (acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality) are accounted for on a pool basis and are not subject to delinquency classification in the same manner as loans originated by Valley.

Total loans (excluding PCI loans) past due in excess of 30 days decreased 0.50 percent to 1.23 percent of our total loan portfolio of $11.6 billion as of December 31, 2013 compared to 1.73 percent of total loans at December 31, 2012. Of the 1.23 percent in delinquencies at December 31, 2013, 0.14 percent, or $16.2 million, represented performing matured loans in the normal process of renewal. Non-accrual loans decreased to $95.1 million, or 0.82 percent of total loans, at December 31, 2013 as compared to $131.8 million, or 1.20 percent of total loans, at December 31, 2012. The $36.7 million decrease in non-accrual loans was largely due to declines in commercial real estate loans and residential mortgage loans driven by a few large impaired loan repayments, an increase in foreclosures as compared to 2012 and loan charge-offs. Although the timing of collection is uncertain, we believe most of our non-accrual loans are well secured and, ultimately, collectible. Our lending strategy is based on underwriting standards designed to maintain high credit quality and we remain optimistic regarding the

 

46


Table of Contents

overall future performance of our loan portfolio. However, due to the potential for future credit deterioration caused by the unpredictable future strength of the U.S. economic and housing recoveries and relatively high levels of unemployment, management cannot provide assurance that our non-performing assets will remain at, or decline from, the levels reported as of December 31, 2013. See the “Non-performing Assets” section below for further analysis of our credit quality.

Investments. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized net gains on securities transactions of $14.7 million as compared to $2.6 million in 2012. Of the $14.7 million in net gains in 2013, $10.7 million related to Valley’s decision to sell previously impaired trust preferred securities issued by one deferring bank holding company during the fourth quarter of 2013. Valley sold these impaired, non-accrual debt securities classified as available for sale (with a combined unamortized cost of $41.8 million) for net proceeds of $52.5 million in October 2013. The sale combined with the aforementioned decline in non-accrual loans contributed to a 36.1 percent decrease in our non-performing assets at December 31, 2013 as compared to one year ago. There were no other-than-temporary impairment charges attributable to credit during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $5.2 million in 2012. Of the $5.2 million in impairment charges in 2012, $4.5 million was recognized in earnings during the third quarter of 2012 mostly due to the additional estimated credit losses on impaired trust preferred securities sold during the fourth quarter of 2013 (which were initially impaired in 2011). See further details in the “Investment Securities Portfolio” section below and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

Deposits and Other Borrowings. The mix of total deposits continued to shift away from time deposits to the other deposit categories during 2013 due to the low level of rates that we offered on certificates of deposit during most of the year and the maturity of higher cost time deposits. Average non-interest bearing deposits increased $337.5 million to $3.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 due to increases in both retail and commercial deposits caused by the low level of fixed interest rate investment alternatives, such as time deposits, and the uncertain economic environment. Average savings, NOW and money market account balances also increased $265.4 million to $5.4 billion in 2013 largely due to the aforementioned items. And lastly, average time deposits declined $366.6 million to $2.3 billion for 2013 as compared to 2012 mainly due to our excess liquidity position held for most of 2013 and the low level of rates offered on our new certificates of deposit. See further discussion of our average interest bearing liabilities under the “Net Interest Income” section below.

During 2013, we continued to closely monitor our cost of funds to optimize our net interest margin in the prolonged low interest rate environment, as discussed further in the “Net Interest Income” section below. On July 26, 2013, Valley redeemed $15.5 million of the principal face amount of its 7.75 percent junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I and $15.0 million of the face value of the related trust preferred securities. On September 27, 2013, Valley issued $125 million of its 5.125 percent subordinated debentures (notes) due September 27, 2023 pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement previously filed with the SEC. In conjunction with the issuance, Valley entered into an interest rate swap transaction used to hedge the change in the fair value of the subordinated notes (see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on our derivative transactions). The net proceeds from the subordinated notes together with other available funds were used to redeem all of the remaining $131.3 million outstanding 7.75 percent junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I on October 25, 2013. The Capital Trust simultaneously redeemed all of its trust preferred securities, as well as all of the outstanding common securities of the Capital Trust. Based upon new final regulatory guidance issued during the second quarter of 2013, Valley’s remaining trust preferred securities issued by its capital trust subsidiaries (which total $44.0 million at December 31, 2013 after the aforementioned redemptions in third and fourth quarters of 2013) will be fully phased out of Tier 1 capital by January 1, 2016. See the “Capital Adequacy” section below for more details.

Operating Environment. The financial markets continue to work through a period marked by unprecedented change due to current and future regulatory and market reform, including new regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel Rules highlighted in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1 of

 

47


Table of Contents

this Annual Report, and a slow economic recovery unseen in past U.S. recessions. These changes will impact us and our competitors, and will challenge the way we both do business in the future. We believe our current capital position, ability to evaluate credit and other investment opportunities, conservative balance sheet, and commitment to excellent customer service will afford us a competitive advantage in the future. Additionally, we believe we are well positioned to move quickly on market expansion opportunities as they may arise, including through possible acquisitions of other institutions within New Jersey and the New York City Metropolitan area.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income consists of interest income and dividends earned on interest earning assets less interest expense on interest bearing liabilities and represents the main source of income for Valley. The net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis is calculated by dividing tax equivalent net interest income by average interest earning assets and is a key measurement used in the banking industry to measure income from interest earning assets.

Annual Period 2013. Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis decreased $41.5 million to $455.6 million for 2013 compared with $497.1 million for 2012. The decrease was mainly driven by lower interest rates on new loans and investments and the prepayment of higher yielding assets in both of these earning asset categories, partially offset by lower costs on interest bearing liabilities resulting from lower interest rates offered on most deposit products, maturing high cost time deposits and the early redemption of our 7.75 percent junior subordinated debentures during the second half of 2013.

The net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis was 3.20 percent for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of 32 basis points as compared to 3.52 percent for 2012. The overall level of interest rates remained near historically low levels during 2013, despite an increase in long-term market rates since June 2013. The overall level of interest rates has remained low due, in part, to the FRB’s continued efforts to support the U.S. economic recovery and maintain the target federal funds rate at a historical low rate range of between zero to 0.25 percent since the fourth quarter of 2008. The prolonged low level of market interest rates continued to negatively impact the yield on interest earning assets during 2013, resulting in a 43 basis point decline to 4.38 percent as compared to 2012, while the average interest rates paid on interest bearing liabilities only decreased 7 basis points in 2013. The decline in yield on interest earning assets was mainly attributable to the low market interest rates on (new and refinanced) loans and investments throughout 2013 as compared to our overall yields of each portfolio, large prepayments of high yielding loans, including PCI loans, which also contributed to lower average loans for 2013 as compared to 2012. Offsetting some of the negative impact of lower interest rates on new loans and investments, our 2013 efforts to control our funding costs coupled with a low interest rate environment allowed us to decrease the interest rates paid on savings, NOW, and money market accounts, while maturing high cost certificates of deposit, if renewed, also re-priced at lower interest rates. Additionally, lower rates on customer repo balances mostly contributed to a five basis point decline in the cost of short-term borrowings during 2013; while our redemptions of junior subordinated debentures in the second half of 2013 helped reduce the cost of long-term borrowings by seven basis points as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

Our earning asset portfolio is comprised of both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans and investments. Many of our earning assets are priced based upon the prevailing treasury rates, the Valley prime rate (set by Valley management based on various internal and external factors) or on the U.S. prime interest rate as published in The Wall Street Journal. On average, the 10 year treasury rate increased from 1.79 percent in 2012 to 2.34 percent in 2013 (see discussion under the “Loans” section above for more details), positively impacting our yield on average loans as new and renewed fixed-rate loans were originated at slightly higher interest rates in 2013 (but still well below the overall yield of 4.80 percent on average loans in 2012). However, Valley’s prime rate and the U.S. prime rate have remained at 4.50 percent and 3.25 percent, respectively, since the fourth quarter of 2008. Our U.S. prime rate based loan portfolio should have an immediate positive impact on the yield of our average earning assets in the unlikely event that the prime rate begins to move upward in 2014, while an increase in

 

48


Table of Contents

treasury rates above current levels should also have a positive, but more gradual, effect on our interest income based on our ability to originate new and renewed fixed rate loans. We do not expect our Valley prime rate portfolio to have an immediate benefit to our interest income in a rising interest rate environment due to its current level above the U.S. prime rate. However, the Valley prime rate is set by management and will likely increase before the U.S. prime rate reaches its current level of 4.50 percent. Additionally, interest income on approximately $1.3 billion of our residential mortgage-backed securities with unamortized purchase premiums totaling $57.1 million at December 31, 2013 could improve if and when interest rates were to continue upward and prepayment speeds on the underlying mortgages decline. The decline in prepayments will lengthen the expected life of each security and reduce the amount of premium amortization expense recognized against interest income each period. Conversely, increases in the prepayment speeds due to declining interest rates will increase the amount of premium amortization expense recognized against interest income related to these securities.

Average interest earning assets totaling $14.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased only $132.5 million, or 0.94 percent, as compared to 2012 mainly due to slow loan growth in the first half of 2013, partly due to our decision to sell the majority of our $1.4 billion in new and refinanced residential mortgage loan originations to mitigate the interest rate risk associated with these low rate long-term financial instruments. Average loan balances decreased $50.3 million to $11.2 billion in 2013 and only accounted for a small portion of the $44.4 million decline in the interest income on a tax equivalent basis for loans as compared to 2012, which was mostly driven by the low interest rates on new and renewed loans. The decrease in average loans was primarily due to declines in higher yielding PCI loans (mostly within the commercial loan categories) and the lack of commercial and industrial loan growth, mostly offset by solid organic commercial real estate loan growth in the second half of 2013 and steady quarterly growth in the automobile loan portfolio throughout 2013. Average investment securities increased $109.9 million to approximately $2.8 billion in 2013 primarily due to higher levels of excess liquidity reinvested into non-taxable municipal bond investments, as well as Ginnie Mae issued residential mortgage-backed securities within the taxable investment portfolio. However, the higher average investment balances only partly negated the negative impact of the 2013 reinvestments at low market rates which primarily led to a $10.2 million decrease in interest income on a tax equivalent basis for investment securities as compared to 2012. Average federal funds sold and other interest bearing deposits increased $72.8 million to $296.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 due to higher levels of overnight liquidity held primarily in the first half of 2013. However, these positions only contributed an additional $203 thousand in interest income due to the historically low target federal funds rate.

Average interest bearing liabilities decreased $283.8 million to $10.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 from the same period in 2012 mainly due to a $366.6 million decline in average time deposits caused by the continued run-off of high cost certificates of deposit. Average short-term borrowings also decreased $171.7 million from 2012 mostly due to lower levels of short-term FHLB advances utilized as a loan funding source in 2013 as residential mortgage loan originations declined due to an increase in long-term market rates in June 2013 which significantly slowed the consumer loan refinance market. Average long-term borrowings only declined $10.9 million in 2013 as compared to 2012 but the mix of borrowings did shift slightly to lower rate borrowings as we redeemed our 7.75 percent junior subordinated debentures with contractual principal balances totaling $146.8 million in the second half of 2013 and partially replaced them with the issuance of $125 million of 5.125 percent subordinated notes. However, average savings, NOW, and money market account balances increased $265.4 million primarily due to general increases in both retail and commercial deposits caused by the lack of better yielding cash investment alternatives in 2013 and higher levels of customer liquidity caused, in part, by the continued economic uncertainty. The cost of average time deposits, long-term borrowings, savings, NOW and money market accounts, and short-term borrowings decreased 11, 7, 6, and 5 basis points, respectively, during 2013 due to the continued low level of market interest rates throughout the year and, as applicable, the aforementioned maturity of higher cost funds and early redemption of the 7.75 percent junior subordinated debentures. Additionally, we expect that maturing higher cost time deposits will continue to have some positive benefit to our net interest income in the first quarter of 2014 and the foreseeable future, as well as a full quarter’s cost savings from the redemption of the debentures on October 25, 2013.

 

49


Table of Contents

Fourth Quarter of 2013. Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis of $118.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2013 increased $4.4 million as compared to the third quarter of 2013, and declined $2.4 million as compared to the fourth quarter of 2012. Interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $3.1 million from the third quarter of 2013 mainly due to a $291.6 million increase in total average loans and higher yields on investments, partially offset by continued run-off in our higher yielding PCI loan portfolios. Interest expense also contributed to the increase in net interest income as it decreased $1.3 million to $40.8 million for the three months ended December 31, 2013. The decrease from the third quarter of 2013 was primarily driven by the October 2013 redemption of our 7.75 percent junior subordinated debentures and an $86.7 million decline in average time deposits during the fourth quarter caused by continued run-off of maturing higher yield time deposits.

The net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis was 3.27 percent for the fourth quarter of 2013, an increase of 7 basis points from 3.20 percent in the linked third quarter of 2013, and a 14 basis point decline from 3.41 percent for the three months ended December 31, 2012. The yield on average interest earning assets increased by one basis point on a linked quarter basis. The increased yield was mainly a result of the higher yields on average investment securities partly caused by a reduction in prepayments and premium amortization due to the higher level of long-term market interest rates and, to a much lesser extent, our redeployment of the net proceeds from our sale of non-accrual debt securities in the fourth quarter of 2013. The increased yield on average investment securities was mostly offset by a five basis point decline in the yield on average loans caused by new loan volumes at current interest rates that remain relatively low compared to the overall yield of our loan portfolio. Additionally, continued repayment of higher yielding interest earning assets, including PCI loans which declined by over 9 percent from September 30, 2013, partially offset the positive impact of the higher investment yields. The yield on average loans decreased 5 basis points to 4.74 percent for the three months ended December 31, 2013 from the third quarter of 2013 largely due to the decline in PCI loans, normal non-PCI loan refinance and repayment activity and new loan originations at lower rates. The overall cost of average interest bearing liabilities decreased by 5 basis points from 1.57 percent in the linked third quarter of 2013 primarily due to a decline of 20 basis points for total long-term borrowings and a 5 basis point decrease for time deposits during the fourth quarter of 2013. Our cost of total deposits was 0.40 percent for the fourth quarter of 2013 compared to 0.41 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2013.

We continue to tightly manage our balance sheet and our cost of funds to optimize our returns. The higher level of long-term market interest rates since June 2013, potential future loan growth from solid commercial real estate loan demand that has continued into the early stages of the first quarter of 2014 and a full quarter’s cost savings from our redemption of the 7.75 percent junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts completed on October 25, 2013 are all anticipated to positively impact our ability to maintain or increase the current level of our net interest income. However, our margin continues to face the risk of compression in the future due to the relatively low level of interest rates on most interest earning asset alternatives, further repayment of higher yielding interest earning assets, the re-pricing risk related to our interest earning assets with short durations if long-term market interest rates were to decline below current levels, and the negative impact on interest expense from certain cash flow hedge derivative transactions related to money market deposit accounts (see further discussion under the “Interest Rate Sensitivity” section below). Additionally, most of our cost of average borrowings is tied to fixed rate long-term FHLB advances and repos, as well as $100 million in subordinated debt issued in 2005, with contractual interest rates significantly above current market rates for similar borrowings. There are no meaningful maturities of these borrowings until 2015 and, until then, we expect these borrowings to negatively impact our net interest margin. However, we have entered into several forward starting interest rate swap derivative transactions (highlighted in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements) during 2013 to hedge the risk of an increase in current market interest rates before the maturity of such borrowings. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on maturities and average rates of our borrowed funds.

 

50


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the components of net interest income for each of the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

ANALYSIS OF AVERAGE ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND

NET INTEREST INCOME ON A TAX EQUIVALENT BASIS

 

    2013     2012     2011  
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Rate
 
    ($ in thousands)  

Assets

                 

Interest earning assets:

                 

Loans (1)(2)

  $ 11,187,968      $ 537,422        4.80   $ 11,238,269      $ 581,828        5.18   $ 9,608,480      $ 547,371        5.70

Taxable investments (3)

    2,186,670        63,632        2.91        2,169,106        75,805        3.49        2,615,140        114,784        4.39   

Tax-exempt investments (1)(3)

    571,205        22,194        3.89        478,838        20,242        4.23        429,004        17,344        4.04   

Federal funds sold and other interest bearing deposits

    296,359        738        0.25        223,515        535        0.24        161,612        402        0.25   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest earning assets

    14,242,202        623,986        4.38        14,109,728        678,410        4.81        12,814,236        679,901        5.31   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

    (123,103         (133,322         (136,432    

Cash and due from banks

    364,174            434,038            366,159       

Other assets

    1,506,963            1,436,408            1,209,732       

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net

    (14,983         (12,854         16,594       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 15,975,253          $ 15,833,998          $ 14,270,289       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                 

Interest bearing liabilities:

                 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

  $ 5,360,367      $ 17,863        0.33   $ 5,094,919      $ 20,090        0.39   $ 4,399,031      $ 19,876        0.45

Time deposits

    2,342,283        29,928        1.28        2,708,919        37,466        1.38        2,728,354        48,291        1.77   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

    7,702,650        47,791        0.62        7,803,838        57,556        0.74        7,127,385        68,167        0.96   

Short-term borrowings

    156,733        590        0.38        328,438        1,387        0.42        192,392        1,154        0.60   

Long-term borrowings (4)

    2,893,951        119,996        4.15        2,904,893        122,369        4.21        2,964,555        129,692        4.37   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

    10,753,334        168,377        1.57        11,037,169        181,312        1.64        10,284,332        199,013        1.94   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

    3,565,672            3,228,183            2,611,207       

Other liabilities

    136,948            67,649            63,811       

Shareholders’ equity

    1,519,299            1,500,997            1,310,939       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 15,975,253          $ 15,833,998          $ 14,270,289       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income/interest rate spread (5)

      455,609        2.81       497,098        3.17       480,888        3.37
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Tax equivalent adjustment

      (7,889         (7,217         (6,077  
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest income, as reported

    $ 447,720          $ 489,881          $ 474,811     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest margin (6)

        3.14         3.47         3.71

Tax equivalent effect

        0.06            0.05            0.04   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis (6)

        3.20         3.52         3.75
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest income is presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 35 percent federal tax rate.

(2) 

Loans are stated net of unearned income and include non-accrual loans.

(3) 

The yield for securities that are classified as available for sale is based on the average historical amortized cost.

(4) 

Includes junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts which are presented separately on the consolidated statements of condition.

(5) 

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest earning assets and the average cost of interest bearing liabilities and is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis.

(6) 

Net interest income as a percentage of total average interest earning assets.

 

51


Table of Contents

The following table demonstrates the relative impact on net interest income of changes in the volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and changes in rates earned and paid by Valley on such assets and liabilities. Variances resulting from a combination of changes in volume and rates are allocated to the categories in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each category.

CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME ON A TAX EQUIVALENT BASIS

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013 Compared to 2012     2012 Compared to 2011  
     Change
Due to
Volume
    Change
Due to
Rate
    Total
Change
    Change
Due to
Volume
    Change
Due to
Rate
    Total
Change
 
     (in thousands)  

Interest income:

            

Loans*

   $ (2,593   $ (41,813   $ (44,406   $ 87,338      $ (52,881   $ 34,457   

Taxable investments

     609        (12,782     (12,173     (17,760     (21,219     (38,979

Tax-exempt investments*

     3,682        (1,730     1,952        2,081        817        2,898   

Federal funds sold and other interest bearing deposits

     181        22        203        149        (16     133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest income

     1,879        (56,303     (54,424     71,808        (73,299     (1,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

            

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

     1,006        (3,233     (2,227     2,922        (2,708     214   

Time deposits

     (4,824     (2,714     (7,538     (342     (10,483     (10,825

Short-term borrowings

     (660     (137     (797     646        (413     233   

Long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures

     (460     (1,913     (2,373     (2,576     (4,747     (7,323
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (decrease) increase in interest expense

     (4,938     (7,997     (12,935     650        (18,351     (17,701
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in net interest income

   $ 6,817      $ (48,306   $ (41,489   $ 71,158      $ (54,948   $ 16,210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Interest income is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis using a 35 percent federal tax rate.

 

52


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income represented 17 percent and 15 percent of total interest income plus non-interest income for 2013 and 2012, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, non-interest income increased $7.7 million compared with 2012 mainly due to increases in net gains on securities transactions, gains on sales of assets and a decrease in other-than-temporary impairment charges on securities recognized in earnings, partially offset by decreases in net gains on sales of loans and other non-interest income. The following table presents the components of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Trust and investment services

   $ 8,610      $ 7,690      $ 7,523   

Insurance commissions

     15,907        15,494        15,627   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     24,115        24,752        22,610   

Gains on securities transactions, net

     14,678        2,587        32,068   

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

     —          (5,247     (19,968

Trading gains, net:

      

Trading securities

     28        219        1,015   

Junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value

     881        2,574        1,256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading gains, net

     909        2,793        2,271   

Fees from loan servicing

     7,020        4,843        4,337   

Gains on sales of loans, net

     33,695        46,998        10,699   

Gains (losses) on sales of assets, net

     10,947        (329     426   

Bank owned life insurance

     5,962        6,855        7,380   

Change in FDIC loss-share receivable

     (8,427     (7,459     13,403   

Other

     15,237        21,969        15,921   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

   $ 128,653      $ 120,946      $ 112,297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gains on securities transactions increased $12.1 million to $14.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $2.6 million in 2012 largely due to a $10.7 million gain on sale of previously impaired trust preferred securities classified as available for sale that were issued by one deferring bank holding company. Valley sold these non-accrual debt securities for net proceeds of $52.5 million in for the fourth quarter of 2013. In addition, Valley recognized gains totaling $3.4 million during the first quarter of 2013 due to the sales of zero percent yielding Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae perpetual preferred stock with amortized cost totaling $941 thousand. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for more details on our gross gains and losses on securities transactions for each period.

Net impairment losses on securities decreased $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 as no credit impairment losses on securities were recognized during 2013. The net impairment losses for year ended December 31, 2012 were largely related to additional estimated credit losses on previously impaired trust preferred securities issued by one bank holding company. These interest deferring securities were sold during the fourth quarter of 2013. See the “Investment Securities Portfolio” section of this MD&A and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on our investment securities impairment analysis and the other-than-temporarily impaired securities.

Net trading gains represent the non-cash mark to market valuation of our junior subordinated debentures (issued by VNB Capital Trust I) carried at fair value and mark to market valuations of a small number of single-issuer trust preferred securities held in our trading securities portfolio. Net trading gains totaled $909 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013 and primarily related to the change in the carrying value of the junior subordinated debentures during 2013. The debentures carried at fair value were fully redeemed during the second half of 2013. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding our redemption of the junior subordinated debentures.

 

53


Table of Contents

Fees from loan servicing increased $2.2 million to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $4.8 million in 2012 mainly due to the high volume of loans originated for sale during the first half of 2013. Valley retains loan servicing on all loans originated and sold in the secondary market and includes its loan servicing rights asset in net other intangible assets within the consolidated statements of condition. During the second half of 2013, our amount of loans sold declined significantly (as discussed further below) and, as a result, we cannot guarantee that the positive trend in fees from loan servicing noted in the year ended December 31, 2013 will continue into 2014.

Net gains on sales of loans decreased $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to a significant decline in loans originated for sale as our new and refinanced loan origination volumes were slowed by the negative impact of the increase in the level of market interest rates since June 2013. Our net gains on sales of loans for each period are comprised of both gains on sales of residential mortgages and the net change in the mark to market gains (or losses) on our loans held for sale carried at fair value each period end. Actual sales of mortgages contributed approximately $38.4 million in gains for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $43.1 million in 2012. The net change in the fair value of loans held for sale amounted to a $4.7 million loss as compared to a $3.9 million gain for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, mainly due to a decrease in such loans originated and held at December 31, 2013. During the fourth quarter of 2013, we recognized only $1.5 million in gains as compared to $15.6 million for the same quarter in 2012. Due to the current level of market interest rates and level of consumer demand, we anticipate a continued slowdown in our refinanced mortgage loan pipeline during the first quarter of 2014. As a result, our gain on sales of loan may further decline during 2014. Our decision to either sell or retain our mortgage loan production is dependent upon, amongst other factors, the levels of interest rates, consumer demand, the economy and our ability to maintain the appropriate level of interest rate risk on our balance sheet. See further discussions of our residential mortgage loan origination activity under “Loans” in the executive summary section of this MD&A above and the fair valuation of our loans held for sale at Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements.

Net gains on sale of assets increased $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to a $329 thousand loss for 2012 mostly as a result of the termination of a branch operating lease during the fourth quarter of 2013 related to a building sale-leaseback transaction entered into during 2007. As a result, the unamortized deferred gain of $11.3 million related to the original building sale (and scheduled to be amortized over the remaining lease term) was immediately recognized during the fourth quarter of 2013. The negotiated lease termination penalty recognized in the fourth quarter of 2013 was immaterial.

The Bank and the FDIC share in the losses on loans and real estate owned as part of the loss-sharing agreements entered into on both of our FDIC-assisted transactions completed in March 2010. The asset arising from the loss-sharing agreements is referred to as the “FDIC loss-share receivable” on our consolidated statements of financial condition. Within the non-interest income category, we may recognize income or expense related to the change in the FDIC loss-share receivable resulting from (i) a change in the estimated credit losses on the pools of covered loans, (ii) income from reimbursable expenses incurred during the period, (iii) accretion of the discount resulting from the present value of the receivable recorded at the acquisition dates, and (iv) prospective recognition of decreases in the receivable attributable to better than originally expected cash flows on certain covered loan pools. The aggregate effect of changes in the FDIC loss-share receivable amounted to an $8.4 million net reduction in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013. This reduction was mainly due to the prospective recognition of decreases in the FDIC loss-share receivable caused by better than originally expected cash flows on certain pools and a reduction in the additional estimated credit impairment of certain loan pools (which also resulted in a $2.3 million credit to our provision for losses on covered loans for the year ended December 31, 2013). These decreases were partially offset by an increase in the receivable for the FDIC’s portion of reimbursable expenses incurred during the year. See “FDIC Loss-Share Receivable Related to Covered Loans and Foreclosed Assets” section below in this MD&A and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

 

54


Table of Contents

Other non-interest income decreased $6.8 million to $15.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $22.0 million for 2012. This decrease was largely the result of other non-interest income recognized during 2012 for the reversal of purchase accounting valuation liabilities totaling $7.4 million, which related to expired and unused lines of credit assumed in FDIC-assisted transactions. The reversal also resulted in a corresponding reduction in our FDIC loss-share receivable portion of such estimated losses as of the acquisition and was reflected in the change in FDIC loss-share receivable for the year ended December 31, 2012.

See the “Results of Operations—2012 Compared to 2011” section later in this MD&A for the discussion and analysis of changes in our non-interest income from 2011 to 2012.

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense increased $6.4 million to $381.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $374.9 million for 2012. The increase from 2012 was mainly attributable to increases in other non-interest expense, the FDIC insurance assessment, and professional and legal fees, partially offset by decreases in salaries and employee benefits, amortization of other intangibles and advertising expense. The following table presents the components of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
            (in thousands)         

Salary and employee benefits expense

   $ 194,410       $ 199,968       $ 176,307   

Net occupancy and equipment expense

     71,634         71,245         66,332   

FDIC insurance assessment

     16,767         14,292         12,759   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     8,258         9,783         9,315   

Professional and legal fees

     16,491         15,005         15,312   

Advertising

     6,127         7,103         8,373   

Other

     67,651         57,504         50,158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

   $ 381,338       $ 374,900       $ 338,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Salary and employee benefits expense decreased $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 largely due to decreases in our cash incentive compensation accruals, pension expense, and medical health insurance expense, partially offset by normal annual salary increases. Pension expense declined due to Valley’s decision in June 2013 to freeze the benefits earned under our qualified and non-qualified plans effective December 31, 2013. The freeze in the plans’ benefits is expected to reduce Valley’s total 2014 net periodic expense by approximately $11 million as compared to 2013. The $11 million expected decline in pension expense will be partially offset by additional expenses (projected to be approximately $3.6 million) related to Valley’s amendment to the Bank’s 401(k) plan to increase its dollar-for-dollar matching contribution to a maximum of six percent of eligible compensation contributed by an employee each pay period effective January 1, 2014. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on our benefit plans. Our health insurance expenses decreased due to improved experience during 2013. These medical expenses are at times volatile due to self-funding of a large portion of our insurance plan and therefore are expected to fluctuate based on our plan experience into the foreseeable future.

The FDIC insurance assessment increased $2.5 million in 2013 as compared to 2012 mostly due to a specific adjustment to our individual assessment made by the FDIC during the second quarter of 2013. Based upon current estimates, we do not anticipate a material change in our FDIC insurance assessment for the first quarter of 2014 as compared to $3.9 million recognized during the fourth quarter of 2013.

Amortization of other intangible assets decreased $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 mainly due to an increase in the net recoveries of impairment charges on certain loan servicing rights during 2013, partially offset by higher amortization expense caused, in part, by additional loan servicing

 

55


Table of Contents

rights recorded over the last twelve-month period. Valley recognized recoveries of impairment charges on its loan servicing rights totaling $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to net impairment charges of $376 thousand for 2012.

Professional and legal fees increased $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 mainly due to an increase in legal expenses related to general corporate matters, as well as the partial redemption of our junior subordinated debentures and related trust preferred securities in 2013. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

Advertising expense decreased $976 thousand to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $7.1 million in 2012. The decrease was mainly caused by a lower volume of promotional activity for our residential mortgage refinance programs during 2013 partly due to the maturation of the refinance programs in our markets and the slowdown in consumer refinance activity during the second half of 2013.

Other non-interest expense increased $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012. The increase was mainly due to a $10.2 million increase in the amortization of tax credit investments during 2013 as we invested to a greater extent in tax advantaged investments. Tax credit investments result in credits that directly reduce our income tax expense and effective tax rate (see the “Income Tax Expense” section below). During the fourth quarter of 2013, amortization of tax credit investments increased $5.9 million to $7.9 million from $2.0 million in the third quarter of 2013. Of the $5.9 million increase in amortized losses, $4.5 million is not expected to be incurred in the first quarter of 2014 due to the nature and timing of the projected future tax credits. Other significant components of other non-interest expense include data processing, telephone, service fees, debit card expenses, postage, stationery, insurance, and title search fees which all fluctuated by immaterial amounts as compared to 2012.

The efficiency ratio measures total non-interest expense as a percentage of net interest income plus non-interest income. Our efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 66.16 percent as compared to 61.38 percent in 2012. The higher efficiency ratio during 2013 as compared to 2012 was largely due to a $42.2 million decline in net interest income from one year ago attributable to the negative impact of the prolonged low level of interest rates on our interest earning assets. See the “Net Interest Income” section for further details. We believe this non-GAAP measure provides a meaningful comparison of our operational performance, and facilitates investors’ assessments of business performance and trends in comparison to our peers in the banking industry.

We strive to maintain a low efficiency ratio through diligent management of our operating expenses and balance sheet. As part of these efforts, we continue to evaluate the profitability of our entire 204 branch network, consisting of 108 leased and 96 owned locations. Where possible we will “right size” branches and their staff to better reflect the technological changes taking place in our delivery system (e.g., 24 hour on-line banking, remote deposit, etc.) which continue to be utilized by a higher percentage of our customer base each year, as well as the amount of lobby traffic at each branch. Additionally, we continuously monitor the profitability and customer traffic at each branch location and assess our ability to shrink the size of the office or close it when there is a negative long term outlook for the location and/or an opportunity to move existing customers to another branch location.

See the “Results of Operations—2012 Compared to 2011” section later in this MD&A for the discussion and analysis of changes in our non-interest income from 2011 to 2012.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $47.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, reflecting an effective tax rate of 26.3 percent, as compared to $66.7 million for the year ended 2012, reflecting an effective tax rate of 31.7 percent. The decrease in 2013 tax expense and tax rate was largely caused by the decline in pre-tax income (summarized under “Annual Results” in the “Executive Summary” section above) and an increase in tax credit investments in 2013.

 

56


Table of Contents

U.S. GAAP requires that any change in judgment or change in measurement of a tax position taken in a prior annual period be recognized as a discrete event in the quarter in which it occurs, rather than being recognized as a change in effective tax rate for the current year. Our adherence to these tax guidelines may result in volatile effective income tax rates in future quarterly and annual periods. Factors that could impact management’s judgment include changes in income, tax laws and regulations, and tax planning strategies. Based on the current information available, we anticipate that our effective tax rate will range from 26 percent to 29 percent for 2014.

See additional information regarding our income taxes under our “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section above, as well as Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

Business Segments

We have four business segments that we monitor and report on to manage our business operations. These segments are consumer lending, commercial lending, investment management, and corporate and other adjustments. Our reportable segments have been determined based upon Valley’s internal structure of operations and lines of business. Each business segment is reviewed routinely for its asset growth, contribution to income before income taxes and return on average interest earning assets and impairment (if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount). Expenses related to the branch network, all other components of retail banking, along with the back office departments of our subsidiary bank are allocated from the corporate and other adjustments segment to each of the other three business segments. Interest expense and internal transfer expense (for general corporate expenses) are allocated to each business segment utilizing a “pool funding” methodology, which involves the allocation of uniform funding cost based on each segments’ average earning assets outstanding for the period. The financial reporting for each segment contains allocations and reporting in line with our operations, which may not necessarily be comparable to any other financial institution. The accounting for each segment includes internal accounting policies designed to measure consistent and reasonable financial reporting, and may result in income and expense measurements that differ from amounts under U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial data. See Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements for the segments’ financial data.

Consumer lending. The consumer lending segment is mainly comprised of residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and automobile loans and represented in aggregate 35.2 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013. The duration of the residential mortgage loan portfolio (which represented 21.7 percent of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013) is subject to movements in the market level of interest rates and forecasted prepayment speeds. The weighted average life of the automobile loans (representing 7.8 percent of total loans at December 31, 2013) is relatively unaffected by movements in the market level of interest rates. However, the average life may be impacted by new loans as a result of the availability of credit within the automobile marketplace and consumer demand for purchasing new or used automobiles. The consumer lending segment also includes the Wealth Management Division, comprised of trust, asset management, insurance services, and asset-based lending support services.

Average interest earning assets in this segment decreased $26.0 million to approximately $3.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012. The modest decrease was mainly due to our “originate and sell” strategy for most of our new and refinanced residential mortgage loan originations during the first half of 2013. However, we have grown the consumer lending portfolio during the second half of 2013 through a higher percentage of mortgage loans originated for investment versus sale, purchased loans within both the residential and automobile loan portfolios, solid organic auto loan growth due to a strong U.S. auto market, and higher collateralized personal lines of credit usage.

Income before income taxes generated by the consumer lending segment decreased $25.9 million to $47.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 primarily due to decreases in both net

 

57


Table of Contents

interest income and non-interest income. Net interest income decreased $13.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 mainly due to lower yielding new and refinanced loans and a decrease in the mix of higher yielding residential mortgage loan balances within the segments composition. Non-interest income decreased $8.8 million to $75.0 million for 2013 as compared to $83.8 million one year ago. The decrease in non-interest income was mainly driven by a $13.3 million decline in gains on sales of loans as a result of the decrease in new and refinanced mortgage loan originations, partially offset by a $2.2 million increase in fees on loan servicing during 2013 as compared to 2012.

The net interest margin for the consumer lending segment decreased 33 basis points to 2.96 percent during 2013 as a result of a 42 basis point decrease in interest yield on average loans due to the low level of market interest rates during 2013, despite an increase in long-term interest rates during the second half of 2013. Offsetting some of this negative impact the segment’s funding costs decreased 9 basis points from 2012. Over the last twelve month period, our cost of funds continued to be positively impacted by the run-off of maturing high cost certificates of deposit, lower interest rates offered on most of our deposit products, as well as lower interest rates on customer repo balances.

The return on average interest earning assets before income taxes was 1.21 percent for 2013 compared to 1.86 percent for the prior year period.

Commercial lending. The commercial lending segment is mainly comprised of floating rate and adjustable rate commercial and industrial loans, as well as fixed rate owner occupied and commercial real estate loans. Due to the portfolio’s interest rate characteristics, commercial lending is Valley’s business segment that is most sensitive to movements in market interest rates. Commercial and industrial loans, including $26.2 million of covered loans, totaled approximately $2.0 billion and represented 17.5 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013. Commercial real estate loans and construction loans, including $61.5 million of covered loans, totaled $5.5 billion and represented 47.3 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013.

Average interest earning assets in this segment decreased $24.3 million to $7.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012. This decrease was primarily attributable to continued strong market competition for quality commercial and industrial loan borrowers, elevated loan repayments (largely within the PCI loan portfolios) for much of the twelve month period, partially offset by strong origination volumes in the non-PCI commercial real estate loan portfolio, and to a lesser extent an increase in outstanding balances within our commercial lines of credit during 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, income before income taxes for the commercial lending segment decreased $18.5 million to $106.3 million compared to 2012 primarily due to lower net interest income coupled with a decrease in non-interest income, partially offset by a decline in the provision for loan losses. Net interest income decreased $19.9 million to $303.2 million during 2013 as compared to $323.1 million for 2012 mainly due to lower interest rates on new and refinanced loans, as well repayments of higher yielding PCI loans. Non-interest income decreased $5.5 million for 2013 as compared to 2012 partly due to valuation write-downs on commercial OREO properties and other repossessed assets during 2013, and $968 thousand resulting from a decrease in our FDIC loss-share receivable related to covered loan pools with additional impairment after the date of acquisition. The provision for loan losses decreased $6.6 million during 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012 due to gradually improving delinquencies and economic outlook for the portfolio coupled with a $2.3 million credit to the provision for covered loans recorded during 2013 as a result of decline in additional estimated credit losses on certain loan pools.

The net interest margin for this segment decreased 26 basis points to 4.17 percent during 2013 mainly as a result of a 35 basis point decrease in the yield on average loans, partially offset by a 9 basis point decrease in the cost of our funding sources as compared to 2012. The return on average interest earning assets before income taxes was 1.46 percent for 2013 compared to 1.71 percent for the prior year period.

 

58


Table of Contents

Investment management. The investment management segment generates a large portion of our income through investments in various types of securities and interest-bearing deposits with other banks. These investments are mainly comprised of fixed rate securities, trading securities, and depending on our liquid cash position, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks (primarily the Federal Reserve Bank of New York), as part of our asset/liability management strategies. The fixed rate investments are one of Valley’s least sensitive assets to changes in market interest rates. However, a portion of the investment portfolio is invested in shorter-duration securities to maintain the overall asset sensitivity of our balance sheet (see the “Asset/Liability Management” section below for further analysis). Net gains and losses on the change in fair value of trading securities and net impairment losses on securities are reflected in the corporate and other adjustments segment.

Average investments increased $182.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 primarily due to a high level of excess liquidity reinvested in investment securities, as well as maintained in overnight funds during most of the 2013 period mainly caused by large repayments within the loan portfolio and an increase in our average deposits over the last twelve months which both outpaced our average loan volumes.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, income before income taxes for the investment management segment decreased $12.5 million to $8.7 million compared to $21.3 million in 2012 primarily due to a $9.3 million decline in net interest income coupled with a $2.3 million increase in the internal transfer expense. The segment’s net interest income was negatively impacted by a decline in the yield on investments mainly resulting from the reinvestment of principal and interest received from higher yielding securities into new securities yielding lower market interest rates as well as an increase in the amortization of premiums on certain mortgage-backed securities during the first half of 2013.

The net interest margin decreased 44 basis points to 1.77 percent during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 as a result of a 53 basis point decrease in yield on investments, partially offset by 9 basis point decrease in costs associated with our funding sources. The return on average interest earning assets before income taxes was 0.29 percent for 2013 compared to 0.74 percent for the prior year period.

Corporate and other adjustments. The amounts disclosed as “corporate and other adjustments” represent income and expense items not directly attributable to a specific segment, including net trading and securities gains and losses, and net impairment losses on securities not reported in the investment management segment above, interest expense related to the junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts, the change in fair value of Valley’s junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value, interest expense related to subordinated notes, as well as income and expense from derivative financial instruments.

The pre-tax net income for the corporate segment totaled $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to a net loss of $9.2 million for 2012. The $25.6 million increase was mainly due to an increase in non-interest income. Non-interest income increased $22.8 million to $54.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and was attributable to increases in both net gains on securities transactions and net gains on sales of assets. The net gains on securities transactions increased $12.1 million to $14.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $2.6 million in 2012 largely due to a $10.7 million gain on sale of certain previously impaired trust preferred securities classified as available. The net gains on sales of assets increased $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $329 thousand loss for 2012 mostly as a result of the termination of a branch operating lease during the fourth quarter of 2013 related to a building sale-leaseback transaction entered into during 2007.

 

59


Table of Contents

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our success is largely dependent upon our ability to manage interest rate risk. Interest rate risk can be defined as the exposure of our interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities to the movement in interest rates. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee is responsible for managing such risks and establishing policies that monitor and coordinate our sources and uses of funds. Asset/Liability management is a continuous process due to the constant change in interest rate risk factors. In assessing the appropriate interest rate risk levels for us, management weighs the potential benefit of each risk management activity within the desired parameters of liquidity, capital levels and management’s tolerance for exposure to income fluctuations. Many of the actions undertaken by management utilize fair value analysis and attempts to achieve consistent accounting and economic benefits for financial assets and their related funding sources. We have predominately focused on managing our interest rate risk by attempting to match the inherent risk and cash flows of financial assets and liabilities. Specifically, management employs multiple risk management activities such as optimizing the level of new residential mortgage originations retained in our mortgage portfolio through increasing or decreasing loan sales in the secondary market, product pricing levels, the desired maturity levels for new originations, the composition levels of both our interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, as well as several other risk management activities.

We use a simulation model to analyze net interest income sensitivity to movements in interest rates. The simulation model projects net interest income based on various interest rate scenarios over a twelve and twenty-four month period. The model is based on the actual maturity and re-pricing characteristics of rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The model incorporates certain assumptions which management believes to be reasonable regarding the impact of changing interest rates and the prepayment assumptions of certain assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013. The model assumes changes in interest rates without any proactive change in the composition or size of the balance sheet by management. In the model, the forecasted shape of the yield curve remains static as of December 31, 2013. The impact of interest rate derivatives, such as interest rate swaps and caps, is also included in the model.

Our simulation model is based on market interest rates and prepayment speeds prevalent in the market as of December 31, 2013. Although the size of Valley’s balance sheet is forecasted to remain static as of December 31, 2013 in our model, the composition is adjusted to reflect new interest earning assets and funding originations coupled with rate spreads utilizing our actual originations during 2013. The model utilizes an immediate parallel shift in the market interest rates at December 31, 2013.

The following table reflects management’s expectations of the change in our net interest income over the next twelve month-period in light of the aforementioned assumptions:

 

     Estimated Change in
Future Net Interest Income
  

Changes in Interest Rates

   Dollar
Change
   Percentage
Change
     
(in basis points)    ($ in thousands)

+200

   $    3,737         0.84%

+100

       (3,859)      (0.87)

-100

     (11,351)      (2.56)

The assumptions used in the net interest income simulation are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ significantly from those presented in the table above, due to the frequency and timing of changes in interest rates, and changes in spreads between maturity and re-pricing categories. Overall, our net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and cash flows from our loan and investment portfolios. We actively manage these cash flows in conjunction with our liability mix, duration and interest rates to optimize the net interest income, while structuring the balance sheet in response to actual or potential changes in interest rates.

 

60


Table of Contents

Additionally, our net interest income is impacted by the level of competition within our marketplace. Competition can negatively impact the level of interest rates attainable on loans and increase the cost of deposits, which may result in downward pressure on our net interest margin in future periods. Other factors, including, but not limited to, the slope of the yield curve and projected cash flows will impact our net interest income results and may increase or decrease the level of asset sensitivity of our balance sheet.

Convexity is a measure of how the duration of a financial instrument changes as market interest rates change. Potential movements in the convexity of bonds held in our investment portfolio, as well as the duration of the loan portfolio may have a positive or negative impact on our net interest income in varying interest rate environments. As a result, the increase or decrease in forecasted net interest income may not have a linear relationship to the results reflected in the table above. Management cannot provide any assurance about the actual effect of changes in interest rates on our net interest income.

As noted in the table above, a 100 basis point immediate increase in interest rates is projected to decrease net interest income over the next twelve months by 0.87 percent. Our balance sheet sensitivity to such a move in interest rates at December 31, 2013 decreased as compared to December 31, 2012 (which was an increase of 0.60 percent in net interest income over a 12 month period) due, in part, to a $328.1 million decrease in interest bearing deposits with banks, comprised mostly of overnight cash deposits that are immediately sensitive to a rise in interest rates. These cash deposits, largely held at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, decreased due to the redeployment of such excess liquidity into less rate-sensitive new loans and investments during 2013. Additionally, our current interest rate sensitivity to a 100 basis point increase in interest rates is somewhat limited by the fact that many of our adjustable rate loans are tied to the Valley prime rate, which currently exceeds the U.S. prime rate by 125 basis points. Due to its current level above the U.S. prime rate, the Valley prime rate is not projected to increase under the 100 basis point immediate increase scenario in our simulation, but would increase and positively impact our net interest income in a 200 basis point immediate increase in interest rates scenario. Our projections for such prime rate based loans could vary from the actual movements in the Valley prime rate, which is set by management and may change prior to the U.S. prime rate reaching its current level of 4.50 percent. Other factors, including, but not limited to, the slope of the yield curve and projected cash flows, will impact our net interest income results and may increase or decrease the level of asset sensitivity of our balance sheet.

Although we do not expect our Valley prime rate loan portfolio to have an immediate benefit to our interest income in a rising interest rate environment, we attempt to manage the Bank’s aggregate sensitivity in a manner to mitigate the potential lag in the portfolio’s re-pricing. We expect interest income on many of our residential mortgage-backed securities with unamortized purchase premiums to improve if interest rates were to move upward and prepayment speeds on the underlying mortgages decline. The decline in prepayments will lengthen the expected life of each security and reduce the amount of premium amortization expense recognized against interest income each period. During the second half of 2013, the yield on our taxable investment did improve for two consecutive quarters largely due to a reduction in premium amortization on securities caused by the sharp increase in the level of long-term market interest rates starting in June 2013.

Our interest rate swaps and caps designated as cash flow hedging relationships are designed to protect us from upward movements in interest rates on certain deposits based on the prime rate (as reported by The Wall Street Journal). We have 4 cash flow hedge interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $300 million at December 31, 2013 that currently pay fixed and receive floating rates. Additionally, we utilize fair value and non-designated hedge interest rate swaps at times to effectively convert fixed rate loans, deposits and long-term borrowings to floating rate instruments. Most of these actions are expected to benefit our net interest income in a rising interest rate environment. However, due to the prolonged low level of market interest rates and the strike rate of these instruments, the cash flow hedge interest rate swaps and the majority of the interest rate caps negatively impacted our net interest income during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. We expect this negative trend to continue into the foreseeable future (until the caps and swaps begin to expire in 2015) due to the Federal Reserve’s pledge to keep market interest rates low in an effort to help the ailing economy. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on our derivative transactions.

 

61


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amounts of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities that were outstanding at December 31, 2013 and their associated fair values. The expected cash flows are categorized based on each financial instrument’s anticipated maturity or interest rate reset date in each of the future periods presented.

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

 

    Rate     2014     2015     2016     2017     2018     Thereafter     Total
Balance
    Fair
Value
 
                 
    ($ in thousands)  

Interest sensitive assets:

                 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    0.25   $ 134,915      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 134,915      $ 134,915   

Investment securities held to maturity

    3.53        333,458        107,666        86,300        91,814        84,699        1,027,800        1,731,737        1,711,427   

Investment securities available for sale

    2.55        170,451        65,339        53,287        59,023        54,930        426,662        829,692        829,692   

Trading securities

    8.14        —          —          —          —          —          14,264        14,264        14,264   

Loans held for sale, at fair value

    3.46        10,488        —          —          —          —          —          10,488        10,488   

Loans

    4.28        4,631,743        1,564,068        1,277,401        1,036,716        900,216        2,157,468        11,567,612        11,407,965   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest sensitive assets

    4.06   $ 5,281,055      $ 1,737,073      $ 1,416,988      $ 1,187,553      $ 1,039,845      $ 3,626,194      $ 14,288,708      $ 14,108,751   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest sensitive liabilities:

                 

Deposits:

                 

Savings, NOW and money market

    0.21   $ 1,915,454      $ 743,209      $ 743,209      $ 1,019,654      $ 250,299      $ 750,897      $ 5,422,722      $ 5,422,722   

Time

    1.28        1,377,162        265,347        190,472        246,949        68,307        31,032        2,179,269        2,206,427   

Short-term borrowings

    0.28        281,455        —          —          —          —          —          281,455        281,455   

Long-term borrowings

    4.03        —          400,000        364,500        1,005,000        315,000        707,806        2,792,306        3,036,953   

Junior subordinated debentures

    5.72        —          —          —          24,982        —          16,107        41,089        45,261   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest sensitive liabilities

    1.44   $ 3,574,071      $ 1,408,556      $ 1,298,181      $ 2,296,585      $ 633,606      $ 1,505,842      $ 10,716,841      $ 10,992,818   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    $ 1,706,984      $ 328,517      $ 118,807      $ (1,109,032   $ 406,239      $ 2,120,352      $ 3,571,867      $ 3,115,933   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of interest sensitive assets to interest sensitive liabilities

      1.48:1        1.23:1        1.09:1        0.52:1        1.64:1        2.41:1        1.33:1        1.28:1   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The above table provides an approximation of the projected re-pricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 on the basis of contractual maturities, adjusted for anticipated prepayments of principal (including anticipated call dates on long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures), and scheduled rate adjustments. The prepayment experience reflected herein is based on historical experience combined with market consensus expectations derived from independent external sources. The actual repayments of these instruments could vary substantially if future prepayments differ from historical experience or current market expectations. For non-maturity deposit liabilities, in accordance with standard industry practice and our historical experience, we used prepayment and decay rates to estimate deposit runoff.

Our cash flow derivatives are designed to protect us from upward movement in interest rates on certain deposits. The interest rate sensitivity table reflects the sensitivity at current interest rates. As a result, the notional amount of our derivatives is not included in the table. We use various assumptions to estimate fair values. See Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of fair value measurements.

The total gap re-pricing within one year as of December 31, 2013 was a positive $1.7 billion, representing a ratio of interest sensitive assets to interest sensitive liabilities of 1.48:1. Current market prepayment speeds and balance sheet management strategies implemented throughout 2013 have allowed us to maintain our asset sensitivity level reported in the table above comparable to December 31, 2012. The total gap re-pricing position, as reported in the table above, reflects the projected interest rate sensitivity of our principal cash flows based on market conditions as of December 31, 2013. As the market level of interest rates and associated prepayment

 

62


Table of Contents

speeds move, the total gap re-pricing position will change accordingly, but not likely in a linear relationship. Management does not view our one year gap position as of December 31, 2013 as presenting an unusually high risk potential, although no assurances can be given that we are not at risk from interest rate increases or decreases.

Liquidity

Bank Liquidity. Liquidity measures the ability to satisfy current and future cash flow needs as they become due. A bank’s liquidity reflects its ability to meet loan demand, to accommodate possible outflows in deposits and to take advantage of interest rate opportunities in the marketplace. Liquidity management is monitored by our Asset/Liability Management Committee and the Investment Committee of the Board of Directors of Valley National Bank, which review historical funding requirements, current liquidity position, sources and stability of funding, marketability of assets, options for attracting additional funds, and anticipated future funding needs, including the level of unfunded commitments. Our goal is to maintain sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements in order to minimize our dependence on volatile and potentially unstable funding markets.

The Bank has no required regulatory liquidity ratios to maintain; however, it adheres to an internal liquidity policy. The current policy maintains that we may not have a ratio of loans to deposits in excess of 120 percent and non-core funding (which generally includes certificates of deposit $100 thousand and over, federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and FHLB advances) greater than 50 percent of total assets. The Bank was in compliance with the foregoing policies at December 31, 2013.

On the asset side of the balance sheet, the Bank has numerous sources of liquid funds in the form of cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits with banks (including the Federal Reserve Bank of New York), investment securities held to maturity that are maturing within 90 days or would otherwise qualify as maturities if sold (i.e., 85 percent of original cost basis has been repaid ), investment securities available for sale, trading securities, loans held for sale, and, from time to time, federal funds sold and receivables related to unsettled securities transactions. These liquid assets totaled approximately $1.3 billion, representing 9.3 percent of earning assets, at December 31, 2013 and $1.9 billion, representing 13.4 percent of earning assets, at December 31, 2012. The decrease in liquid assets in 2013 is largely due to decreases in cash, interest bearing deposits with banks and loans held for sale during 2013 caused, in part, by growth in our loans held for investment. Of the $1.3 billion of liquid assets at December 31, 2013, approximately $499 million of various investment securities were pledged to counterparties to support our earning asset funding strategies. We anticipate the receipt of approximately $329.3 million in principal from securities in the total investment portfolio over the next twelve months due to normally scheduled principal repayments and expected prepayments of certain securities, primarily residential mortgage-backed securities.

Additional liquidity is derived from scheduled loan payments of principal and interest, as well as prepayments received. Loan principal payments (including loans held for sale at December 31, 2013) are projected to be approximately $3.7 billion over the next twelve months. As a contingency plan for significant funding needs, liquidity could also be derived from the sale of conforming residential mortgages from our loan portfolio, or from the temporary curtailment of lending activities.

On the liability side of the balance sheet, we utilize multiple sources of funds to meet liquidity needs. Our core deposit base, which generally excludes certificates of deposit over $100 thousand as well as brokered certificates of deposit, represents the largest of these sources. Core deposits averaged approximately $10.1 billion and $9.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, representing 71.0 percent and 70.3 percent of average earning assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The level of interest bearing deposits is affected by interest rates offered, which is often influenced by our need for funds and the need to match the maturities of assets and liabilities.

 

63


Table of Contents

The following table lists, by maturity, all certificates of deposit of $100 thousand and over at December 31, 2013:

 

     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Less than three months

   $ 282,169   

Three to six months

     63,727   

Six to twelve months

     306,157   

More than twelve months

     364,468   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,016,521   
  

 

 

 

Additional funding may be provided from short-term liquidity borrowings through deposit gathering networks and in the form of federal funds purchased obtained through our well established relationships with several correspondent banks. While there are no firm lending commitments currently in place, management believes that we could borrow approximately $970 million for a short time from these banks on a collective basis. The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and has the ability to borrow from them in the form of FHLB advances secured by pledges of certain eligible collateral, including but not limited to U.S. government and agency mortgage-backed securities and a blanket assignment of qualifying first lien mortgage loans, consisting of both residential mortgage and commercial real estate loans. In addition to the FHLB advances, the Bank has pledged such assets to collateralize a $400 million letter of credit issued by the FHLB on Valley’s behalf to secure certain public deposits at December 31, 2013. Furthermore, we are able to obtain overnight borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank via the discount window as a contingency for additional liquidity. At December 31, 2013, our borrowing capacity under the Fed’s discount window was approximately $1.0 billion.

We also have access to other short-term and long-term borrowing sources to support our asset base, such as securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repos”). Our short-term borrowings increased approximately $127.2 million to $281.5 million at December 31, 2013 as compared to $154.3 million at December 31, 2012 mainly due to higher repo balances and a $50.0 million increase in federal funds purchased. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, all short-term repos represent customer deposit balances being swept into this vehicle overnight.

The following table sets forth information regarding Valley’s short-term repos at the dates and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     ($ in thousands)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

      

Average balance outstanding

   $ 154,881      $ 169,662      $ 177,232   

Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period

     231,455        189,359        212,849   

Balance outstanding at end of period

     231,455        154,323        212,849   

Weighted average interest rate during the period

     0.34     0.45     0.45

Weighted average interest rate at the end of the period

     0.27        0.26        0.25   

Corporation Liquidity. Valley’s recurring cash requirements primarily consist of dividends to common shareholders and interest expense on junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts and subordinated notes (issued in September 2013). These cash needs are routinely satisfied by dividends collected from the Bank. Projected cash flows from the Bank are expected to be adequate to pay common dividends, if declared, and interest expense payable to capital trusts and subordinated note holders, given the current capital levels and current profitable operations of the bank subsidiary. In addition to dividends received from the Bank, Valley can satisfy its cash requirements by utilizing its own funds, cash and sale of investments, as well as potential new borrowed funds from outside sources. In the event Valley would exercise the right to defer payments on the junior subordinated debentures, and therefore distributions on its trust preferred securities, Valley would be unable to pay dividends on its common stock until the deferred payments are made.

 

64


Table of Contents

As part of our on-going asset/liability management strategies, Valley could use cash to repurchase shares of its outstanding common stock under its share repurchase program or redeem its callable junior subordinated debentures issued to Capital Trusts using Valley’s own funds and/or dividends received from the Bank, as well as new borrowed funds or capital issuances. On July 26, 2013, we redeemed $15.0 million of the principal face value of the trust preferred securities issued by VNB Capital Trust I and approximately $15.5 million of the principal face amount of the related outstanding junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value within our interest bearing liabilities. On October 25, 2013, we redeemed all of the remaining 7.75 percent junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I with an aggregate contractual principal balance of $131.3 million. The Capital Trust simultaneously redeemed all of its trust preferred securities, as well as all of the outstanding common securities of the Capital Trust. Valley used the net proceeds from its $125 million subordinated note issuance in September 2013, as well as other available funds, to redeem the debentures.

Investment Securities Portfolio

Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when Valley has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity, and are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax. Available for sale securities are not considered trading account securities, but rather are securities which may be sold on a non-routine basis. Securities classified as trading are held primarily for sale in the short term or as part of our balance sheet management strategies and are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included immediately in the net trading gains and losses category of non-interest income. Valley determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. The decision to purchase or sell securities is based upon the current assessment of long and short-term economic and financial conditions, including the interest rate environment and other statement of financial condition components. Securities with limited marketability and/or restrictions, such as Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stocks, are carried at cost and are included in other assets.

As of December 31, 2013, our investment portfolio was comprised of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agencies, tax-exempt issues of states and political subdivisions, residential mortgage-backed securities (including 15 private label mortgage-backed securities), single-issuer trust preferred securities principally issued by bank holding companies (including 3 pooled securities), high quality corporate bonds and perpetual preferred and common equity securities issued by banks. There were no securities in the name of any one issuer exceeding 10 percent of shareholders’ equity, except for residential mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae and Fannie Mae.

Among other securities, our investments in the private label mortgage-backed securities, trust preferred securities, perpetual preferred securities, equity securities, and bank issued corporate bonds may pose a higher risk of future impairment charges to us as a result of the uncertain economic recovery and its potential negative effect on the future performance of the security issuers and, if applicable, the underlying mortgage loan collateral of the security.

 

65


Table of Contents

Investment securities at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 were as follows:

 

     2013      2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Held to maturity

        

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 139,255       $ 99,869       $ 100,018   

U.S. government agency securities

     4,427         —           —     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

        

Obligations of states and state agencies

     192,653         180,304         119,356   

Municipal bonds

     353,233         326,169         313,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions

     545,886         506,473         433,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     886,043         813,647         1,180,104   

Trust preferred securities

     103,458         127,505         193,312   

Corporate and other debt securities

     52,668         52,213         52,198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity (amortized cost)

   $ 1,731,737       $ 1,599,707       $ 1,958,916   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available for sale

        

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 84,665       $ 97,625       $ —     

U.S. government agency securities

     48,627         45,762         90,748   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

        

Obligations of states and state agencies

     10,643         213         379   

Municipal bonds

     27,057         16,414         19,835   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions

     37,700         16,627         20,214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     508,029         510,154         310,137   

Trust preferred securities

     19,215         57,432         70,424   

Corporate and other debt securities

     83,398         30,708         33,044   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     781,634         758,308         524,567   

Equity securities

     48,058         49,508         41,953   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale (fair value)

   $ 829,692       $ 807,816       $ 566,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading

        

Trust preferred securities

   $ 14,264       $ 22,157       $ 21,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trading securities (fair value)

   $ 14,264       $ 22,157       $ 21,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 2,575,693       $ 2,429,680       $ 2,547,374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, total investments increased $146 million or 6.0 percent as compared to 2012 due, in part, to purchases of U.S Treasury securities, obligations of states political subdivisions, and residential mortgage-backed securities mainly issued by Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae, (which are fully guaranteed by the U.S. Government) mostly within the held to maturity portfolio. These increases were partially offset by a decrease trust preferred securities classified as available for sale primarily due to the sale of our previously impaired securities, issued by one deferring bank company, during the fourth quarter of 2013.

At December 31, 2013, we had $886.0 million and $508.0 million of residential mortgage-backed securities classified as held to maturity and available for sale securities, respectively. Approximately 63 percent and 78 percent of these residential mortgage-backed securities, respectively, were issued and guaranteed by Ginnie Mae. The residential mortgage-backed securities also include $1.0 million and $36.0 million of private label mortgage-backed securities classified as held to maturity and available for sale, respectively, at December 31, 2013. The remainder of our outstanding residential mortgage-backed security balances at December 31, 2013 was issued by either Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae.

 

66


Table of Contents

Our trading securities portfolio consisted of two and three single-issuer bank trust preferred securities at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During 2013, one trading security was called for early redemption. There was no other trading activity in the portfolio during 2013.

The following table presents the maturity distribution schedule (unadjusted for any expected prepayments) with the corresponding weighted-average yields of held to maturity and available for sale debt securities at December 31, 2013:

 

    0-1 year     1-5 years     5-10 years     Over 10 years     Total  
    Amount
(1)
    Yield
(2)
    Amount
(1)
    Yield
(2)
    Amount
(1)
    Yield
(2)
    Amount
(1)
    Yield
(2)
    Amount
(1)
    Yield
(2)
 
    ($ in thousands)  

Held to maturity

                   

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ —          —     $ —          —     $ 106,826        2.91   $ 32,429        3.06   $ 139,255        2.94

U.S. government agency securities

    —          —          —          —          —          —          4,427        3.20        4,427        3.20   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions: (3)

                   

Obligations of states and state agencies

    —          —          554        0.78        57,946        3.95        134,153        4.74        192,653        4.49   

Municipal bonds

    112,007        1.20        18,697        4.61        148,032        5.09        74,497        4.48        353,233        3.70   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions

    112,007        1.20        19,251        4.50        205,978        4.77        208,650        4.65        545,886        3.98   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Residential mortgage-backed securities (4)

    —          —          3,582        4.68        5,708        3.51        876,753        2.96        886,043        2.97   

Trust preferred securities

    —          —          —          —          —          —          103,458        5.66        103,458        5.66   

Corporate and other debt securities

    17,992        5.25        25,444        5.61        250        4.18        8,982        6.52        52,668        5.64   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 129,999        1.76   $ 48,277        5.10   $ 318,762        4.12   $ 1,234,699        3.50   $ 1,731,737        3.53
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available for sale

                   

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ —          —     $ —          —     $ 45,133        1.60   $ 39,532        2.80   $ 84,665        2.16

U.S. government agency securities

    —          —          4,984        0.50        15,505        1.47        28,138        (0.69     48,627        0.12   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions: (3)

                    —       

Obligations of states and state agencies

    46        12.88        —          —          —          —          10,597        3.12        10,643        3.16   

Municipal bonds

    115        7.26        5,079        (1.08     8,402        0.25        13,461        3.86        27,057        1.83   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions

    161        8.84        5,079        (1.08     8,402        0.25        24,058        3.53        37,700        2.20   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Residential mortgage-backed securities (4)

    36        5.80        6,664        4.45        21,926        6.29        479,403        2.60        508,029        2.78   

Trust preferred securities

    —          —          —          —          —          —          19,215        2.07        19,215        2.07   

Corporate and other debt securities

    —          —          44,741        1.46        32,952        3.70        5,705        7.88        83,398        2.78   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (5)

  $ 197        8.28   $ 61,468        1.49   $ 123,918        2.88   $ 596,051        2.53   $ 781,634        2.50
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Held to maturity amounts are presented at amortized costs, stated at cost less principal reductions, if any, and adjusted for accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums. Available for sale amounts are presented at fair value.

(2) 

Average yields are calculated on a yield-to-maturity basis.

(3)

Average yields on obligations of states and political subdivisions are generally tax-exempt and calculated on a tax-equivalent basis using a statutory federal income tax rate of 35 percent.

(4) 

Residential mortgage-backed securities are shown using stated final maturity.

(5)

Excludes equity securities, which do not have maturities.

The residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio is a significant source of our liquidity through the monthly cash flow of principal and interest. Mortgage-backed securities, like all securities, are sensitive to change in the interest rate environment, increasing and decreasing in value as interest rates fall and rise. As interest rates fall, the potential increase in prepayments can reduce the yield on the mortgage-backed securities portfolio, and reinvestment of the proceeds will be at lower yields. Conversely, rising interest rates may reduce

 

67


Table of Contents

cash flows from prepayments and extend anticipated duration of these assets. We monitor the changes in interest rates, cash flows and duration, in accordance with our investment policies. Management seeks out investment securities with an attractive spread over our cost of funds.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis

We may be required to record impairment charges on our investment securities if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio and may result in other-than temporary impairment on our investment securities in future periods.

Other-than-temporary impairment means we believe the security’s impairment is due to factors that could include its inability to pay interest or dividends, its potential for default, and/or other factors. As a result of the current authoritative accounting guidance, when a held to maturity or available for sale debt security is assessed for other-than-temporary impairment, we have to first consider (i) whether we intend to sell the security, and (ii) whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. If one of these circumstances applies to a security, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized in the statement of income equal to the full amount of the decline in fair value below amortized cost. If neither of these circumstances applies to a security, but we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment loss has occurred that must be separated into two categories: (i) the amount related to credit loss, and (ii) the amount related to other factors. In assessing the level of other-than-temporary impairment attributable to credit loss, we compare the present value of cash flows expected to be collected with the amortized cost basis of the security. As discussed above, the portion of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss is recognized in earnings, while the amount related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The total other-than-temporary impairment loss is presented in the statement of income, less the portion recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The amount of an additional other-than-temporary impairment related to credit losses recognized during the period may be recorded as a reclassification adjustment from the accumulated other comprehensive loss. When a debt security becomes other-than-temporarily impaired, its amortized cost basis is reduced to reflect the portion of the total impairment related to credit loss. To determine whether a security’s impairment is other-than-temporary, Valley considers several factors that include, but are not limited to the following:

 

   

The severity and duration of the decline, including the causes of the decline in fair value, such as credit problems, interest rate fluctuations, or market volatility;

 

   

Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or geographic area;

 

   

Failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

 

   

Any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency or, if applicable, any regulatory actions impacting the security issuer;

 

   

Recoveries or additional declines in fair value after the balance sheet date;

 

   

Our ability and intent to hold equity security investments until they recover in value, as well as the likelihood of such a recovery in the near term; and

 

   

Our intent to sell debt security investments, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell such securities before recovery of their individual amortized cost basis.

For debt securities, the primary consideration in determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary is whether or not Valley expects to collect all contractual cash flows. Valley also evaluated its investment securities held as of December 31, 2013 to identify those that meet the definition of a Covered Fund as set forth in the final rules issued on December 10, 2013 to implement section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and

 

68


Table of Contents

Consumer Protection Act (commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule”). In that regard, Valley considered the impact of the related interim final rule issued by its primary banking regulators on January 14, 2014 to address the treatment of certain collateralized debt obligations backed primarily by trust preferred securities (TruPS CDOs), including the non-exclusive list of TruPS CDOs that are exempt from the Covered Fund provisions under the interim final rule. Valley identified no investments held as of December 31, 2013 that meet the definition of a Covered Fund and that are required to be divested by July 21, 2015 (or before recovery of their individual amortized cost basis) under the foregoing rules. See “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis” section of Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our quarterly impairment analysis by security type.

The investment grades in the table below reflect the most current independent analysis performed by third parties of each security as of the date presented and not necessarily the investment grades at the date of our purchase of the securities. For many securities, the rating agencies may not have performed an independent analysis of the tranches owned by us, but rather an analysis of the entire investment pool. For this and other reasons, we believe the assigned investment grades may not accurately reflect the actual credit quality of each security and should not be viewed in isolation as a measure of the quality of our investment portfolio.

The following table presents the held to maturity and available for sale investment securities portfolios by investment grades at December 31, 2013.

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
     (in thousands)  

Held to maturity investment grades:*

          

AAA Rated

   $ 1,172,391       $ 20,053       $ (30,655   $ 1,161,789   

AA Rated

     271,335         5,325         (8,285     268,375   

A Rated

     20,862         752         —          21,614   

BBB Rated

     67,434         4,759         (88     72,105   

Non-investment grade

     30,061         39         (457     29,643   

Not rated

     169,654         34         (11,787     157,901   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

   $ 1,731,737       $ 30,962       $ (51,272   $ 1,711,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available for sale investment grades:*

          

AAA Rated

   $ 662,319       $ 4,068       $ (37,023   $ 629,364   

AA Rated

     13,349         664         (555     13,458   

A Rated

     48,607         818         (2,838     46,587   

BBB Rated

     72,604         789         (1,410     71,983   

Non-investment grade

     42,218         1,663         (4,063     39,818   

Not rated

     27,807         1,048         (373     28,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 866,904       $ 9,050       $ (46,262   $ 829,692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Rated using external rating agencies (primarily S&P and Moody’s). Ratings categories include entire range. For example, “A rated” includes A+, A, and A-. Split rated securities with two ratings are categorized at the higher of the rating levels.

The held to maturity portfolio includes $169.7 million in investments not rated by the rating agencies with aggregate unrealized losses of $11.8 million at December 31, 2013. The unrealized losses for this category primarily relate to 4 single-issuer bank trust preferred issuances with a combined amortized cost of $35.9 million. All single-issuer bank trust preferred securities classified as held to maturity, including the aforementioned four securities, are paying in accordance with their terms and have no deferrals of interest or defaults. Additionally, we analyze the performance of each issuer on a quarterly basis, including a review of performance data from the

 

69


Table of Contents

issuer’s most recent bank regulatory report to assess the company’s credit risk and the probability of impairment of the contractual cash flows of the applicable security. Based upon our quarterly review at December 31, 2013, all of the issuers appear to meet the regulatory capital minimum requirements to be considered a “well-capitalized” financial institution and/or have maintained performance levels adequate to support the contractual cash flows of the security.

The available for sale portfolio includes non-investment grade rated investments with amortized costs and fair values totaling $42.2 million and $39.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. The $4.1 million in unrealized losses for this category are largely related to 1 private label mortgage-backed security with a total loss of $1.2 million and 4 trust preferred securities (including 2 previously impaired pooled trust preferred securities). See “Other-than-Temporarily Impaired Securities” section below for further details.

Other-than-Temporarily Impaired Securities

Other-than-temporary impairment is a non-cash charge and not necessarily an indicator of a permanent decline in value. Security valuations require significant estimates, judgments and assumptions by management and are considered a critical accounting policy of Valley. See the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of this MD&A and Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of this policy.

The following table provides information regarding our other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

     2013      2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Held to maturity:

        

Trust preferred securities

   $ —         $ —         $ 18,314   

Available for sale:

        

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           722         829   

Trust preferred securities

     —           4,525         825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

   $ —         $ 5,247       $ 19,968   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired Trust Preferred Securities. In 2011, Valley recognized credit impairment charges totaling $18.3 million related to the trust preferred securities of two issuances by one bank holding company, which were classified as held to maturity and subsequently transferred to the available for sale portfolio. In 2012, Valley recognized additional estimated credit losses of $4.5 million on these securities due to further credit deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer. See the “Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Analysis” section in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

The other-than-temporary impairment charges on trust preferred securities classified as available for sale reported in the table above for the year ended December 31, 2011 all relate to two pooled trust preferred securities. These securities were initially found to be other-than-temporarily impaired in 2008, as each of Valley’s tranches in the securities had projected cash flows below their future contractual principal and interest payments. Additional estimated credit losses were recognized on one or both of these securities during 2009 through 2011, as higher default rates decreased the expected cash flows from the securities. At December 31, 2013, the two previously impaired pooled trust preferred securities had a combined amortized cost of $5.4 million and fair value of $3.8 million, respectively.

All of the previously impaired trust preferred securities discussed above were not accruing interest since December 31, 2011. As disclosed in Note 1 the consolidated financial statements, Valley discontinues the recognition of interest on debt securities if the securities meet both of the following criteria: (i) regularly scheduled interest payments have not been paid or have been deferred by the issuer, and (ii) full collection of all contractual principal and interest payments is not deemed to be the most likely outcome, resulting in the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment of the security.

 

70


Table of Contents

Impaired Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities. During 2012, Valley recognized net impairment losses of $722 thousand on residential mortgage-backed securities in earnings due to additional estimated credit losses on one of six previously impaired private label mortgage-backed securities. Of the six impaired securities, one of the securities was responsible for the total other-than-temporary impairment losses on residential mortgage-backed securities available for sale during 2011 as shown in the table above. At December 31, 2013, the previously impaired private label mortgage-backed securities had a combined amortized cost of $24.6 million and fair value of $24.8 million, respectively.

Loan Portfolio

The following table reflects the composition of the loan portfolio for the years indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     ($ in thousands)  

Non-covered loans

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,995,084      $ 2,084,826      $ 1,878,387      $ 1,825,066      $ 1,801,251   

Commercial real estate:

          

Commercial real estate

     4,981,675        4,417,709        3,574,089        3,378,252        3,500,419   

Construction

     429,231        425,444        411,003        428,232        440,046   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     5,410,906        4,843,153        3,985,092        3,806,484        3,940,465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

     2,499,965        2,462,429        2,285,590        1,925,430        1,943,249   

Consumer:

          

Home equity

     449,009        485,458        469,604        512,745        566,303   

Automobile

     901,399        786,528        772,490        850,801        1,029,958   

Other consumer

     215,084        179,731        136,634        88,614        88,845   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     1,565,492        1,451,717        1,378,728        1,452,160        1,685,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-covered loans

     11,471,447        10,842,125        9,527,797        9,009,140        9,370,071   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loans (1)

     96,165        180,674        271,844        356,655        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans (2)

   $ 11,567,612      $ 11,022,799      $ 9,799,641      $ 9,365,795      $ 9,370,071   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a percent of total loans:

          

Commercial and industrial

     17.3     19.0     19.2     19.5     19.2

Commercial real estate

     46.8        43.9        40.6        40.6        42.1   

Residential mortgage

     21.6        22.3        23.3        20.6        20.7   

Consumer loans

     13.5        13.2        14.1        15.5        18.0   

Covered loans

     0.8        1.6        2.8        3.8        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Covered loans primarily consist of commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans.

(2) 

Total loans are net of unearned discounts and deferred loan fees totaling $5.6 million, $3.4 million, $7.5 million, $9.3 million, and $8.7 million at December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, which include loans acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions (“covered loans”) subject to loss-sharing agreements, are loans acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality. At December 31, 2013, our non-covered loan portfolio included $710.1 million of PCI loans. See further details regarding these transactions and the non-covered PCI loans at Notes 1 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements and our MD&A discussion below.

Non-covered Loans

Non-covered loans (loans not subject to loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) increased $629.3 million to $11.5 billion at December 31, 2013 from December 31, 2012 largely due to as a strong organic loan growth

 

71


Table of Contents

within the commercial real estate portfolio (excluding construction) experienced mostly throughout the second half of 2013, as well as an increase in automobile loans, partially offset by a decline in all non-covered PCI loan categories (but primarily within the commercial real estate loan category) during 2013 as compared with 2012.

Commercial and industrial loans decreased $89.7 million to $2.0 billion at December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 primarily due to a $77.1 million decrease in non-covered PCI loans, and low level of new loan volumes that were more than offset by normal repayment and refinance activity. Our non-PCI commercial and industrial loans decreased only $12.6 million from December 31, 2012, despite continued strong market competition for new quality borrowers, and soft demand from our existing borrowers during 2013.

Commercial real estate loans (excluding construction loans) increased $564.0 million to $5.0 billion at December 31, 2013 from December 31, 2012, despite being partially offset by a $185.8 million decrease in non-covered PCI loans. During 2013, strong loan origination volumes were seen across many types of commercial real estate borrowers, but continued to be led by co-op building loans within our New York City markets, as well as rental apartment buildings primarily in New Jersey. These loan types typically have the added benefit of a low risk profile due, in part, to the quality of the collateral, generally low loan to value ratios and the economic strength of the marketplace, which has a favorable impact on the overall level of allocations necessary for commercial real estate loans within our allowance for loan losses. The decline in the non-covered PCI loans was due to normal payments, as well as prepayments caused by strong competition in the Long Island market and, to some extent, excess borrower liquidity. Construction loans totaling $429.2 million at December 31, 2013 increased only $3.8 million from 2012 mainly due to a moderate increase in advances on existing construction loans projects and new loan demand mainly in our New Jersey market.

Residential mortgage loans increased $37.5 million at December 31, 2013 as compared to one year ago. Residential mortgage loan growth was limited by our loan originations for sale in the secondary market during the year ended December 31, 2013. Our new and refinanced residential mortgage loan originations of $1.4 billion during the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased 29 percent as compared to $2.0 billion in 2012. During both 2013 and 2012, a large portion of these loans were originated for sale resulting in gains on sales of loans totaling $33.7 million and $47.0 million, respectively, within our non-interest income. Our residential mortgage pipeline was robust for the first half of 2013 mainly due to the continued success of our low fixed-price refinance programs and the low level of market interest rates. However, during the second half of 2013, we experienced an expected sharp decline in residential mortgage loan origination activity largely due to the higher level of long-term market interest rates starting June 2013. From time to time, we purchase residential mortgage loans, as well as automobile loans, originated by, and sometimes serviced by, other financial institutions based on several factors, including current loan origination volumes, market interest rates, excess liquidity and other asset/liability management strategies. All of the purchased loans are selected using Valley’s normal underwriting criteria at the time of purchase. We retain mortgage originations based on credit criteria and loan to value levels, the composition of our interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and our ability to manage the interest rate risk associated with certain levels of these instruments. Of the $1.4 billion in new and refinanced residential mortgage loans ended December 31, 2013, we retained 32 percent in our loan portfolio at December 31, 2013. Given the current interest rate environment and level of consumer demand, we anticipate a continued slowdown in our refinanced mortgage loan pipeline during the first quarter of 2014 and in the amount of our residential mortgage loans originated for sale, as the higher yielding loans may become more attractive to hold in our loan portfolio. Despite the expected negative impact of the increase in market interest rates on consumer refinance activity and our level of net gains on sales of mortgage loans, we expect that such higher rates could have a positive impact on our net interest income if we continue to shift to an “originate and hold” model. However, our outlook for the housing market recovery remains somewhat guarded as the QM Rule and other lending regulations imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act may slow the recovery’s progress in 2014.

Total consumer loans increased $113.8 million from December 31, 2012 due to an increase in automobile and other consumer loans, partially offset by a decrease in home equity loan portfolios. Automobile loans increased $114.9 million, or 14.6 percent, from December 31, 2012, mostly due to organic loan growth driven by

 

72


Table of Contents

a strong U.S. auto market, supplemented by our purchase of $21.5 million in auto loans from third party originators during 2013. We believe that the current industry outlook for 2014 auto sales is positive; however, strong competition for credits meeting our strict underwriting standards and unemployment may restrict the perceived benefits of such sale projections to Valley’s ability to grow auto loans during 2014. Other consumer loans increased $35.4 million in 2013 to $215.1 million at December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 mainly due to an increased volume and higher usage of collateralized personal lines of credit. Home equity loans declined $36.5 million in 2013 as compared to one year ago as a result of continued normal repayment activity outpacing new loan origination volumes in 2013 due to, among other factors, many borrowers electing to rollover loan balances into refinanced first residential mortgages, sustained elevated unemployment levels, as well as our strict underwriting standards. In addition, non-covered PCI loans within this category decreased $8.4 million in 2013 from December 31, 2012.

Despite the overall loan growth in 2013, we may not experience significant organic loan growth in many of our loan categories during the first quarter of 2014 and beyond due to uncertain government fiscal policies, elevated unemployment levels, increased competition for new and existing borrowers, a higher level of market interest rates (particularly on residential mortgage loans) and an unexpected slowdown in the economic recovery. Much of our lending is in northern and central New Jersey, New York City and Long Island, with the exception of smaller auto and residential mortgage loan portfolios derived from the neighboring state of Pennsylvania, which could present a geographic and credit risk if there was another significant broad based economic downturn or a prolonged economic recovery within the region. To mitigate these risks, we make efforts to maintain a diversified portfolio as to type of borrower and loan to guard against a potential downward turn in any one economic sector.

The following table reflects the contractual maturity distribution of the commercial and industrial and construction loans within our non-covered loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

 

     One Year or
Less
     One to
Five Years
     Over Five
Years
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial—fixed-rate

     $    569,402       $ 276,582       $ 19,459       $ 865,443   

Commercial and industrial—adjustable-rate

     743,226         361,015         25,400         1,129,641   

Construction—fixed-rate

     45,107         70,863         —           115,970   

Construction—adjustable-rate

     121,844         191,417         —           313,261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $1,479,579       $ 899,877       $ 44,859       $ 2,424,315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We may renew loans at maturity when requested by a customer. In such instances, we generally conduct a review which includes an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition and, if applicable, a review of the adequacy of collateral via a new appraisal from an independent, bank approved, certified or licensed property appraiser or readily available market resources. A rollover of the loan at maturity may require a principal reduction or other modified terms.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans (Including Covered Loans)

PCI loans, which are comprised of loans acquired and purchased in the first quarter of 2012 and covered loans for which the Bank will share losses with the FDIC, totaled $710.1 million and $96.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. Our covered loans, consisting primarily of commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans were acquired from LibertyPointe Bank and The Park Avenue Bank as a part of two FDIC-assisted transactions in 2010. As required by U.S. GAAP, all of our PCI loans are accounted for under ASC Subtopic 310-30. This accounting guidance requires the PCI loans to be aggregated and accounted for as pools of loans based on common risk characteristics. A pool is accounted for as one asset with a single composite interest rate, aggregate fair value and expected cash flows.

 

73


Table of Contents

For PCI loan pools accounted for under ASC Subtopic 310-30, the difference between the contractually required payments due and the cash flows expected to be collected, considering the impact of prepayments, is referred to as the non-accretable difference. The contractually required payments due represent the total undiscounted amount of all uncollected principal and interest payments. Contractually required payments due may increase or decrease for a variety of reasons, e.g. when the contractual terms of the loan agreement are modified, when interest rates on variable rate loans change, or when principal and/or interest payments are received. The Bank estimates the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected by incorporating several key assumptions including probability of default, loss given default, and the amount of actual prepayments after the acquisition dates. The non-accretable difference, which is neither accreted into income nor recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, reflects estimated future credit losses and uncollectable contractual interest expected to be incurred over the life of the loans. The excess of the undiscounted cash flows expected at the acquisition date over the carrying amount (fair value) of the PCI loans is referred to as the accretable yield. This amount is accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the loans, or pool of loans, using the level yield method. The accretable yield is affected by changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans, changes in prepayment assumptions, and changes in expected principal and interest payments over the estimated lives of the loans. Prepayments affect the estimated life of PCI loans and could change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected. Reclassifications of the non-accretable difference to the accretable yield may occur subsequent to the loan acquisition dates due to increases in expected cash flows of the loan pools.

At both acquisition and subsequent quarterly reporting dates, Valley uses a third party service provider to assist with determining the contractual and estimated cash flows. Valley provides the third party with updated loan-level information derived from Valley’s main operating system, contractually required loan payments and expected cash flows for each loan pool individually reviewed by Valley. Using this information, the third party provider determines both the contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected. The loan-level information used to reforecast the cash flows is subsequently aggregated on a pool basis. The expected payment data, discount rates, impairment data and changes to the accretable yield received back from the third party are reviewed by Valley to determine whether this information is accurate and the resulting financial statement effects are reasonable.

Similar to contractual cash flows, we reevaluate expected cash flows on a quarterly basis. Unlike contractual cash flows which are determined based on known factors, significant management assumptions are necessary in forecasting the estimated cash flows. We attempt to ensure the forecasted expectations are reasonable based on the information currently available; however, due to the uncertainties inherent in the use of estimates, actual cash flow results may differ from our forecast and the differences may be significant. To mitigate such differences, we carefully prepare and review the assumptions utilized in forecasting estimated cash flows.

At the time of acquisition, the estimated cash flows on our PCI loans were based on observable market information, as well as Valley’s own specific assumptions regarding each loan. Valley performed credit due diligence on the majority of the loans acquired in 2012 and the FDIC-assisted transactions. In addition, Valley engaged a third party to perform credit valuations and expected cash flow forecasts on the acquired loans. The initial expected cash flows for loans accounted for under ASC Subtopic 310-30 were prepared on a loan-level basis utilizing the assumptions developed by Valley in conjunction with the third party. In accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30, the individual loan-level cash flow assumptions were then aggregated on the basis of pools of loans with similar risk characteristics. Thereafter, on a quarterly basis, Valley analyzes the actual cash flow versus the forecasts at the loan pool level and variances are reviewed to determine their cause. In re-forecasting future estimated cash flow, Valley will adjust the credit loss expectations for loan pools, as necessary. These adjustments are based, in part, on actual loss severities recognized for each loan type, as well as changes in the probability of default. For periods in which Valley does not reforecast estimated cash flows, the prior reporting period’s estimated cash flows are adjusted to reflect the actual cash received and credit events which transpired during the current reporting period.

 

74


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize the changes in the carrying amounts of non-covered PCI loans and covered loans (net of the allowance for losses on covered loans), and the accretable yield on these loans for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

     2013     2012  
     Carrying
Amount, Net
    Accretable
Yield
    Carrying
Amount, Net
    Accretable
Yield
 
     (in thousands)  

Non-covered PCI loans:

        

Balance, beginning of the period

   $ 986,990      $ 126,749      $ —        $ —     

Acquisitions

     —          —          1,205,676        186,198   

Accretion

     49,435        (49,435     59,449        (59,449

Payments received

     (326,322     —          (278,135     —     

Net increase in expected cash flows

     —          120,884        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of the period

   $ 710,103      $ 198,198      $ 986,990      $ 126,749   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loans, net:

        

Balance, beginning of the period

   $ 171,182      $ 42,560      $ 258,316      $ 66,724   

Accretion

     17,023        (17,023     24,164        (24,164

Payments received

     (91,414     —          (104,275     —     

Net increase in expected cash flows

     —          64        —          —     

Transfers to other real estate owned

     (9,972     —          (7,023     —     

Provision for losses on covered loans

     2,276        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of the period

   $ 89,095      $ 25,601      $ 171,182      $ 42,560   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net increase in expected cash flows for certain pools of loans (included in the table above) is recognized prospectively as an adjustment to the yield over the life of the individual pools. The $120.9 million net increase in expected cash flows for non-covered PCI loans during the year ended December 31, 2013 was largely due to additional cash flows caused by longer than originally expected durations for certain loans which increased the average expected life of our non-covered PCI loans (which represent 88 percent of total PCI loans at December 31, 2013) from 2.5 years (at the date of acquisition) to approximately 4.0 years. Additionally, a $20.1 million decrease in the expected credit losses for certain non-covered pools is another component of the net increase in cash flows.

Covered loans in the table above are presented net of the allowance for losses on covered loans, which totaled $7.1 million at December 31, 2013 as compared to $9.5 million at December 31, 2012. This allowance was established due to a decrease in the expected cash flows for certain pools of covered loans based on higher levels of credit impairment than originally forecasted by us at the acquisition dates. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a credit to the provision for losses on covered loans totaling $2.3 million as a component of our provision for credit losses in the consolidated statement of income due to declines in additional estimated credit impairment since acquisition.

Although we recognized additional credit impairment for certain covered pools prior to 2012, on an aggregate basis the acquired pools of covered and non-covered loans continue to perform better than originally expected. Based on our current estimates, we expect to receive more future cash flows than originally modeled at the acquisition dates. For the pools with better than expected cash flows, the forecasted increase is recorded as a prospective adjustment to our interest income on these loan pools over future periods. The decrease in the FDIC loss-share receivable due to the increase in expected cash flows for covered loan pools is recognized on a prospective basis over the shorter period of the lives of the loan pools and the loss-share agreements accordingly. We reduced the FDIC loss-share receivable by $10.5 million during 2013 due to the prospective recognition of the effect of additional cash flows from pooled loans with a corresponding reduction in non-interest income for the period. See section below for further details regarding the FDIC loss-share receivable.

 

75


Table of Contents

FDIC Loss-Share Receivable Related to Covered Loans and Foreclosed Assets

The receivable arising from the loss sharing agreements (referred to as the “FDIC loss-share receivable” on our statements of financial condition) is measured separately from the covered loan pools because the agreements are not contractually part of the covered loans and are not transferable should the Bank choose to dispose of the covered loans. As of the acquisition dates for the two FDIC-assisted transactions, we recorded an aggregate FDIC loss-share receivable of $108.0 million, consisting of the present value of the expected future cash flows the Bank expected to receive from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements. The FDIC loss-share receivable is reduced as the loss sharing payments are received from the FDIC for losses realized on covered loans and other real estate owned acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions. Actual or expected losses in excess of the acquisition date estimates, accretion of the acquisition date present value discount, and other reimbursable expenses covered by the FDIC loss-sharing agreements will result in an increase in the FDIC loss-share receivable and the immediate recognition of non-interest income in our financial statements, together with an increase in the non-accretable difference. A decrease in expected losses would generally result in a corresponding decline in the FDIC loss-share receivable and the non-accretable difference. Reductions in the FDIC loss-share receivable due to actual or expected losses that are less than the acquisition date estimates are recognized prospectively over the shorter of (i) the estimated life of the applicable pools of covered loans or (ii) the term of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.

The following table presents changes in the FDIC loss-share receivable for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

    2013     2012  
    (in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of the period

  $ 44,996      $ 74,390   

Discount accretion of the present value at the acquisition dates

    130        325   

Effect of additional cash flows on covered loans (prospective recognition)

    (10,465     (7,767

Decrease in the provision for losses on covered loans

    (2,783     —     

Other reimbursable expenses

    4,691        5,467   

Reimbursements from the FDIC

    (3,812     (21,935

Other

    —          (5,484
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of the period

  $ 32,757      $ 44,996   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The aggregate effects of changes in the FDIC loss-share receivable was a reduction in non-interest income of $8.4 million and $7.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and a $13.4 million increase in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011. The 2012 reductions in non-interest income included $5.5 million mainly related to the FDIC’s portion of the estimated losses on unused lines of credit assumed in the FDIC-assisted transactions, which had expired during the second quarter of 2012.

See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on our covered loans, FDIC loss-share receivable, and the FDIC-assisted transactions.

Non-performing Assets

Non-performing assets (excluding PCI loans) include non-accrual loans, other real estate owned (OREO), other repossessed assets (which consist of four aircraft and several automobiles) and non-accrual debt securities at December 31, 2013. Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become past due in excess of 90 days as to payment of principal or interest. Exceptions to the non-accrual policy may be permitted if the loan is sufficiently collateralized and in the process of collection. OREO is acquired through foreclosure on loans

 

76


Table of Contents

secured by land or real estate. OREO and other repossessed assets are generally reported at the lower of cost or fair value, less cost to sell at the time of acquisition and at the lower of fair value, less estimated costs to sell, or cost thereafter. Given the state of the economic recovery, and comparable to many of our peers, the level of non-performing assets remained relatively low as a percentage of the total loan portfolio and non-performing assets over the last five years and has decreased significantly at December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 (as shown in the table below). For details regarding performing and non-performing PCI loans, see the “Credit quality indicators” section in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

Our past due loans and non-accrual loans in the table below exclude our non-covered and covered PCI loans. Under U.S. GAAP, the PCI loans (acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality) are accounted for on a pool basis and are not subject to delinquency classification in the same manner as loans originated by Valley.

 

77


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth by loan category, accruing past due and non-performing assets on non-covered loans on the dates indicated in conjunction with our asset quality ratios:

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     ($ in thousands)  

Accruing past due loans (1)

          

30 to 59 days past due

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 6,398      $ 3,397      $ 3,683      $ 8,243      $ 8,512   

Commercial real estate

     9,142        11,214        10,355        12,959        4,039   

Construction

     1,186        1,793        1,522        2,804        1,834   

Residential mortgage

     6,595        13,730        6,125        10,720        9,792   

Consumer

     3,792        5,887        7,458        11,831        18,439   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 30 to 59 days past due

     27,113        36,021        29,143        46,557        42,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

60 to 89 days past due

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 571      $ 181      $ 664      $ 5,609      $ 3,437   

Commercial real estate

     2,442        2,031        2,760        1,604        500   

Construction

     4,577        4,892        1,130        —          —     

Residential mortgage

     1,939        5,221        2,371        1,962        2,670   

Consumer

     784        1,340        1,517        2,807        4,396   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 60 to 89 days past due

     10,313        13,665        8,442        11,982        11,003   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

90 or more days past due

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 233      $ 283      $ 657      $ 12      $ 2,191   

Commercial real estate

     7,591        2,950        422        —          250   

Construction

     —          2,575        1,823        196        —     

Residential mortgage

     1,549        2,356        763        1,556        1,421   

Consumer

     118        501        351        723        1,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 90 or more days past due

     9,491        8,665        4,016        2,487        5,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accruing past due loans

   $ 46,917      $ 58,351      $ 41,601      $ 61,026      $ 58,744   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans (1)

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 21,029      $ 22,424      $ 26,648      $ 13,721      $ 17,424   

Commercial real estate

     43,934        58,625        42,186        32,981        29,844   

Construction

     8,116        14,805        19,874        27,312        19,905   

Residential mortgage

     19,949        32,623        31,646        28,494        22,922   

Consumer

     2,035        3,331        3,910        2,547        1,869   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

     95,063        131,808        124,264        105,055        91,964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other real estate owned (OREO) (2)

     19,580        15,612        15,227        10,498        3,869   

Other repossessed assets

     6,378        7,805        796        1,707        2,565   

Non-accrual debt securities (3)

     3,771        40,303        27,151        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets (NPAs)

   $ 124,792      $ 195,528      $ 167,438      $ 117,260      $ 98,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performing troubled debt restructured loans

   $ 107,037      $ 105,446      $ 100,992      $ 89,696      $ 19,072   

Total non-accrual loans as a % of loans

     0.82     1.20     1.27     1.12     0.98

Total NPAs as a % of loans and NPAs

     1.07        1.74        1.68        1.24        1.04   

Total accruing past due and non-accrual loans as a % of loans

     1.23        1.73        1.69        1.77        1.61   

Allowance for losses on non-covered loansas a % of non-accrual loans

     112.08        91.58        96.79        112.63        110.90   

 

78


Table of Contents

 

(1) 

Past due loans and non-accrual loans exclude PCI loans that are accounted for on a pool basis.

(2) 

This table excludes OREO properties related to the FDIC-assisted transactions totaling $12.3 million, $ 8.9 million, $ 6.4 million and $ 7.8 million at December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is subject to the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC.

(3) 

Includes other-than-temporarily impaired trust preferred securities classified as available for sale, which are presented at carrying value, net of unrealized losses totaling $1.6 million, $6.9 million and $24.6 million at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Total NPAs decreased $70.7 million to $124.8 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $195.5 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease was largely due to declines of $36.7 million and $36.5 million in non-accrual loans and non-accrual debt securities, respectively, partially offset by a $4.0 million increase in OREO property balances at December 31, 2013. Approximately 76 percent of the total non-accrual loans are comprised of commercial real estate, construction and residential mortgage loans. The combined loan charge-offs totaling $15.3 million related to these loan categories remained relatively unchanged from 2012, as Valley continues to have very low loss rates on such loans due to its conservative underwriting standards, including conservative loan to value ratios. The 90.6 percent decrease in non-accrual debt securities from December 31, 2012 was primarily due to our sale of previously impaired trust preferred securities issued by one deferring bank holding company during the fourth quarter of 2013, which had a combined carrying value (or fair value) of $36.7 million at December 31, 2012. The $3.8 million of non-accrual debt securities at December 31, 2013 consists of two previously impaired pooled trust preferred security issuances with an aggregate unamortized cost of $5.4 million (see additional information at the “Investment Securities Portfolio” section of this MD&A).

Loans past due 30 to 59 days decreased $8.9 million to $27.1 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $36.0 million at December 31, 2012 mainly due to a decline of $7.1 million in residential mortgage loans and moderately improved performance across all other loan types within this delinquency category, except for commercial and industrial loans. Within the commercial real estate loan category totaling $9.1 million at December 31, 2013, $4.0 million represents two performing matured loans in the normal process of renewal.

Loans past due 60 to 89 days decreased $3.4 million to $10.3 at December 31, 2013 as compared to $13.7 million at December 31, 2012 mainly due to a $3.3 million decrease in residential mortgage loans, as most other loan types within this delinquency category remained materially unchanged at December 31, 2013. However, construction loans totaling $4.6 million at December 31, 2013 represents one performing matured loan in the normal process of renewal.

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing increased only $826 thousand to $9.5 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $8.7 million one year ago. Of the $9.5 million of loans within this category, $7.6 million represents performing matured commercial real estate loans to one borrowing relationship which are in the normal process of renewal. These matured commercial real estate loans were subsequently renewed in the first quarter of 2014 and are currently performing to the contractual loan terms. All of the loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are considered to be well secured and in the process of collection.

Non-accrual loans decreased $36.7 million to $95.1 million at December 31, 2013 as compared to $131.8 million at December 31, 2012. The year over year decrease was due, in part, to $13.5 million of loans transferred to OREO, large impaired loan repayments totaling $8.7 million, as well as partial loan charge-offs related to the valuation of certain collateral dependent loans during 2013 as compared to 2012. Although the timing of collection is uncertain, management believes that most of the non-accrual loans are well secured and largely collectible based on, in part, our quarterly review of impaired loans and the valuation of the underlying collateral, if applicable. Our impaired loans (mainly consisting of non-accrual commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans over $250 thousand and all troubled debt restructured loans) totaled $191.3 million at December 31, 2013 and had $23.5 million in related specific reserves included in our total allowance for loan losses.

 

79


Table of Contents

If interest on non-accrual loans had been accrued in accordance with the original contractual terms, such interest income would have amounted to approximately $4.8 million, $7.2 million, and $6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively; none of these amounts were included in interest income during these periods. Interest income recognized on a cash basis for loans classified as non-accrual totaled $1.3 million, $590 thousand and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

OREO (which consists of 51 commercial and residential properties), excluding OREO subject to loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC, increased $4.0 million to $19.6 million at December 31, 2013 as compared to $15.6 million at December 31, 2012. The increase was mostly due to completed foreclosures of 44 properties totaling $13.5 million (after partial charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses at the transfer date) partially offset by sales of 24 properties totaling $8.1 million and the OREO valuation write-downs totaling $1.4 million during 2013. Our residential mortgage loan foreclosure activity remains relatively low due to the nominal amount of individual loan delinquencies within the residential mortgage and home equity portfolios and the average time to complete a foreclosure in the State of New Jersey, which currently exceeds two and a half years. Although, we have experienced an increase in the amount of foreclosures working through the courts in 2013 as compared to 2012, we believe this lengthy legal process still negatively impacts the level of our non-accrual loans, NPAs, and the ability to compare our NPA levels to similar banks located outside of our primary markets as of December 31, 2013.

Other repossessed assets, mainly consisting of 4 aircraft, totaled $6.4 million at December 31, 2013 as compared to $7.6 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease from December 31, 2012 was largely due to valuation losses of approximately $1.2 million recognized during 2013 which were primarily related to 1 of the 4 aircraft.

Troubled debt restructured loans (TDRs) represent loan modifications for customers experiencing financial difficulties where a concession has been granted. Performing TDRs (i.e., TDRs not reported as loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing or as non-accrual loans) totaled $107.0 million at December 31, 2013 and consisted of 98 loans (primarily in the commercial and industrial loan and commercial real estate portfolios) as compared to $105.4 million at December 31, 2012. On an aggregate basis, the $107.0 million in performing TDRs at December 31, 2013 had a modified weighted average interest rate of approximately 4.83 percent as compared to a pre-modification weighted average interest rate of 5.50 percent. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for additional disclosures regarding our TDRs.

Potential Problem Loans

Although we believe that substantially all risk elements at December 31, 2013 have been disclosed in the categories presented above, it is possible that for a variety of reasons, including economic conditions, certain borrowers may be unable to comply with the contractual repayment terms on certain real estate and commercial loans. As part of the analysis of the loan portfolio, management determined that there were approximately $152.6 million and $165.9 million in potential problem loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which were not classified as non-accrual loans in the non-performing asset table above. Potential problem loans are defined as performing loans for which management has concerns about the ability of such borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms and which may result in a non-performing loan. Our decision to include performing loans in potential problem loans does not necessarily mean that management expects losses to occur, but that management recognizes potential problem loans carry a higher probability of default. At December 31, 2013, the potential problem loans consisted of various types of performing commercial credits internally risk rated substandard because the loans exhibited well-defined weaknesses and required additional attention by management. See further discussion regarding our internal loan classification system at Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. There can be no assurance that Valley has identified all of its potential problem loans at December 31, 2013.

 

80


Table of Contents

Asset Quality and Risk Elements

Lending is one of the most important functions performed by Valley and, by its very nature, lending is also the most complicated, risky and profitable part of our business. For our commercial loan portfolio, comprised of commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, and construction loans, a separate credit department is responsible for risk assessment and periodically evaluating overall creditworthiness of a borrower. Additionally, efforts are made to limit concentrations of credit so as to minimize the impact of a downturn in any one economic sector. Our loan portfolio is diversified as to type of borrower and loan. However, loans collateralized by real estate, including $69.1 million of covered loans, represent approximately 73 percent of total loans at December 31, 2013. Most of the loans collateralized by real estate are in northern and central New Jersey and New York City, presenting a geographical credit risk if there was a further significant broad-based deterioration in economic conditions within the region.

Consumer loans are comprised of residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, automobile loans and other consumer loans. Residential mortgage loans are secured by 1-4 family properties generally located in counties where we have branch presence in New Jersey and New York and counties contiguous thereto (including eastern Pennsylvania). We do provide mortgage loans secured by homes beyond this primary geographic area; however, lending outside this primary area is generally made in support of existing customer relationships. Residential mortgage loan underwriting policies based on Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines are adhered to for loan requests of conforming and non-conforming amounts. The weighted average loan-to-value ratio of all residential mortgage originations in 2013 was 59 percent while FICO® (independent objective criteria measuring the creditworthiness of a borrower) scores averaged 764. Home equity and automobile loans are secured loans and are made based on an evaluation of the collateral and the borrower’s creditworthiness. In addition to New Jersey, automobile loans are primarily originated in several other contiguous states. Due to the level of our underwriting standards applied to all loans, management believes the out of state loans generally present no more risk than those made within New Jersey. However, each loan or group of loans made outside of our primary markets poses different geographic risks based upon the economy of that particular region.

Management realizes that some degree of risk must be expected in the normal course of lending activities. Allowances are maintained to absorb such loan losses inherent in the portfolio. The allowance for credit losses and related provision are an expression of management’s evaluation of the credit portfolio and economic climate.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for losses on non-covered loans, the allowance for unfunded letters of credit, and the allowance for losses on covered loans related to credit impairment of certain covered loan pools subsequent to acquisition. Management maintains the allowance for credit losses at a level estimated to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and unfunded letter of credit commitments at the balance sheet dates, based on ongoing evaluations of the loan portfolio. Our methodology for evaluating the appropriateness of the allowance for non-covered loans includes:

 

   

segmentation of the loan portfolio based on the major loan categories, which consist of commercial, commercial real estate (including construction), residential mortgage and other consumer loans;

 

   

tracking the historical levels of classified loans and delinquencies;

 

   

assessing the nature and trend of loan charge-offs;

 

   

providing specific reserves on impaired loans;

 

   

evaluating the non-covered PCI loan pools for additional credit impairment subsequent to the acquisition dates; and

 

   

applying economic outlook factors, assigning specific incremental reserves where necessary.

 

81


Table of Contents

Additionally, the volume of non-performing loans, concentration risks by size, type, and geography, new markets, collateral adequacy, credit policies and procedures, staffing, underwriting consistency, loan review and economic conditions are taken into consideration when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses.

The allowance for loan losses consists of five elements: (i) specific reserves for individually impaired credits, (ii) reserves for adversely classified, or higher risk rated, loans that are not impaired, if applicable (iii) reserves for other loans based on historical loss factors, (iv) reserves based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to Valley, including changes in loan portfolio volume, the composition and concentrations of credit, new market initiatives, and the impact of competition on loan structuring and pricing, and (v) an allowance for impaired purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans subsequent to their acquisition date.

The Credit Risk Management Department individually evaluates non-accrual (non-homogeneous) loans within the commercial and industrial loan and commercial real estate loan portfolio segments over $250 thousand and troubled debt restructured loans within all the loan portfolio segments for impairment based on the underlying anticipated method of payment consisting of either the expected future cash flows or the related collateral. If payment is expected solely based on the underlying collateral, an appraisal is completed to assess the fair value of the collateral. Collateral dependent impaired loan balances are written down to the current fair value (less estimated selling costs) of each loan’s underlying collateral resulting in an immediate charge-off to the allowance, excluding any consideration for personal guarantees that may be pursued in the Bank’s collection process. (See the “Assets and Liabilities Measured on Non-recurring Basis” section of Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for further details). If repayment is based upon future expected cash flows, the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate is compared to the carrying value of the loan, and any shortfall is recorded as a specific valuation allowance in the allowance for credit losses. At December 31, 2013, a $23.5 million specific valuation allowance was included in the allowance for credit losses related to $191.3 million of impaired loans that had such an allowance. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for more details regarding impaired loans.

The allowance allocations for non-classified loans within all of our loan portfolio segments are calculated by applying historical loss factors by specific loan types to the applicable outstanding loans and unfunded commitments. Loss factors are based on the Bank’s historical loss experience and may be adjusted for significant changes in the current loan portfolio quality that, in management’s judgment, affect the collectability of the portfolio as of the evaluation date.

The allowance contains reserves identified as the unallocated portion in the table below to cover inherent losses within a given loan category which have not been otherwise reviewed or measured on an individual basis. Such reserves include management’s evaluation of the national and local economy, loan portfolio volumes, the composition and concentrations of credit, credit quality and delinquency trends. These reserves reflect management’s attempt to ensure that the overall allowance reflects a margin for imprecision and the uncertainty that is inherent in estimates of probable credit losses.

 

82


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the relationship among loans, loans charged-off, loan recoveries, the provision for credit losses and the allowance for credit losses for the years indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     ($ in thousands)  

Average loans outstanding

   $ 11,187,968      $ 11,238,269      $ 9,608,480      $ 9,474,994      $ 9,705,909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Beginning balance—Allowance for credit losses

   $ 132,495      $ 136,185      $ 126,504      $ 103,655      $ 94,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans charged-off:

          

Commercial and industrial

     (19,837     (16,103     (29,229     (15,475     (16,981

Commercial real estate

     (7,060     (9,596     (6,305     (1,823     (3,110

Construction

     (3,786     (2,092     (4,053     (1,738     (1,197

Residential mortgage

     (4,446     (3,518     (3,222     (3,741     (3,488

Consumer

     (5,120     (5,339     (5,906     (10,882     (17,689
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (40,249     (36,648     (48,715     (33,659     (42,465
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charged-off loans recovered:

          

Commercial and industrial

     4,219        4,475        2,365        4,121        449   

Commercial real estate

     816        222        134        156        75   

Construction

     929        50        197        —          —     

Residential mortgage

     768        701        129        97        36   

Consumer

     2,039        1,958        2,236        2,678        2,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     8,771        7,406        5,061        7,052        3,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs (1)

     (31,478     (29,242     (43,654     (26,607     (39,075

Provision charged for credit losses

     16,095        25,552        53,335        49,456        47,992   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance—Allowance for credit losses

   $ 117,112      $ 132,495      $ 136,185      $ 126,504      $ 103,655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of allowance for credit losses:

          

Allowance for non-covered loans

   $ 106,547      $ 120,708      $ 120,274      $ 118,326      $ 101,990   

Allowance for covered loans

     7,070        9,492        13,528        6,378        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

     113,617        130,200        133,802        124,704        101,990   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for unfunded letters of credit

     3,495        2,295        2,383        1,800        1,665   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses

   $ 117,112      $ 132,495      $ 136,185      $ 126,504      $ 103,655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of provision for credit losses:

          

Provision for losses on non-covered loans

   $ 17,171      $ 25,640      $ 31,242      $ 42,943      $ 47,821   

Provision for losses on covered loans

     (2,276     —          21,510        6,378        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

     14,895        25,640        52,752        49,321        47,821   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for unfunded letters of credit

     1,200        (88     583        135        171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

   $ 16,095      $ 25,552      $ 53,335      $ 49,456      $ 47,992   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs of non-covered loans to average loans outstanding

     0.28     0.22     0.30     0.28     0.40

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to average loans outstanding

     0.28        0.26        0.45        0.28        0.40   

Allowance for non-covered loan losses as a % of non-covered loans

     0.93        1.11        1.26        1.31        1.09   

Allowance for credit losses as a % of total loans

     1.01        1.20        1.39        1.35        1.11   

 

83


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes covered loans charge-offs totaling $146 thousand, $4.0 million and $14.4 million during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There were no charge-offs of covered loans during 2010.

Net charge-offs have remained relatively low in the last five years as compared to most of our peers despite the 2008 economic recession and the economy’s slow paced recovery since 2010. During this five-year period, our net charge-offs were at a high of 0.45 percent of average loans during 2011 and a low of 0.26 percent in 2012. During 2013, our net charge-offs increased $2.3 million to $31.5 million as compared to 2012 mainly due to higher charge-offs in the commercial and industrial loan and construction loan categories (shown in the table above), partially offset by a decrease in the commercial real estate category. The lower level of commercial real estate charge-offs was mostly due to a $3.9 million decrease in charge-offs of covered PCI loan pools during 2013. The charge-offs of impaired covered loans are substantially covered by loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. Despite the improving outlook for our loan portfolio and the economy, there can be no assurance that our levels of net-charge-offs will improve during 2014, and not deteriorate in the future.

The provision for credit losses decreased $9.5 million to $16.1 million in 2013 compared to $25.6 million in 2012 mainly due to a $8.5 million decrease in the provision for non-covered loans caused by several factors, including improved expected loss experience and outlook for most of the loan portfolio categories, the lack of meaningful loan growth within the commercial and industrial loan portfolio and moderately improving economic indicators during 2013. Additionally, during 2013, we recorded a $2.3 million credit to the provision for losses on covered loans related to a decrease in the estimated additional credit impairment of certain loan pools subsequent to acquisition. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in the provision for unfunded letters of credit largely related to $2.2 million in standby letters of credit for one large commercial loan relationship partially charged-off during the third quarter of 2013.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for credit losses to specific loan portfolio categories for the past five years:

 

    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    Allowance
Allocation
    Percent
of Loan
Category

to total
loans
    Allowance
Allocation
    Percent
of Loan
Category
to total
loans
    Allowance
Allocation
    Percent
of Loan
Category

to total
loans
    Allowance
Allocation
    Percent
of Loan
Category

to total
loans
    Allowance
Allocation
    Percent
of Loan
Category

to total
loans
 
    ($ in thousands)  

Loan Category:

                   

Commercial and industrial*

  $ 54,534        17.3   $ 59,260        18.9   $ 65,076        19.2   $ 58,229        19.5   $ 50,932        19.2

Commercial real estate:

                   

Commercial real estate

    25,570        43.1        24,651        40.1        19,222        36.4        15,755        36.0        10,253        37.4   

Construction

    10,341        3.7        17,393        3.9        12,905        4.2        14,162        4.6        15,263        4.7   

Residential mortgage

    7,663        21.6        9,361        22.3        9,058        23.3        9,128        20.6        5,397        20.7   

Consumer

    4,356        13.5        5,542        13.2        8,677        14.1        14,499        15.5        15,480        18.0   

Unallocated

    7,578        —          6,796        —          7,719        —          8,353        —          6,330        —     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Allowance for non-covered loans and unfunded letters of credit

    110,042          123,003          122,657          120,126          103,655     

Allowance for covered loans

    7,070        0.8        9,492        1.6        13,528        2.8        6,378        3.8        —          —     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total allowance for credit losses

  $ 117,112        100.0   $ 132,495        100.0   $ 136,185        100.0   $ 126,504        100.0   $ 103,655        100.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

* Includes the allowance for unfunded letters of credit.

The allowance for non-covered loans and unfunded letters of credit as a percentage of total non-covered loans was 0.96 percent at December 31, 2013 as compared to 1.17 percent at December 31, 2012. At

 

84


Table of Contents

December 31, 2013, the expected loss experience declined for most loan categories as compared to December 31, 2012 based upon several factors, including the level of loan delinquencies and internally classified loans, charge-offs and gradually improving economic and housing indicators. As a result of these and other factors, including our specific analysis of impaired loans, the allowance allocation amounts for all of the loan categories shown in the table above decreased at December 31, 2013.

Our allowance for non-covered loans and unfunded letters of credit as a percentage of total non-covered loans (excluding non-covered PCI loans with carrying values totaling approximately $710.1 million) was 1.02 percent at December 31, 2013 as compared to 1.25 percent at December 31, 2012. PCI loans are accounted for on a pool basis and initially recorded net of fair valuation discounts related to credit which may be used to absorb future losses on such loans before any allowance for loan losses is recognized subsequent to acquisition. There were no allocated reserves for non-covered PCI loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Management believes that the unallocated allowance is appropriate given the uncertain strength of the economic and housing market recoveries, the size of the loan portfolio and level of loan delinquencies at December 31, 2013. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses.

Loan Repurchase Contingencies

We engage in the origination of residential mortgages for sale into the secondary market. Such loan sales were a significant portion of our mortgage loan production from the third quarter of 2012 until late in the second quarter of 2013 when market interest rates were at historical lows and consumer demand was robust. In connection with loan sales, we make representations and warranties, which, if breached, may require us to repurchase such loans, substitute other loans or indemnify the purchasers of such loans for actual losses incurred due to such loans. However, the performance of our loans sold has been historically strong due to our strict underwriting standards and procedures. Over the past several years, we have experienced a nominal amount of repurchase requests, and only a few of which have actually resulted in repurchases by Valley (only four loan repurchases in 2013). None of the loan repurchases resulted in losses. Accordingly, no reserves pertaining to loans sold were established on our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2013 and 2012. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—We may incur future losses in connection with repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages that we have sold into the secondary market” of this Annual Report for additional information.

Capital Adequacy

A significant measure of the strength of a financial institution is its shareholders’ equity. At both December 31, 2013 and 2012, shareholders’ equity totaled approximately $1.5 billion, and 9.5 percent and 9.4 percent of total assets, respectively. During 2013, total shareholders’ equity increased by $38.7 million mainly due to the (i) net income of $132.0 million, (ii) a $12.7 million decrease in our accumulated other comprehensive loss, (iii) net proceeds of $7.6 million from 775 thousand shares from the reissuance of treasury stock and authorized common shares issued under our dividend reinvestment plan, (iv) a $5.5 million increase attributable to the effect of our stock incentive plan, partially offset by (v) cash dividends declared on common stock totaling $119.1 million. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for more information regarding the changes in our accumulated other comprehensive loss during 2013.

Risk-based capital guidelines define a two-tier capital framework. Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity and trust preferred securities issued by our capital trusts less disallowed intangibles and adjusted to exclude unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred tax. Total risk-based capital consists of Tier 1 capital, qualifying subordinated borrowings of both Valley and Valley National Bank and the allowance for credit losses up to 1.25 percent of risk-adjusted assets. Risk-adjusted assets are determined by assigning various levels of risk to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet activities.

 

85


Table of Contents

On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC issued final rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related Dodd-Frank Act changes. The rules revise minimum capital requirements and adjust prompt corrective action thresholds. Under the final rules, minimum requirements will increase for both the quantity and quality of capital held by Valley and the Bank. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 4.5 percent and a common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets. The final rules also raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0 percent to 6.0 percent and require a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0 percent. The final rule will become effective January 1, 2015, subject to a transition period.

Based upon the new final regulatory guidance, our Tier 1 capital treatment of the trust preferred securities issued by our capital trusts will be 75 percent disallowed starting on January 1, 2015 and fully phased out of Tier 1 capital on January 1, 2016. Valley’s Tier 1 capital position included $44.0 million and $186.3 of its outstanding trust preferred securities issued by capital trusts as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During the second half of 2013, Valley redeemed all $142.3 million of the face value of its trust preferred securities issued by VNB Capital Trust I, and the related junior subordinated debentures (issued to the Capital Trust) carried at fair value within our interest bearing liabilities prior to the dates of redemption.

Typically, a primary source of capital growth is through retention of earnings. Our rate of earnings retention is derived by dividing undistributed earnings per common share by earnings (or net income) per common share. Our retention ratio was approximately 9.10 percent and 10.96 percent for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The lower 2013 retention ratio was largely caused by the continued negative impact of the prolonged low interest rate environment on our net interest income. We expect that our rate of earnings retention will increase to a more acceptable level in future periods largely due to a 32.3 percent reduction in our quarterly cash dividend amount per common share (see more details below), as well as the positive impacts on earnings from the increase in the level of long-term market interest rates since June 2013, loan growth within several segments of our non-PCI loan portfolio, and tight management over our cost of funds. However, the potential future net impairment losses on securities and other deterioration in our earnings and financial condition resulting from the weak economic conditions and the intense competition for strong loan relationships may negatively impact our future earnings and ability to maintain our dividend at current levels.

Cash dividends declared amounted to approximately $0.60 and $0.65 per common share for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In November 2013, the Board reduced the quarterly dividend amount per share by $0.0525. While our performance and capital are already strong, the quarterly retention of a higher amount of capital should provide us more flexibility to grow the business. The dividend reduction was not the result of any regulatory actions. The Board is committed to examine and weigh relevant facts and considerations, including its commitment to shareholder value, each time it makes a cash dividend decision in this economic environment. The Federal Reserve has cautioned all bank holding companies about distributing dividends which may reduce the level of capital or not allow capital to grow in anticipation of new higher capital levels as required under the new Basel Rules.

Valley maintains an effective shelf registration statement with the SEC that allows Valley to periodically offer and sell in one or more offerings, individually or in any combination, of Valley’s common stock, preferred stock and other non-equity securities. The shelf registration statement provides Valley with capital raising flexibility and enables Valley to promptly access the capital markets in order to pursue growth opportunities that may become available in the future or permits Valley to comply with any changes in the regulatory environment that call for increased capital requirements. Valley’s ability, and any decision to issue and sell securities pursuant to the shelf registration statement, is subject to market conditions and Valley’s capital needs at such time. Additional equity offerings, including shares issued under Valley’s dividend reinvestment plan may dilute the holdings of our existing shareholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Such offerings may be necessary in the future due to several reasons beyond management’s control, including numerous external factors that could negatively impact the current progression of the U.S. economic recovery or our ability to maintain or increase the level of our net income. See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on Valley’s stock issuances and repurchase plan.

 

86


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Contractual Obligations and Commitments. In the ordinary course of operations, Valley enters into various financial obligations, including contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. As a financial services provider, we routinely enter into commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby and commercial letters of credit. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans made by the Bank. See Note 14 of the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

The following table summarizes Valley’s contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of December 31, 2013. Payments for deposits, borrowings and debentures do not include interest. Payments related to leases, capital expenditures, other purchase obligations and commitments to sell loans are based on actual payments specified in the underlying contracts. Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are presented at contractual amounts; however, since many of these commitments are expected to expire unused or only partially used based upon our historical experience, the total amounts of these commitments do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements.

 

     Note to
Financial
Statements
     One Year
or Less
     One to
Three Years
     Three to
Five Years
     Over Five
Years
     Total  
                 
                 
                          (in thousands)                

Contractual obligations:

                 

Time deposits

     9       $ 1,394,088       $ 449,206       $ 310,099       $ 25,876       $ 2,179,269   

Long-term borrowings (1)

     10         —           675,280         1,310,000         810,000         2,795,280   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts (1)

     11         —           —           —           45,363         45,363   

Operating leases

     14         21,759         43,304         41,694         271,895         378,652   

Capital expenditures

        6,008         —           —           —           6,008   

Other purchase obligations (2)

        14,429         1,008         114         —           15,551   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,436,284       $ 1,168,798       $ 1,661,907       $ 1,153,134       $ 5,420,123   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other commitments:

                 

Commitments to extend credit

     14       $ 2,623,927       $ 308,627       $ 11,732       $ 175,706       $ 3,119,992   

Standby letters of credit

     14         109,398         43,503         44,818         26,283         224,002   

Commitments to sell loans

     14         25,796         —           —           —           25,796   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 2,759,121       $ 352,130       $ 56,550       $ 201,989       $ 3,369,790   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts presented consist of the contractual principal balances. Carrying values and call dates are set forth in Notes 10 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements for long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts, respectively.

(2)

This category primarily consists of contractual obligations for communication and technology costs.

Valley also has obligations under its pension benefit plans, not included in the above table, as further described in Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. We are exposed to certain risks arising from both our business operations and economic conditions. We principally manage our exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of our core business activities. We manage economic risks, including interest rate and liquidity risks, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of our assets and liabilities and, from time to time, the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, we enter into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. Our derivative

 

87


Table of Contents

financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of our known or expected cash receipts and our known or expected cash payments mainly related to certain variable-rate borrowings and fixed-rate loan assets. Valley also enters into mortgage banking derivatives which are non-designated hedges. These derivatives include interest rate lock commitments provided to customers to fund certain residential mortgage loans to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of such loans. Valley enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate lock commitments are entered into in order to economically hedge the effect of future changes in interest rates on Valley’s commitments to fund the loans as well as on its portfolio of mortgage loans held for sale.

See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for quantitative information on our derivative financial instruments and hedging activities.

Trust Preferred Securities. In addition to the commitments and derivative financial instruments of the types described above, our off-balance sheet arrangements include a $1.4 million ownership interest in the common securities of our statutory trusts to issue trust preferred securities. See “Capital Adequacy” section above and Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements.

Results of Operations—2012 Compared to 2011

Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $16.2 million to $497.1 million for 2012 compared with $480.9 million for 2011. The increase was mainly driven by $1.1 billion in loans acquired in the State Bancorp acquisition on January 1, 2012 and steady quarterly organic loan growth in commercial real estate (excluding construction) loans since December 31, 2011 and residential mortgage loans prior to our switch to more of a “originate and sell” model in the second half of 2012, coupled with a lower cost on interest bearing liabilities resulting from new and renewed time deposits at lower rates and interest rate modifications of certain long-term borrowings during the fourth quarter of 2011 and first quarter of 2012. However, much of the additional interest income was mitigated by lower interest rates on new loans and investments and the prepayment of higher yielding assets in both of these earning asset categories.

Average loan balances increased $1.6 billion to $11.2 billion in 2012 and positively impacted our net interest margin as compared to 2011. The increase in average loan balances during 2012, partially offset by a 52 basis point decline in yield on such loans, also contributed to a $34.5 million increase in interest income on a tax equivalent basis for loans during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011. Average investment securities decreased $396.2 million to $2.6 billion in 2012, despite $275.7 million in investment securities acquired from State Bancorp on January 1, 2012. The decline in investment securities was largely due to principal repayments on higher yielding securities (including $79 million of called trust preferred securities with an aggregate weighted average yield of approximately 7.35 percent prior to redemption) and securities sold totaling $1.2 billion during 2012 and were mostly reinvested in residential mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae, U.S. Treasury securities, and municipal securities.

Average interest bearing liabilities increased $752.8 million to $11.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 from the same period in 2011 mainly due to interest bearing deposits and savings, NOW, and money market accounts assumed from the acquisition of State Bancorp, as well as general increases in retail deposits caused by the lack of better yielding cash investment alternatives in 2012. These increases were partially offset by the run-off of high cost certificates of deposit. The cost of average time deposits, short-term borrowings, long-term borrowings, and savings, NOW and money market accounts decreased 39, 18, 16, and 6 basis points, respectively, during 2012 due to the continued low level of market interest rates throughout the year and, as applicable, the aforementioned maturity of higher cost funds and the modifications to certain long-term borrowings.

 

88


Table of Contents

Non-interest income represented 15 percent and 14 percent of total interest income plus non-interest income for 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, non-interest income increased $8.6 million compared with 2011 mainly due to an increase in the net gains on sale of loans combined with a decrease in other-than-temporary impairment charges on securities recognized in earnings, partially offset by decreases in net gains on securities transactions and non-interest income related to the change in the FDIC loss-share receivable due to post-acquisition items.

Net gains on securities transactions decreased $29.5 million to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $32.1 million in 2011. The 2012 decline was largely due to a significantly higher volume of sales in the prior year. During 2011, our net gains were mainly due to the sale of certain residential mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae and government sponsored enterprises totaling $320.7 million and $257.4 million, respectively, classified as available for sale during 2011.

Net impairment losses on securities decreased $14.7 million to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $20.0 million in 2011 primarily due to a decrease in the credit related impairment recognized on trust preferred securities issued by one bank holding company.

Net gains on sales of loans increased $36.3 million to $47.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to our decision to sell a larger portion of our residential mortgage originations during the second half of 2012 combined with record mortgage originations during 2012 caused, in part, by the low level of market interest rates, the continued success of Valley’s low fixed-price refinance programs, and gradual signs of a housing recovery.

Valley also recognized approximately $7.5 million reduction and $13.4 million increase in non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, due to post acquisition changes in our FDIC loss-share receivable mostly caused by estimated credit losses on certain covered loan pools (which increased our FDIC-loss share receivable) during both periods.

Other non-interest income increased $6.0 million primarily due to the reversal of $7.4 million in purchase accounting valuation liabilities related to expired and unused lines of credit assumed in FDIC-assisted transactions during the second quarter of 2012. This reversal resulted in the aforementioned corresponding $6.0 million decrease in our FDIC loss-share receivable portion of such estimated losses as of the acquisition.

Non-interest expense increased $36.3 million to $374.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $338.6 million for 2011. The increase from 2011 was mainly attributable to increases in salaries and employee benefits, other non-interest expense, and net occupancy and equipment expense. Salary and employee benefits expense increased $23.7 million to $200.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $176.3 million for 2011. The increase was largely due to additional salary and employee benefit expenses related to employees acquired in the State Bancorp acquisition. Other non-interest expense increased $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $50.2 million in 2011, partly due to several general increases caused by the State Bancorp acquisition, including merger expenses totaling $942 thousand related mainly to data processing conversion charges, as well as $1.8 million and $2.0 million increases in OREO expenses, respectively. Net occupancy and equipment expense increased $4.9 million to $71.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $66.3 million for 2011 mainly due to additional expenses associated with the branches acquired from State Bancorp during January 2012, partially offset by lower seasonal maintenance expenses as compared to 2011. Net occupancy and equipment expense was adjusted for the straight-line recognition of rental expense and income on operating leases totaling $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $2.0 million for each of the year 2011. In addition, advertising expense decreased $1.3 million to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $8.4 million in 2011. The decrease was mainly caused by a lower volume of promotional activity of our one price residential mortgage refinance programs during 2012 due to the benefits of the broad based customer knowledge of our low fixed-price mortgage refinance programs.

 

89


Table of Contents

Income tax expense was $66.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, reflecting an effective tax rate of 31.7 percent, compared with $62.7 million for 2011, reflecting an effective tax rate of 32.1 percent. The slight decrease in the 2012 effective tax rate was due, in part, to an increased investment in tax favored income for 2012 as compared to 2011.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

For information regarding Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, see Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Interest Rate Sensitivity.”

 

90


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
    

(in thousands except for

share data)

 
  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 234,253      $ 390,078   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     134,915        463,022   

Investment securities:

    

Held to maturity, fair value of $1,711,427 at December 31, 2013 and $1,657,950 at December 31, 2012

     1,731,737        1,599,707   

Available for sale

     829,692        807,816   

Trading securities

     14,264        22,157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     2,575,693        2,429,680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale, at fair value

     10,488        120,230   

Non-covered loans

     11,471,447        10,842,125   

Covered loans

     96,165        180,674   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (113,617     (130,200
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans

     11,453,995        10,892,599   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

     270,138        278,615   

Bank owned life insurance

     344,023        339,876   

Accrued interest receivable

     53,964        52,375   

Due from customers on acceptances outstanding

     5,032        3,323   

FDIC loss-share receivable

     32,757        44,996   

Goodwill

     428,234        428,234   

Other intangible assets, net

     36,130        31,123   

Other assets

     576,919        538,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 16,156,541      $ 16,012,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

Non-interest bearing

   $ 3,717,271      $ 3,558,053   

Interest bearing:

    

Savings, NOW and money market

     5,422,722        5,197,199   

Time

     2,179,269        2,508,766   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     11,319,262        11,264,018   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

     281,455        154,323   

Long-term borrowings

     2,792,306        2,697,299   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts (includes fair value of $147,595 at December 31, 2012 for VNB Capital Trust I)

     41,089        188,522   

Bank acceptances outstanding

     5,032        3,323   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     176,357        202,784   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     14,615,501        14,510,269   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 30,000,000 shares; none issued

     —          —     

Common stock, no par value, authorized 232,023,233 shares; issued 199,629,268 shares at December 31, 2013 and 198,499,275 shares at December 31, 2012

  

 

69,941

  

 

 

69,494

  

Surplus

     1,403,375        1,390,851   

Retained earnings

     106,340        93,495   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (38,252     (50,909

Treasury stock, at cost (36,159 common shares at December 31, 2013 and 61,004 common shares at December 31, 2012)

     (364     (554
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     1,541,040        1,502,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 16,156,541      $ 16,012,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

91


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    (in thousands, except for share data)  

Interest Income

     

Interest and fees on loans

  $ 537,301      $ 581,696      $ 547,365   

Interest and dividends on investment securities:

     

Taxable

    57,392        68,698        108,129   

Tax-exempt

    14,426        13,157        11,273   

Dividends

    6,240        7,107        6,655   

Interest on federal funds sold and other short-term investments

    738        535        402   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

    616,097        671,193        673,824   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense

     

Interest on deposits:

     

Savings, NOW and money market

    17,863        20,090        19,876   

Time

    29,928        37,466        48,291   

Interest on short-term borrowings

    590        1,387        1,154   

Interest on long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures

    119,996        122,369        129,692   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

    168,377        181,312        199,013   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

    447,720        489,881        474,811   

Provision for credit losses

    16,095        25,552        53,335   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses

    431,625        464,329        421,476   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Interest Income

     

Trust and investment services

    8,610        7,690        7,523   

Insurance commissions

    15,907        15,494        15,627   

Service charges on deposit accounts

    24,115        24,752        22,610   

Gains on securities transactions, net

    14,678        2,587        32,068   

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities

    —          —          (42,775

Portion recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)(before taxes)

    —          (5,247     22,807   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

    —          (5,247     (19,968

Trading gains, net

    909        2,793        2,271   

Fees from loan servicing

    7,020        4,843        4,337   

Gains on sales of loans, net

    33,695        46,998        10,699   

Gains (losses) on sales of assets, net

    10,947        (329     426   

Bank owned life insurance

    5,962        6,855        7,380   

Change in FDIC loss-share receivable

    (8,427     (7,459     13,403   

Other

    15,237        21,969        15,921   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

    128,653        120,946        112,297   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Interest Expense

     

Salary and employee benefits expense

    194,410        199,968        176,307   

Net occupancy and equipment expense

    71,634        71,245        66,332   

FDIC insurance assessment

    16,767        14,292        12,759   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    8,258        9,783        9,315   

Professional and legal fees

    16,491        15,005        15,312   

Advertising

    6,127        7,103        8,373   

Other

    67,651        57,504        50,158   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

    381,338        374,900        338,556   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes

    178,940        210,375        195,217   

Income tax expense

    46,979        66,748        62,706   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

  $ 131,961      $ 143,627      $ 132,511   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings Per Common Share:

     

Basic

  $ 0.66      $ 0.73      $ 0.74   

Diluted

    0.66        0.73        0.74   

Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share

    0.60        0.65        0.66   

Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding:

     

Basic

    199,309,425        197,354,159        178,424,883   

Diluted

    199,309,425        197,354,372        178,426,070   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

92


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 131,961      $ 143,627      $ 132,511   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

      

Unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale

      

Net (losses) gains arising during the period

     (13,239     5,682        1,513   

Less reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

     (8,522     (1,545     (19,674
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (21,761     4,137        (18,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-credit impairment losses on available for sale and held to maturity securities

      

Net change in non-credit impairment losses on securities

     3,637        9,942        (26,656

Less reclassification adjustment for credit impairment losses included in net income

     (268     2,449        11,633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     3,369        12,391        (15,023
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (cash flow hedges)

      

Net gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period

     2,400        (3,351     (14,157

Less reclassification adjustment for net losses included in net income

     4,005        3,760        1,780   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     6,405        409        (12,377
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension plan

      

Net gains (losses) arising during the period

     21,577        (6,839     (12,404

Amortization of prior service cost

     1,454        38        348   

Amortization of net loss

     1,145        1,396        895   

Recognition of loss due to curtailment

     468        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     24,644        (5,405     (11,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     12,657        11,532        (56,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 144,618      $ 155,159      $ 75,789   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

93


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    Number  of
Common

Shares
Outstanding
    Common
Stock
    Surplus     Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
             
             
             
    (in thousands)  

Balance—December 31, 2010

    178,011      $ 57,041      $ 1,178,325      $ 69,533      $ (5,719   $ (14,245   $ 1,284,935   

Net income

    —          —          —          132,511        —          —          132,511   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          (56,722     —          (56,722

Cash dividends declared on
common stock

    —          —          —          (117,071     —          —          (117,071

Effect of stock incentive plan, net

    (41     61        3,095        (396     —          210        2,970   

Common stock dividend declared

    —          —          (109,675     —          —          —          (109,675

Common stock dividend paid

    —          2,831        106,844        —          —          —          109,675   

Common stock issued

    713        22        546        (5,978     —          13,623        8,213   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2011

    178,683        59,955        1,179,135        78,599        (62,441     (412     1,254,836   

Net income

    —          —          —          143,627        —          —          143,627   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          11,532        —          11,532   

Cash dividends declared on
common stock

    —          —          —          (128,661     —          —          (128,661

Effect of stock incentive plan, net

    1,339        136        5,596        (65     —          (1,063     4,604   

Common stock dividend declared

    —          —          (108,982     —          —          —          (108,982

Common stock dividend paid

    —          3,288        105,694        —          —          —          108,982   

Common stock issued

    18,416        6,115        209,408        (5     —          921        216,439   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2012

    198,438        69,494        1,390,851        93,495        (50,909     (554     1,502,377   

Net income

    —          —          —          131,961        —          —          131,961   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          12,657        —          12,657   

Cash dividends declared on
common stock

    —          —          —          (119,081     —          —          (119,081

Effect of stock incentive plan, net

    380        227        6,500        (34     —          (1,221     5,472   

Common stock issued

    775        220        6,024        (1     —          1,411        7,654   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2013

    199,593      $ 69,941      $ 1,403,375      $ 106,340      $ (38,252   $ (364   $ 1,541,040   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

94


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net income

  $ 131,961      $ 143,627      $ 132,511   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    19,712        18,477        16,380   

Stock-based compensation

    6,055        4,816        3,156   

Provision for credit losses

    16,095        25,552        53,335   

Net amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities and borrowings

    16,229        21,124        11,871   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    8,258        9,783        9,315   

Gains on securities transactions, net

    (14,678     (2,587     (32,068

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

    —          5,247        19,968   

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

    1,083,297        999,380        366,769   

Gains on sales of loans, net

    (33,695     (46,998     (10,699

Originations of loans held for sale

    (953,125     (923,182     (322,281

(Gains) losses on sales of assets, net

    (10,947     329        (426

Net deferred income tax expense (benefit)

    30,329        28,398        (16,111

FDIC loss-share receivable (excluding reimbursements)

    8,427        7,459        (13,403

Net change in:

     

Trading securities

    7,893        (219     9,956   

Fair value of borrowings carried at fair value

    (881     (2,574     (1,256

Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

    (5,962     (6,855     (7,380

Accrued interest receivable

    (1,589     5,446        (3,069

Other assets

    (17,587     49,345        (34,977

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (4,428     (13,257     9,746   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    285,364        323,311        191,337   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Net loan originations

    (368,724     (203,354     (444,207

Loans purchased

    (231,008     (136,241     (33,293

Investment securities held to maturity:

     

Purchases

    (619,299     (360,614     (683,056

Maturities, calls and principal repayments

    473,362        705,487        582,999   

Investment securities available for sale:

     

Purchases

    (289,181     (455,601     (473,119

Sales

    57,003        257,497        552,486   

Maturities, calls and principal repayments

    183,006        248,721        280,046   

Death benefit proceeds from bank owned life insurance

    1,821        1,689        8,469   

Proceeds from sales of real estate property and equipment

    18,034        9,337        4,864   

Purchases of real estate property and equipment

    (14,852     (22,735     (16,402

Reimbursements from the FDIC

    3,812        21,935        28,372   

Cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisitions

    —          117,587        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (786,026     183,708        (192,841
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Net change in deposits

    55,244        210,623        309,488   

Net change in short-term borrowings

    127,132        (87,526     20,531   

Issuance of long-term borrowings

    125,000        —          —     

Repayments of long-term borrowings

    (26,133     (28,000     (207,000

Redemption of junior subordinated debentures

    (142,313     (10,000     —     

Cash dividends paid to common shareholders

    (129,271     (125,870     (116,779

Common stock issued, net

    7,071        7,805        8,027   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    16,730        (32,968     14,267   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    (483,932     474,051        12,763   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    853,100        379,049        366,286   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 369,168      $ 853,100      $ 379,049   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

95


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
            (in thousands)         

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

  

     

Cash payments for:

        

Interest on deposits and borrowings

   $ 167,860       $ 183,120       $ 199,565   

Federal and state income taxes

     15,317         50,111         60,186   

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing activities:

        

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

   $ 19,679       $ 14,365       $ 10,707   

Loans transferred to loans held for sale

     —           124,261         —     

Transfer of investment securities held to maturity to available for sale

     —           —           23,452   

Acquisition:

        

Non-cash assets acquired:

        

Investment securities available for sale

   $ —         $ 275,650       $ —     

Loans

     —           1,088,421         —     

Premises and equipment, net

     —           9,457         —     

Accrued interest receivable

     —           5,294         —     

Goodwill

     —           109,758         —     

Other intangible assets, net

     —           8,050         —     

Other assets

     —           72,137         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-cash assets acquired

     —           1,568,767         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

        

Deposits

   $ —         $ 1,380,293       $ —     

Short-term borrowings

     —           29,000         —     

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

     —           15,645         —     

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     —           52,998         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     —           1,477,936         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net non-cash assets acquired

   $ —         $ 90,831       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisition

   $ —         $ 117,587       $ —     

Common stock issued in acquisition

   $ —         $ 208,418       $ —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

96


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Note 1)

Business

Valley National Bancorp, a New Jersey Corporation (Valley), is a bank holding company whose principal wholly-owned subsidiary is Valley National Bank (the “Bank”), a national banking association providing a full range of commercial, retail and trust and investment services through its branch and ATM network throughout northern and central New Jersey, the New York City boroughs of Manhattan, Brooklyn and Queens, as well as Long Island, New York. The Bank also lends to borrowers outside its branch network. The Bank is subject to intense competition from other financial services companies and is subject to the regulation of certain federal and state agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by certain regulatory authorities.

Valley National Bank’s subsidiaries are all included in the consolidated financial statements of Valley. These subsidiaries include:

 

   

an all-line insurance agency offering property and casualty, life and health insurance;

 

   

asset management advisors which are Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registered investment advisors;

 

   

title insurance agencies in both New Jersey and New York;

 

   

subsidiaries which hold, maintain and manage investment assets for the Bank;

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services auto loans;

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services general aviation aircraft loans and existing commercial equipment leases;

 

   

a subsidiary which specializes in health care equipment and other commercial equipment leases; and

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services New York commercial loans and specializes in asset-based lending.

The Bank’s subsidiaries also include real estate investment trust subsidiaries (the “REIT” subsidiaries) which own real estate related investments and a REIT subsidiary which owns some of the real estate utilized by the Bank and related real estate investments. Except for Valley’s REIT subsidiaries, all subsidiaries mentioned above are directly or indirectly wholly-owned by the Bank. Because each REIT subsidiary must have 100 or more shareholders to qualify as a REIT, each REIT subsidiary has issued less than 20 percent of its outstanding non-voting preferred stock to individuals, most of whom are non-senior management Bank employees. The Bank owns the remaining preferred stock and all the common stock of the REITs.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements of Valley include the accounts of its commercial bank subsidiary, Valley National Bank and all of Valley’s direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated. The accounting and reporting policies of Valley conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and general practices within the financial services industry. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, Valley does not consolidate statutory trusts established for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and related trust common securities. See Note 11 below for more detail. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management has made estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated statements of financial condition and results of operations for the periods indicated. Material

 

97


Table of Contents

estimates that are particularly susceptible to change are: the allowance for loan losses; the evaluation of goodwill and other intangible assets, and investment securities for impairment; fair value measurements of assets and liabilities; and income taxes. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically and the effects of revisions are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period they are deemed necessary. While management uses its best judgment, actual amounts or results could differ significantly from those estimates. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these material estimates.

Effective January 1, 2012, Valley acquired State Bancorp, Inc. (State Bancorp), the holding company for State Bank of Long Island, a commercial bank. See the supplemental schedule of non-cash investing activities of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and Note 2 for additional information.

On May 25, 2012, Valley issued a five percent common stock dividend to shareholders of record on May 11, 2012. All common share and per common share data presented in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes below were adjusted to reflect all stock dividends in the periods prior to December 31, 2013.

Correction of an Immaterial Error

Valley’s financial condition and results of operations at and for the year ended December 31, 2011(reported herein) were initially revised in Valley’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 to reflect an adjustment for the straight-line recognition of rental expense and income on operating leases with scheduled rental increases in which Valley is the lessor and lessee. The adjustment resulted in increases in accrued rent liability, deferred tax assets and net occupancy and equipment expense, as well as decreases in retained earnings, net income and earnings per common share. The effect of these revisions was immaterial to each of the interim and annual periods, including a one cent reduction in basic and diluted earnings per common share in 2011.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest bearing deposits in other banks (including the Federal Reserve Bank of New York) and, from time to time, overnight federal funds sold. The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank based on a percentage of deposits. These reserve balances totaled $58.2 million and $39.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Investment Securities

At the time of purchase, management elects to classify investment securities into one of three categories: held to maturity, available for sale or trading. Investment securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Investment securities to be held for indefinite periods are classified as available for sale and carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax. Securities that may be sold and reinvested over short durations as part of management’s asset/liability management strategies are classified as trading and are carried at fair value, with changes in unrealized holding gains and losses included in non-interest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income as a component of net trading gains. Realized gains or losses on the sale of available for sale and trading securities are recognized by the specific identification method and are included in net gains on securities transactions and net trading gains, respectively. Investments in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, which have limited marketability, are carried at cost in other assets.

Quarterly, Valley evaluates its investment securities classified as held to maturity or available for sale for other-than-temporary impairment. Other-than-temporary impairment means Valley believes the security’s impairment is due to factors that could include the issuer’s inability to pay interest or dividends, the potential for

 

98


Table of Contents

default, and/or other factors. When a held to maturity or available for sale debt security is assessed for other-than-temporary impairment, Valley has to first consider (a) whether it intends to sell the security, and (b) whether it is more likely than not that Valley will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. If neither of these circumstances applies to a security, but Valley does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment loss has occurred that must be separated into two categories: (a) the amount related to credit loss, and (b) the amount related to other factors. In assessing the level of other-than-temporary impairment attributable to credit loss, Valley compares the present value of cash flows expected to be collected with the amortized cost basis of the security. The portion of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss is recognized in earnings, while the portion related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The total other-than-temporary impairment loss is presented in the statement of income, less the portion recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. When a debt security becomes other-than-temporarily impaired, its amortized cost basis is reduced to reflect the portion of the total impairment related to credit loss.

To determine whether a security’s impairment is other-than-temporary, Valley considers factors that include, among others, the causes of the decline in fair value, such as credit problems, interest rate fluctuations, or market volatility; the severity and duration of the decline; Valley’s ability and intent to hold equity security investments until they recover in value (as well as the likelihood of such a recovery in the near term); Valley’s intent to sell security investments; and whether it is more likely than not that Valley will be required to sell such securities before recovery of their individual amortized cost basis. For debt securities, the primary consideration in determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary is whether or not it is probable that current and/or future contractual cash flows have been or may be impaired. See the “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis” section of Note 4 for further discussion.

Interest income on investments includes amortization of purchase premiums and discounts. Realized gains and losses are derived based on the amortized cost of the security sold. Valley discontinues the recognition of interest on debt securities if the securities meet both of the following criteria: (i) regularly scheduled interest payments have not been paid or have been deferred by the issuer, and (ii) full collection of all contractual principal and interest payments is not deemed to be the most likely outcome, resulting in the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment of the security.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale consist of conforming residential mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market and are carried at their estimated fair value on an instrument-by-instrument basis as permitted by the fair value option election under U.S. GAAP. Changes in fair value are recognized in non-interest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income as a component of net gains on sales of loans. Origination fees and costs related to loans held for sale are recognized as earned and as incurred. Loans held for sale are generally sold with loan servicing rights retained by Valley. Gains recognized on loan sales include the value assigned to the rights to service the loan. See “Loan Servicing Rights” section below.

Loans and Loan Fees

Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balance net of any unearned income, charge-offs, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans and premium or discounts on purchased loans, except for purchased credit-impaired loans. Loan origination and commitment fees, net of related costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment of loan yield over the estimated life of the loans approximating the effective interest method.

Loans are deemed to be past due when the contractually required principal and interest payments have not been received as they become due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status generally, when they become 90 days past due and the full and timely collection of principal and interest becomes uncertain. When a loan is placed on

 

99


Table of Contents

non-accrual status, interest accruals cease and uncollected accrued interest is reversed and charged against current income. Payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally applied against principal. A loan in which the borrowers’ obligation has not been released in bankruptcy courts may be restored to an accruing basis when it becomes well secured and is in the process of collection, or all past due amounts become current under the loan agreement and collectability is no longer doubtful.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans (Including Covered Loans)

Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, which primarily include loans acquired in a 2012 business combination (see Note 2) and in FDIC-assisted transactions (“covered loans”) during 2010, are loans acquired at a discount (that is due, in part, to credit quality). These loans are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no allowance for loan losses. Beginning in 2010, Valley has accounted for interest income on all loans acquired at a discount (that is due, in part, to credit quality) based on the acquired loans’ expected cash flows. The acquired loans may be aggregated and accounted for as a pool of loans if the loans being aggregated have common risk characteristics. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flow.

The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the loans, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of each pool. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “nonaccretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment or as a loss accrual or an allowance for loan losses. Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the acquisition are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield on the pool over its remaining life, while decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment through a loss provision and an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Therefore, the allowance for loan losses on these impaired pools reflect only losses incurred after the acquisition (representing the present value of all cash flows that were expected at acquisition but currently are not expected to be received). The allowance for loan losses on covered loans (acquired through two FDIC-assisted transactions) is determined without consideration of the amounts recoverable through the FDIC loss-share agreements (see “FDIC Loss-Share Receivable” below). At December 31, 2013, there was no reserve for impairment of non-covered PCI loans in our allowance for loan losses.

The Bank periodically evaluates the remaining contractual required payments due and estimates of cash flows expected to be collected. These evaluations, performed quarterly, require the continued use of key assumptions and estimates, similar to the initial estimate of fair value. Changes in the contractual required payments due and estimated cash flows expected to be collected may result in changes in the accretable yield and non-accretable difference or reclassifications between accretable yield and the non-accretable difference. On an aggregate basis the acquired pools of PCI loans have performed better than originally expected, and based on our current estimates, we expect to receive more future cash flows than originally modeled at the acquisition dates. For the pools with better than expected cash flows, the forecasted increase is recorded as an additional accretable yield that is recognized as a prospective increase to our interest income on loans. Additionally, the FDIC loss-share receivable is prospectively reduced by the guaranteed portion of the additional cash flows expected to be received, with a corresponding reduction to non-interest income.

PCI loans that may have been classified as non-performing loans by an acquired bank are no longer classified as non-performing because these loans are accounted for on a pooled basis. Management’s judgment is required in classifying loans in pools as performing loans, and is dependent on having a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of the pool cash flows to be collected, even if certain loans within the pool are contractually past due.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses (the “allowance”) is increased through provisions charged against current earnings and additionally by crediting amounts of recoveries received, if any, on previously charged-off loans.

 

100


Table of Contents

The allowance is reduced by charge-offs on loans or unfunded letters of credit which are determined to be a loss, in accordance with established policies, when all efforts of collection have been exhausted.

The allowance is maintained at a level estimated to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as well as other credit risk related charge-offs. The allowance is based on ongoing evaluations of the probable estimated losses inherent in the non-covered loan portfolio and off balance sheet unfunded letters of credits, as well as reserves for impairment of PCI loans subsequent to their acquisition date. As discussed under the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section above, the allowance for credit losses at both December 31, 2013 and 2012 includes reserves for impairment of covered loans subsequent to their acquisition date. The Bank’s methodology for evaluating the appropriateness of the allowance includes grouping the non-covered loan portfolio into loan segments based on common risk characteristics, tracking the historical levels of classified loans and delinquencies, applying economic outlook factors, assigning specific incremental reserves where necessary, providing specific reserves on impaired loans, and assessing the nature and trend of loan charge-offs. Additionally, the volume of non-performing loans, concentration risks by size, type, and geography, new markets, collateral adequacy, credit policies and procedures, staffing, underwriting consistency, loan review and economic conditions are taken into consideration.

The allowance for loan losses consists of five elements: (i) specific reserves for individually impaired credits, (ii) reserves for adversely classified, or higher risk rated, loans that are not impaired, (iii) reserves for other loans based on historical loss factors, (iv) reserves based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to Valley, including changes in loan portfolio volume, the composition and concentrations of credit, new market initiatives, and the impact of competition on loan structuring and pricing, and (v) an allowance for impaired covered loan pools.

The Credit Risk Management Department individually evaluates non-accrual (non-homogeneous) commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans over $250 thousand and all troubled debt restructured loans are individually evaluated for impairment. The value of an impaired loan is measured based upon the underlying anticipated method of payment consisting of either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent, and its payment is expected solely based on the underlying collateral. If the value of an impaired loan is less than its carrying amount, impairment is recognized through a provision to the allowance for loan losses. Collateral dependent impaired loan balances are written down to the estimated current fair value (less estimated selling costs) of each loan’s underlying collateral resulting in an immediate charge-off to the allowance, excluding any consideration for personal guarantees that may be pursued in the Bank’s collection process. If repayment is based upon future expected cash flows, the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate is compared to the carrying value of the loan, and any shortfall is recorded as a specific valuation allowance in the allowance for loan losses. Accrual of interest is discontinued on an impaired loan when management believes, after considering collection efforts and other factors, the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. Cash collections on impaired loans are generally credited to the loan balance, and no interest income is recognized on these loans until the principal balance has been determined to be fully collectible. Residential mortgage loans and consumer loans usually consist of smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and are specifically excluded from the impaired loan portfolio, except where the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructured loan.

The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on a regular analysis and evaluation of the loans. Loans are evaluated based on an internal credit risk rating system for the commercial and industrial loan and commercial real estate loan portfolio segments and non-performing loan status for the residential and consumer loan portfolio segments. Loans are risk-rated based on an internal credit risk grading process that evaluates, among other things: (i) the obligor’s ability to repay; (ii) the underlying collateral, if any; and (iii) the economic environment and industry in which the borrower operates. This analysis is performed at the relationship manager level for all commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans, and

 

101


Table of Contents

evaluated by the Loan Review Department on a test basis. Loans with a grade that is below “Pass” grade are adversely classified. See Note 5 for details. Any change in the credit risk grade of performing and/or non-performing loans affects the amount of the related allowance. Once a loan is adversely classified, the assigned relationship manager and/or a special assets officer in conjunction with the Credit Risk Management Department analyze the loan to determine whether the loan is impaired and, if impaired, the need to specifically allocate a portion of the allowance for loan losses to the loan. Specific valuation allowances are determined by analyzing the borrower’s ability to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk grade of the loan and economic conditions affecting the borrower’s industry, among other things. Loans identified as losses by management are charged-off. Commercial loans are generally assessed for full or partial charge-off to the net realizable value for collateral dependent loans when a loan is between 90 or 120 days past due or sooner if it is probable that a loan may not be fully collectable. Residential loans and home equity loans are generally charged-off to net realizable value when the loan is 120 days past due (or sooner when the borrowers’ obligation has been released in bankruptcy). Automobile loans are fully charged-off when the loan is 120 days past due or partially charged-off to the net realizable value of collateral, if the collateral is recovered prior to such time. Unsecured consumer loans are generally fully charged-off when the loan is 150 days past due.

The allowance allocations for other loans (i.e.; risk rated loans that are not adversely classified and loans that are not risk rated) are calculated by applying historical loss factors for each loan portfolio segment to the applicable outstanding loan portfolio balances. Loss factors are calculated using statistical analysis supplemented by management judgment. The statistical analysis considers historical default rates and historical loss severity in the event of default. The management analysis includes an evaluation of loan portfolio volumes, the composition and concentrations of credit, credit quality and current delinquency trends.

The allowance also contains reserves to cover inherent losses within each of Valley’s loan portfolio segments, which have not been otherwise reviewed or measured on an individual basis. Such reserves include management’s evaluation of national and local economic and business conditions, loan portfolio volumes, the composition and concentrations of credit, credit quality and delinquency trends. These reserves reflect management’s attempt to ensure that the overall allowance reflects a margin for imprecision and the uncertainty that is inherent in estimates of probable credit losses.

See Notes 5 and 6 for Valley’s loan credit quality and additional allowance disclosures.

Premises and Equipment, Net

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Generally, these useful lives range from three to forty years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease or estimated useful life of the asset, whichever is shorter. Major improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations as incurred. Upon retirement or disposition, any gain or loss is credited or charged to operations.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

Valley owns bank owned life insurance (BOLI) to help offset the cost of employee benefits. BOLI is recorded at its cash surrender value. Valley’s BOLI is invested primarily in U.S. Treasury securities and residential mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored enterprises and Ginnie Mae. The majority of the underlying investment portfolio is managed by one independent investment firm. The change in the cash surrender value is included as a component of non-interest income and is exempt from federal and state income taxes as long as the policies are held until the death of the insured individuals.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (OREO), acquired through foreclosure on loans secured by real estate, is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, as established by a current appraisal, less estimated costs to sell, and is included in

 

102


Table of Contents

other assets. Any write-downs at the date of foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Expenses incurred to maintain these properties, unrealized losses resulting from valuation write-downs after the date of foreclosure, and realized gains and losses upon sale of the properties are included in other non-interest expense and other non-interest income, as appropriate. OREO and other repossessed assets totaled $38.3 million and $32.3 million (including $12.3 million and $8.9 million of OREO properties related to the FDIC-assisted transactions, which are subject to the loss-sharing agreements) at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

FDIC Loss-Share Receivable

The receivable arising from the loss sharing agreements (referred to as the “FDIC loss-share receivable” on our consolidated statements of financial condition) is measured separately from the covered loan pools because the agreements are not contractually part of the covered loans and are not transferable should the Bank choose to dispose of the covered loans. Although this asset represents a contractual receivable from the FDIC, there is no contractual interest rate associated with the asset. At the date of acquisition, the FDIC loss-share receivable was measured at its fair value based on expected future cash flows covered by the loss share agreements. In addition, the asset is based on the credit adjustments estimated for each loan pool and the loss-share percentages. Under the terms of the loss-sharing agreement for the LibertyPointe Bank transaction, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse the Bank for 80 percent of any future losses on covered assets up to $55.0 million, after the Bank absorbs such losses up to the first loss tranche of $11.7 million, and 95 percent of losses in excess of $55.0 million. Under the terms of the loss-sharing agreement for The Park Avenue Bank transaction, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse the Bank for 80 percent of any future losses on covered assets of up to $66.0 million and 95 percent of losses in excess of $66.0 million. The Bank will reimburse the FDIC for 80 percent of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid the Bank 80 percent reimbursement under the loss-sharing agreements, and for 95 percent of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid the Bank 95 percent reimbursement under the loss-sharing agreements.

The difference between the present value at acquisition date and the undiscounted cash flow expected to be collected from the FDIC is accreted into non-interest income over the life of the FDIC loss-share receivable. The FDIC loss-share receivable is reduced as loss-sharing payments are received from the FDIC for realized losses on covered loans and other real estate owned. Actual or expected losses in excess of the acquisition date estimates result in an increase in the FDIC loss-share receivable. However, a reduction in the FDIC loss-share receivable due to actual or expected losses that are less than the acquisition date estimates is recognized prospectively over the shorter of (i) the estimated life of the respective pools of covered loans or (ii) the term of the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. The increases and decreases to the FDIC loss-share receivable are recorded as a component of non-interest income. The amount ultimately collected for the FDIC loss-share receivable is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered assets, the passage of time, and claims submitted to the FDIC. See Note 5 for further details.

Goodwill

Intangible assets resulting from acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting consist of goodwill and other intangible assets (see “Other Intangible Assets” below). Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to an annual assessment for impairment. The goodwill impairment analysis is generally a two-step test. During 2013 and 2012, Valley elected to perform step one of the two-step goodwill impairment test for all of its reporting units. However, Valley may chose to perform an optional qualitative assessment allowable under Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment” to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test for one or more units in future periods.

Goodwill is allocated to Valley’s reporting unit, which is a business segment or one level below, at the date goodwill is actually recorded. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step in the analysis is performed to determine the amount of impairment, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying

 

103


Table of Contents

value of a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the excess amount in the current period earnings. Valley reviews goodwill annually or more frequently if a triggering event indicates impairment may have occurred, to determine potential impairment by determining if the fair value of the reporting unit has fallen below the carrying value.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets primarily consist of loan servicing rights (largely generated from loan servicing retained by the Bank on residential mortgage loan originations sold in the secondary market to government sponsored enterprises), core deposits (the portion of an acquisition purchase price which represents value assigned to the existing deposit base), customer lists, and covenants not to compete obtained through acquisitions. Other intangible assets are amortized using various methods over their estimated lives and are periodically evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impairment is deemed to exist, an adjustment is recorded to earnings in the current period for the difference between the fair value of the asset and its carrying amount. See further details regarding loan servicing rights below.

Loan Servicing Rights

Loan servicing rights are recorded when originated mortgage loans are sold with servicing rights retained, or when servicing rights are purchased. Valley initially records the loan servicing rights at fair value. Subsequently, the loan servicing rights are carried at the lower of unamortized cost or market (i.e., fair value). The fair values of the loan servicing rights are determined using a method which utilizes servicing income, discount rates, prepayment speeds and default rates specifically relative to Valley’s portfolio for originated mortgage servicing rights.

The unamortized costs associated with acquiring loan servicing rights, net of any valuation allowances, are included in other intangible assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition and are accounted for using the amortization method. Under this method, Valley amortizes the loan servicing assets in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing revenues. On a quarterly basis, Valley stratifies its loan servicing assets into groupings based on risk characteristics and assesses each group for impairment based on fair value. A valuation allowance is established through an impairment charge to earnings to the extent the unamortized cost of a stratified group of loan servicing rights exceeds its estimated fair value. Increases in the fair value of impaired loan servicing rights are recognized as a reduction of the valuation allowance, but not in excess of such allowance.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation expense for stock options and restricted stock awards (i.e., non-vested stock awards) is based on the fair value of the award on the date of the grant and is recognized ratably over the service period of the award. Under Valley’s long-term incentive compensation plans, award grantees that are eligible for retirement do not have a service period requirement. Compensation expense for these awards is recognized immediately in earnings. The service period for non-retirement eligible employees is the shorter of the stated vesting period of the award or the period until the employee’s retirement eligibility date. The fair value of each option granted is estimated using a binomial option pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock awards is based upon the last sale price reported for Valley’s common stock on the date of grant or the last sale price reported preceding such date.

Fair Value Measurements

In general, fair values of financial instruments are based upon quoted market prices, where available. When observable market prices and parameters are not fully available, management uses valuation techniques based

 

104


Table of Contents

upon internal and third party models requiring more management judgment to estimate the appropriate fair value measurements. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value, including adjustments based on internal cash flow model projections that utilize assumptions similar to those incorporated by market participants. Other adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and Valley’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time. See Note 3 for additional information.

Income Taxes

Valley uses the asset and liability method to provide income taxes on all transactions recorded in the consolidated financial statements. This method requires that income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities for book and tax purposes. Accordingly, a deferred tax asset or liability for each temporary difference is determined based on the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when the underlying items of income and expense are expected to be realized.

Valley’s expense for income taxes includes the current and deferred portions of that expense. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount we expect to realize. Deferred income tax expense or benefit results from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting versus income-tax return purposes. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

Valley maintains a reserve related to certain tax positions that management believes contain an element of uncertainty. Periodically, Valley evaluates each of its tax positions and strategies to determine whether the reserve continues to be appropriate. See Note 13 for further analysis of Valley’s accounting for income taxes.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income or loss is defined as the change in equity of a business entity during a period due to transactions and other events and circumstances, excluding those resulting from investments by and distributions to shareholders. Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income or loss. Valley’s components of other comprehensive income or loss, net of deferred tax, include: (i) unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale (including the non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to these securities); (ii) unrealized gains and losses on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships; and (iii) the pension benefit adjustment for the unfunded portion of its various employee, officer, and director pension plans. Valley presents comprehensive income and its components in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for all periods presented. See Note 18 for additional disclosures.

Earnings Per Common Share

For Valley, the numerator of both the basic and diluted earnings per common share is net income. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in the denominator for basic earnings per common share is increased to determine the denominator used for diluted earnings per common share by the effect of potentially dilutive common stock equivalents utilizing the treasury stock method.

 

105


Table of Contents

The following table shows the calculation of both basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2013      2012      2011  
     (in thousands, except for share data)  

Net income

   $ 131,961       $ 143,627       $ 132,511   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

     199,309,425         197,354,159         178,424,883   

Plus: Common stock equivalents

     —           213         1,187   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

     199,309,425         197,354,372         178,426,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.66       $ 0.73       $ 0.74   

Diluted

   $ 0.66       $ 0.73       $ 0.74   

Common stock equivalents, in the table above, represent the effect of outstanding common stock options and warrants to purchase Valley’s common shares, excluding those with exercise prices that exceed the average market price of Valley’s common stock during the periods presented and therefore, would have an anti-dilutive effect on the diluted earnings per common share calculation. Anti-dilutive common stock options and warrants equaled approximately 6.7 million, 7.2 million, and 6.8 million of common shares for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Common Stock Dividends

Cash dividends to common stockholders are payable and accrued when declared by Valley’s Board of Directors.

Treasury Stock

Treasury stock is recorded using the cost method and accordingly is presented as a reduction of shareholders’ equity.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

As part of its asset/liability management strategies and to accommodate commercial borrowers, Valley has used interest rate swaps and caps to hedge variability in future fair values or cash flows caused by changes in interest rates. Valley also uses derivatives not designated as hedges for non-speculative purposes to manage its exposure to interest rate movements related to a service for certain customers, as well as certain mortgage banking activities consisting of customer interest rate lock commitments and forward contracts to sell residential mortgage loans. Derivatives used to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives used to hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Valley records all derivatives as assets or liabilities at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

For derivatives designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item related to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is initially reported in other comprehensive income or loss and subsequently reclassified to earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings, and the ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized directly in earnings. On a quarterly basis, Valley assesses the effectiveness of each hedging relationship by comparing the changes in fair value or cash

 

106


Table of Contents

flows of the derivative hedging instrument with the changes in fair value or cash flows of the designated hedged item or transaction. If a hedging relationship is terminated due to ineffectiveness, and the derivative instrument is not re-designated to a new hedging relationship, the subsequent change in fair value of such instrument is charged directly to earnings. Derivatives not designated as hedges do not meet the hedge accounting requirements under U.S. GAAP. Changes in fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings. In 2012, Valley made an accounting policy election to use the exception under the ASU No. 2011-04 and calculate the credit valuation adjustments to the fair value of derivatives on a net basis by counterparty portfolio. See Note 3 for additional information.

New Authoritative Accounting Guidance

ASU No. 2014-04, “Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure,” clarifies that an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure, or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, this ASU requires interim and annual disclosure of both, the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. ASU No. 2014-04 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2014. Valley’s adoption of ASU No. 2014-04 is not expected to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2014-01, “Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects,” amends an existing guidance to permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense or benefit. For those investments in qualified affordable housing projects not accounted for using the proportional amortization method, the investment should be accounted for as an equity method investment or a cost method investment in accordance with Subtopic 970-323. ASU No. 2014-01 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. Valley’s adoption of ASU No. 2014-01 is not expected to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2013-11, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists,” provides guidance on financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This ASU applies to all entities with unrecognized tax benefits that also have tax loss or tax credit carryforwards in the same tax jurisdiction as of the reporting date. ASU No. 2013-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013, with an early adoption permitted and an option to apply the amendments retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented. Valley’s adoption of ASU No. 2013-11 is not expected to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” which requires disclosure of the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on net income line items only for those items that are reported in their entirety in net income in the period of reclassification. For reclassification items that are not reclassified in their entirety into net income, a cross reference is required to other U.S. GAAP disclosures. The ASU No. 2013-02 became effective for Valley on January 1, 2013 and did not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements. See Note 18 for related disclosures.

 

107


Table of Contents

ASU No. 2012-06, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution,” addresses subsequent measurement of an indemnification asset recognized in a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution that includes a loss-sharing agreement. When an entity recognizes an indemnification asset (in accordance with Subtopic 805-20) as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution and subsequently a change in the cash flows expected to be collected on the indemnification asset occurs (as a result of a change in cash flows expected to be collected on the assets subject to indemnification), the entity should subsequently account for the change in the measurement of the indemnification asset on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. Any amortization of changes in value should be limited to the contractual term of the indemnification agreement (i.e., the lesser of the term of the indemnification agreement and the remaining life of the indemnified assets). ASU No. 2012-06 became effective for Valley on January 1, 2013 and did not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): “Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” requires an entity to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments, such as sales and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing/lending arrangements, and derivative instruments that are eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and/or subject an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement regardless of whether they are presented net in the financial statements. ASU No. 2011-11 was effective for annual and interim periods beginning on January 1, 2013, and it is required to be applied retrospectively. Valley’s adoption of ASU No. 2011-11 did not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements. See Note 15 for related disclosures.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Note 2)

On January 1, 2012, Valley acquired State Bancorp. Inc. (State Bancorp), the holding company for State Bank of Long Island, a commercial bank with approximately $1.7 billion in assets, $1.1 billion in loans, and $1.4 billion in deposits and 16 branches in Nassau, Suffolk, Queens, and Manhattan at December 31, 2011. Of the acquired branch offices, 15 remain within our 44 branch network in New York and are located mostly in Long Island and Queens. The new locations complement Valley’s other New York City locations, including five branches in Queens, and provide a foundation for future expansion efforts into these attractive markets. The shareholders of State Bancorp received a fixed one-for-one exchange ratio for Valley National Bancorp common stock. The total consideration for the acquisition totaled $208 million. As a condition to the closing of the merger, State Bancorp redeemed $36.8 million of its outstanding Fixed Rate Cumulative Series A Preferred Stock from the U.S. Treasury on December 14, 2011. The stock redemption was funded by a $37.0 million short-term loan at market terms from Valley to State Bancorp prior to the acquisition date. The outstanding loan and debt, included in Valley’s and State Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2011, respectively, were both subsequently eliminated as of the acquisition date.

Additionally, a warrant issued by State Bancorp (in connection with its preferred stock issuance) to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008 was assumed by Valley as of the acquisition date. The ten-year warrant to purchase up to 489 thousand of Valley common shares has an exercise price of $11.30 per share, and is exercisable on a net exercise basis. Valley has not negotiated the possible redemption of the warrant with the U.S. Treasury. However, the Treasury may request that we make an offer to redeem the warrant in the future, or request that warrant shares be individually sold at public auction. The entire warrant remained outstanding at December 31, 2013.

 

108


Table of Contents

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Note 3)

ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

 

  Level 1 Unadjusted exchange quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, or identical liabilities traded as assets that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

  Level 2 Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly (i.e., quoted prices on similar assets), for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

  Level 3 Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

 

109


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis and Non-Recurring Basis

The following tables present the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy as reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The assets presented under “nonrecurring fair value measurements” in the table below are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments under certain circumstances (e.g., when an impairment loss is recognized).

 

            Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
     December 31,
2013
     Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable  Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Recurring fair value measurements:

           

Assets

           

Investment securities:

           

Available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 84,665       $ 84,665       $ —         $ —     

U.S. government agency securities

     48,627         —           48,627         —     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     37,700         —           37,700         —     

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     508,029         —           483,277         24,752   

Trust preferred securities

     19,215         —           15,444         3,771   

Corporate and other debt securities

     83,398         27,273         56,125         —     

Equity securities

     48,058         26,905         21,153         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale

     829,692         138,843         662,326         28,523   

Trading securities

     14,264         —           14,264         —     

Loans held for sale (1)

     10,488         —           10,488         —     

Other assets (2)

     15,122         —           15,122         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 869,566       $ 138,843       $ 702,200       $ 28,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Other liabilities (2)

   $ 20,586       $ —         $ 20,586       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 20,586       $ —         $ 20,586       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-recurring fair value measurements:

           

Collateral dependent impaired loans (4) 

   $ 35,700       $ —         $ —         $ 35,700   

Loan servicing rights

     3,677         —           —           3,677   

Foreclosed assets

     25,929         —           —           25,929   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 65,306       $ —         $ —         $ 65,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents
          Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
    December 31,
2012
    Quoted Prices
in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
    (in thousands)  

Recurring fair value measurements:

       

Assets

       

Investment securities:

       

Available for sale:

       

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 97,625      $ 97,625      $ —        $ —     

U.S. government agency securities

    45,762        —          45,762        —     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    16,627        —          16,627        —     

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    510,154        —          478,783        31,371   

Trust preferred securities

    57,432        —          17,129        40,303   

Corporate and other debt securities

    30,708        28,444        2,264        —     

Equity securities

    49,508        28,608        20,900        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale

    807,816        154,677        581,465        71,674   

Trading securities

    22,157        —          22,157        —     

Loans held for sale (1)

    120,230        —          120,230        —     

Other assets (2)

    7,916        —          7,916        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 958,119      $ 154,677      $ 731,768      $ 71,674   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

       

Junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I (3)

  $ 147,595      $ 147,595      $ —        $ —     

Other liabilities (2)

    26,594        —          26,594        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 174,189      $ 147,595      $ 26,594      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-recurring fair value measurements:

       

Collateral dependent impaired loans (4)

  $ 65,231      $ —        $ —        $ 65,231   

Loan servicing rights

    16,201        —          —          16,201   

Foreclosed assets

    33,251        —          —          33,251   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 114,683      $ —        $ —        $ 114,683   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Loans held for sale (which consist of residential mortgages) are carried at fair value and had contractual unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $10.4 million and $115.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(2)

Amount represents derivative financial instruments.

(3)

The junior subordinated debentures had contractual unpaid principal obligations totaling $146.7 million.

(4)

Excludes PCI loans.

 

111


Table of Contents

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized below:

 

    Available For Sale Securities  
            2013                     2012          
    (in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of the period

  $ 71,674      $ 77,311   

Total net (losses) gains for the period included in:

   

Net income

    —          (5,247

Other comprehensive income

    657        18,482   

Sales

    (36,681     (9,146

Settlements

    (7,127     (9,726
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of the period

  $ 28,523      $ 71,674   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized losses for the period included in earnings for assets held at year end *

  $ —        $ (5,247
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Represents the net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings for the period.

Transfers into and out of Level 3 assets are generally made in response to a decrease or an increase, respectively, in the availability of observable market data used in the securities’ pricing obtained primarily through independent pricing services or dealer market participants. See further details regarding the valuation techniques used for the fair value measurement of the financial instruments below. During 2013 and 2012, there were no transfers of assets between Level 1 and Level 2.

There have been no material changes in the valuation methodologies used at December 31, 2013 from December 31, 2012.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following valuation techniques were used for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis. All of the valuation techniques described below apply to the unpaid principal balance excluding any accrued interest or dividends at the measurement date. Interest income and expense are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument using the effective interest method based on acquired discount or premium.

Available for sale and trading securities.  All U.S. Treasury securities, certain corporate and other debt securities, and certain common and preferred equity securities (including certain trust preferred securities) are reported at fair values utilizing Level 1 inputs. The majority of other investment securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. The prices for these instruments are obtained through an independent pricing service or dealer market participants with whom Valley has historically transacted both purchases and sales of investment securities. Prices obtained from these sources include prices derived from market quotations and matrix pricing. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things. Management reviews the data and assumptions used in pricing the securities by its third party provider to ensure the highest level of significant inputs are derived from market observable data. For certain securities, the inputs used by either dealer market participants or an independent pricing service, may be derived from unobservable market information (Level 3 inputs). In these instances, Valley evaluates the appropriateness and quality of the assumption and the resulting price. In addition, Valley reviews the volume and level of activity for all available for sale and trading securities and attempts to identify transactions which may not be orderly or reflective of a significant level of activity and volume. For securities meeting these criteria, the quoted prices received from either market participants or an independent pricing service may be adjusted, as necessary, to estimate fair value and this results in fair values based on Level 3 inputs. In determining fair value, Valley utilizes unobservable

 

112


Table of Contents

inputs which reflect Valley’s own assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing each security. In developing its assertion of market participant assumptions, Valley utilizes the best information that is both reasonable and available without undue cost and effort.

In calculating the fair value for the available for sale securities under Level 3, Valley prepared present value cash flow models for certain private label mortgage-backed securities. The cash flows for the residential mortgage-backed securities incorporated the expected cash flow of each security adjusted for default rates, loss severities and prepayments of the individual loans collateralizing the security.

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 inputs used to measure the fair value of these securities at December 31, 2013:

 

Security Type

  Valuation
Technique
   Unobservable
Input
   Range     Weighted
Average
 

Private label mortgage-backed securities

  Discounted cash flow    Prepayment rate      4.6 - 25.9     17.6
     Default rate      3.1 - 25.6        9.3   
     Loss severity      25.8 - 46.2        37.0   

Significant increases or decreases in any of the unobservable inputs in the table above in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement of the securities. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the default rate is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates.

For the Level 3 available for sale private label mortgage-backed securities, cash flow assumptions incorporated independent third party market participant data based on vintage year for each security. The discount rate utilized in determining the present value of cash flows for the mortgage-backed securities was arrived at by combining the yield on orderly transactions for similar maturity government sponsored mortgage-backed securities with (i) the historical average risk premium of similar structured private label securities, (ii) a risk premium reflecting current market conditions, including liquidity risk and (iii) if applicable, a forecasted loss premium derived from the expected cash flows of each security. The estimated cash flows for each private label mortgage-backed security were then discounted at the aforementioned effective rate to determine the fair value. The quoted prices received from either market participants or independent pricing services are weighted with the internal price estimate to determine the fair value of each instrument.

For two pooled securities in the Level 3 available for sale trust preferred securities category, the resulting estimated future cash flows were discounted at a yield determined by reference to similarly structured securities for which observable orderly transactions occurred. The discount rate for each security was applied using a pricing matrix based on credit, security type and maturity characteristics to determine the fair value. The fair value calculations for both securities are received from an independent valuation advisor. In validating the fair value calculation from an independent valuation advisor, Valley reviews the accuracy of the inputs and the appropriateness of the unobservable inputs utilized in the valuation to ensure the fair value calculation is reasonable from a market participant perspective.

For two single-issuer trust preferred securities in the Level 3 at December 31, 2012, the resulting estimated future cash flows were discounted at a yield, comprised of market rates applicable to the index of the underlying security, estimated market credit spread for similar non-rated securities and an illiquidity premium, if appropriate. The discount rate for each security was applied to three alternative cash flow scenarios, and subsequently weighted based on management’s expectations. The three cash flow alternatives for each security assumed a scenario with full issuer repayment, a scenario with a partial issuer repayment and a scenario with a full issuer default. During the fourth quarter of 2013, Valley sold its entire position of these trust preferred securities. See Note 4 for further details regarding these securities.

 

113


Table of Contents

Loans held for sale.  The conforming residential mortgage loans originated for sale are reported at fair value using Level 2 inputs. The fair values were calculated utilizing quoted prices for similar assets in active markets. To determine these fair values, the mortgages held for sale are put into multiple tranches, or pools, based on the coupon rate and maturity of each mortgage. The market prices for each tranche are obtained from both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The market prices represent a delivery price, which reflects the underlying price each institution would pay Valley for an immediate sale of an aggregate pool of mortgages. The market prices received from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are then averaged and interpolated or extrapolated, where required, to calculate the fair value of each tranche. Depending upon the time elapsed since the origination of each loan held for sale, non-performance risk and changes therein were addressed in the estimate of fair value based upon the delinquency data provided to both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for market pricing and changes in market credit spreads. Non-performance risk did not materially impact the fair value of mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2013 and 2012 based on the short duration these assets were held and the high credit quality of these loans.

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts.  At December 31, 2012, the junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I were reported at fair value using Level 1 inputs. The fair value was estimated using quoted prices in active markets for similar assets, specifically the quoted price of the VNB Capital Trust I preferred stock traded under ticker symbol “VLYPRA” on the New York Stock Exchange. The preferred stock and Valley’s junior subordinated debentures issued to the Trust had identical financial terms and therefore, the preferred stock’s quoted price moved in a similar manner to the estimated fair value and current settlement price of the junior subordinated debentures. The preferred stock’s quoted price included market considerations for Valley’s credit and non-performance risk and is deemed to represent the transfer price that would be used if the junior subordinated debenture were assumed by a third party. Valley’s potential credit risk and changes in such risk did not materially impact the fair value measurement of the junior subordinated debentures at December 31, 2012. During the second half of 2013, Valley redeemed the entire principal face amount totaling $146.7 million of its junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I. See Note 11 for further details.

Derivatives.  Derivatives are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. The fair value of Valley’s derivatives are determined using third party prices that are based on discounted cash flow analyses using observed market inputs, such as the LIBOR and Overnight Index Swap rate curves. The fair value of mortgage banking derivatives, consisting of interest rate lock commitments to fund residential mortgage loans and forward commitments for the future delivery of such loans (including certain loans held for sale at December 31, 2013 and 2012), is determined based on the current market prices for similar instruments provided by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. The fair values of most of the derivatives incorporate credit valuation adjustments, which consider the impact of any credit enhancements to the contracts, to account for potential nonperformance risk of Valley and its counterparties. The credit valuation adjustments were not significant to the overall valuation of Valley’s derivatives at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

The following valuation techniques were used for certain non-financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including impaired loans reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral, loan servicing rights, other real estate owned and other repossessed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment) as described below.

Impaired loans.  Certain impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral and are commonly referred to as “collateral dependent impaired loans.” Collateral values are estimated using Level 3 inputs, consisting of individual appraisals that are significantly adjusted based on customized discounting criteria. At December 31, 2013, several non-current appraisals were discounted up to 13.5 percent based on specific market data by location and property type. During 2013 and 2012, collateral dependent impaired loans were individually re-measured and reported at fair

 

114


Table of Contents

value through direct loan charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses and/or a specific valuation allowance allocation based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. The collateral dependent loan charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses totaled $26.9 million and $17.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These collateral dependent impaired loans with a total recorded investment of $41.8 million and $76.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were reduced by specific valuation allowance allocations totaling $6.1 million and $11.7 million to a reported total net carrying amount of $35.7 million and $65.2 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Loan servicing rights.  Fair values for each risk-stratified group of loan servicing rights are calculated using a fair value model from a third party vendor that requires inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (Level 3). The fair value model is based on various assumptions, including but not limited to, prepayment speeds, internal rate of return (“discount rate”), servicing cost, ancillary income, float rate, tax rate, and inflation. The prepayment speed and the discount rate are considered two of the most significant inputs in the model. At December 31, 2013, the fair value model used prepayment speeds (stated as constant prepayment rates) from 6.0 percent up to 26.0 percent and a discount rate of 8 percent for the valuation of the loan servicing rights. A significant degree of judgment is involved in valuing the loan servicing rights using Level 3 inputs. The use of different assumptions could have a significant positive or negative effect on the fair value estimate. Impairment charges are recognized on loan servicing rights when the amortized cost of a risk-stratified group of loan servicing rights exceeds the estimated fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2013 Valley recognized net recoveries of impairment charges totaling $2.5 million as compared to $376 thousand net impairment charges on loan servicing rights for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Foreclosed assets.  Certain foreclosed assets (consisting of other real estate owned and other repossessed assets), upon initial recognition and transfer from loans, are re-measured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed assets. The fair value of a foreclosed asset, upon initial recognition, is typically estimated using Level 3 inputs, consisting of an appraisal that is adjusted based on customized discounting criteria, similar to the criteria used for impaired loans described above. The discounts on appraisals of foreclosed assets were immaterial at December 31, 2013. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition or subsequent re-measurement totaled $25.9 million and $33.3 million, respectively. The charge-offs of foreclosed assets to the allowance for loan losses totaled $5.7 million and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The re-measurement of foreclosed assets at fair value subsequent to their initial recognition resulted in losses of $3.1 million and $1.5 million included in non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Other Fair Value Disclosures

The following table presents the amount of gains and losses from fair value changes included in income before income taxes for financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

Reported in Consolidated Statements of
Financial Condition

 

Reported in

Consolidated Statements of Income

  Gains (Losses) on Change
in Fair Value
 
    2013     2012     2011  
        (in thousands)  

Assets:

       

Available for sale securities

  Net impairment losses on securities   $ —        $ (5,247   $ (19,968 )* 

Trading securities

  Trading gains, net     28        219        1,015   

Loans held for sale

  Gains on sales of loans, net     33,695        46,998        10,699   

Liabilities:

       

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

  Trading gains, net     881        2,574        1,256   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $ 34,604      $ 44,544      $ (6,998
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Includes $18.3 million related to impaired trust preferred securities transferred from held-to-maturity to available for sale at December 31, 2011.

 

115


Table of Contents

ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis.

The fair value estimates presented in the following table were based on pertinent market data and relevant information on the financial instruments available as of the valuation date. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the entire portfolio of financial instruments. Because no market exists for a portion of the financial instruments, fair value estimates may be based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. For instance, Valley has certain fee-generating business lines (e.g., its mortgage servicing operation, trust and investment management departments) that were not considered in these estimates since these activities are not financial instruments. In addition, the tax implications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments not measured and not reported at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

            December 31,  
            2013      2012  
     Fair Value
Hierarchy
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value      Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value  
            (in thousands)  

Financial assets

              

Cash and due from banks

     Level 1       $ 234,253       $ 234,253       $ 390,078       $ 390,078   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     Level 1         134,915         134,915         463,022         463,022   

Investment securities held to maturity:

              

U.S. Treasury securities

     Level 1         139,255         144,307         99,869         115,329   

U.S. government agency securities

     Level 2         4,427         4,365         —           —     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     Level 2         545,886         543,151         506,473         531,966   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     Level 2         886,043         871,021         813,647         838,116   

Trust preferred securities

     Level 2         103,458         91,489         127,505         113,657   

Corporate and other debt securities

     Level 2         52,668         57,094         52,213         58,882   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

        1,731,737         1,711,427         1,599,707         1,657,950   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loans

     Level 3         11,453,995         11,294,348         10,892,599         10,908,742   

Accrued interest receivable

     Level 1         53,964         53,964         52,375         52,375   

Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock (1)

     Level 1         137,234         137,234         138,533         138,533   

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits without stated maturities

     Level 1         9,139,993         9,139,993         8,755,252         8,755,252   

Deposits with stated maturities

     Level 2         2,179,269         2,206,427         2,508,766         2,563,726   

Short-term borrowings

     Level 1         281,455         281,455         154,323         154,323   

Long-term borrowings

     Level 2         2,792,306         3,036,953         2,697,299         3,100,173   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

     Level 2         41,089         45,261         40,927         40,776   

Accrued interest payable (2)

     Level 1         16,442         16,442         15,917         15,917   

 

(1) 

Included in other assets.

(2) 

Included in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

 

116


Table of Contents

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities in the table above:

Cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits with banks.  The carrying amount is considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the short maturity of these items.

Investment securities held to maturity.  Fair values are based on prices obtained through an independent pricing service or dealer market participants with whom Valley has historically transacted both purchases and sales of investment securities. Prices obtained from these sources include prices derived from market quotations and matrix pricing. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things (Level 2 inputs). Additionally, Valley reviews the volume and level of activity for all classes of held to maturity securities and attempts to identify transactions which may not be orderly or reflective of a significant level of activity and volume. For securities meeting these criteria, the quoted prices received from either market participants or an independent pricing service may be adjusted, as necessary. If applicable, the adjustment to fair value is derived based on present value cash flow model projections prepared by Valley utilizing assumptions similar to those incorporated by market participants.

Loans.  Fair values of non-covered loans (i.e., loans which are not subject to loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) and covered loans (i.e., loans subject to loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) are estimated by discounting the projected future cash flows using market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest-rate risk inherent in the loan. The discount rate is a product of both the applicable index and credit spread, subject to the estimated current new loan interest rates. The credit spread component is static for all maturities and may not necessarily reflect the value of estimating all actual cash flows repricing. Projected future cash flows are calculated based upon contractual maturity or call dates, projected repayments and prepayments of principal. Fair values estimated in this manner do not fully incorporate an exit-price approach to fair value, but instead are based on a comparison to current market rates for comparable loans.

Accrued interest receivable and payable.  The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these items.

Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock.  FRB and FHLB stock are non-marketable equity securities and are reported at their redeemable carrying amounts, which approximate the fair value.

Deposits.  The carrying amounts of deposits without stated maturities (i.e., non-interest bearing, savings, NOW, and money market deposits) approximate their estimated fair value. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows using estimated rates currently offered for alternative funding sources of similar remaining maturity.

Short-term and long-term borrowings.  The carrying amounts of certain short-term borrowings, including securities sold under agreement to repurchase (and from time to time, federal funds purchased and FHLB borrowings) approximate their fair values because they frequently re-price to a market rate. The fair values of other short-term and long-term borrowings are estimated by obtaining quoted market prices of the identical or similar financial instruments when available. When quoted prices are unavailable, the fair values of the borrowings are estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows using current market discount rates of financial instruments with similar characteristics, terms and remaining maturity.

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts (excluding VNB Capital Trust I).  The fair value of debentures issued to capital trusts not carried at fair value is estimated utilizing the income approach, whereby the expected cash flows, over the remaining estimated life of the security, are discounted using Valley’s credit spread over the current yield on a similar maturity of U.S. Treasury security or the three-month LIBOR for

 

117


Table of Contents

the variable rate indexed debentures (Level 2 inputs). At December 31, 2012, Valley’s credit spread was calculated based on the exchange quoted price for Valley’s trust preferred securities issued by VNB Capital Trust. During 2013, Valley redeemed all of the outstanding junior subordinated debentures and related trust preferred securities issued by VNB Capital Trust I, therefore, at December 31, 2013, the credit spread used to discount the expected cash flows was calculated based on the median current spreads for all fixed and variable publicly traded trust preferred securities issued by banks.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Note 4)

As of December 31, 2013, Valley had approximately $1.7 billion, $829.7 million, and $14.3 million in held to maturity, available for sale, and trading investment securities, respectively. Valley records impairment charges on its investment securities when the decline in fair value is considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities; decline in the creditworthiness of the issuer; absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities; adverse changes in business climate; adverse actions by regulators; prolonged decline in value of equity investments; or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on Valley’s investment portfolio and may result in other-than-temporary impairment on certain investment securities in future periods. Valley’s investment portfolios include private label mortgage-backed securities, trust preferred securities principally issued by bank holding companies (including three pooled trust preferred securities), corporate bonds primarily issued by banks, and perpetual preferred and common equity securities issued by banks. These investments may pose a higher risk of future impairment charges by Valley as a result of the unpredictable nature of the U.S. economy and its potential negative effect on the future performance of the security issuers and, if applicable, the underlying mortgage loan collateral of the security. See the “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis” section below for further discussion.

 

118


Table of Contents

Held to Maturity

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of investment securities held to maturity at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 139,255       $ 5,567       $ (515   $ 144,307   

U.S. government agency securities

     4,427         —           (62     4,365   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

          

Obligations of states and state agencies

     192,653         1,944         (5,473     189,124   

Municipal bonds

     353,233         6,053         (5,259     354,027   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions

     545,886         7,997         (10,732     543,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     886,043         12,609         (27,631     871,021   

Trust preferred securities

     103,458         363         (12,332     91,489   

Corporate and other debt securities

     52,668         4,426         —          57,094   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

   $ 1,731,737       $ 30,962       $ (51,272   $ 1,711,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 99,869       $ 15,460       $ —        $ 115,329   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

          

Obligations of states and state agencies

     180,304         11,817         (105     192,016   

Municipal bonds

     326,169         13,873         (92     339,950   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions

     506,473         25,690         (197     531,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     813,647         24,824         (355     838,116   

Trust preferred securities

     127,505         930         (14,778     113,657   

Corporate and other debt securities

     52,213         6,669         —          58,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

   $ 1,599,707       $ 73,573       $ (15,330   $ 1,657,950   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents

The age of unrealized losses and fair value of related securities held to maturity at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

    Less than
Twelve Months
    More than
Twelve Months
    Total  
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
    (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

           

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 64,537      $ (515   $ —        $ —        $ 64,537      $ (515

U.S. government agency securities

    4,365        (62     —          —          4,365        (62

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

           

Obligations of states and state agencies

    80,612        (5,473     —          —          80,612        (5,473

Municipal bonds

    85,988        (5,154     1,326        (105     87,314        (5,259
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions

    166,600        (10,627     1,326        (105     167,926        (10,732
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    465,400        (27,631     —          —          465,400        (27,631

Trust preferred securities

    9,750        (250     56,480        (12,082     66,230        (12,332
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 710,652      $ (39,085   $ 57,806      $ (12,187   $ 768,458      $ (51,272
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

           

Obligations of states and state agencies

  $ 7,463      $ (105   $ —        $ —        $ 7,463      $ (105

Municipal bonds

    8,055        (92     —          —          8,055        (92
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions

    15,518        (197     —          —          15,518        (197
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    80,152        (355     —          —          80,152        (355

Trust preferred securities

    28,690        (208     48,802        (14,570     77,492        (14,778
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 124,360      $ (760   $ 48,802      $ (14,570   $ 173,162      $ (15,330
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The unrealized losses on investment securities held to maturity are primarily due to changes in interest rates (including, in certain cases, changes in credit spreads) and, in some cases, lack of liquidity in the marketplace. The total number of security positions in the securities held to maturity portfolio in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 was 133 as compared to 34 at December 31, 2012. The increase in the level of long-term market interest rates since June 2013 materially decreased the fair value of lower yielding obligations of states and political subdivisions and residential mortgage-backed securities classified as held to maturity. The investments in obligations of states and political subdivisions are all investment grade with no bankruptcies or defaults.

The unrealized losses for the residential mortgage-backed securities category of the held to maturity portfolio at December 31, 2013 are all within the less than twelve months category and relate to investment grade mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae and government sponsored enterprises.

The unrealized losses for trust preferred securities at December 31, 2013 primarily related to four non-rated single-issuer securities, issued by bank holding companies. All single-issuer trust preferred securities classified as held to maturity are paying in accordance with their terms, have no deferrals of interest or defaults and, if applicable, the issuers meet the regulatory capital requirements to be considered “well-capitalized institutions” at December 31, 2013.

 

120


Table of Contents

Management does not believe that any individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2013 included in the table above represents other-than-temporary impairment as management mainly attributes the declines in fair value to changes in interest rates, widening credit spreads, and lack of liquidity in the market place, not credit quality or other factors. Based on a comparison of the present value of expected cash flows to the amortized cost, management believes there are no credit losses on these securities. Valley does not have the intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that Valley will be required to sell, the securities contained in the table above before the recovery of their amortized cost basis or maturity.

As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of investments held to maturity that were pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, lines of credit, and for other purposes required by law was $833.6 million.

The contractual maturities of investments in debt securities held to maturity at December 31, 2013 are set forth in the table below. Maturities may differ from contractual maturities in residential mortgage-backed securities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be prepaid without any penalties. Therefore, residential mortgage-backed securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following summary.

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 
     (in thousands)  

Due in one year

   $ 129,999       $ 130,174   

Due after one year through five years

     44,695         49,102   

Due after five years through ten years

     313,054         320,966   

Due after ten years

     357,946         340,164   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     886,043         871,021   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

   $ 1,731,737       $ 1,711,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Actual maturities of debt securities may differ from those presented above since certain obligations provide the issuer the right to call or prepay the obligation prior to scheduled maturity without penalty.

The weighted-average remaining expected life for residential mortgage-backed securities held to maturity was 7.5 years at December 31, 2013.

 

121


Table of Contents

Available for Sale

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 99,835       $ —         $ (15,170   $ 84,665   

U.S. government agency securities

     48,407         923         (703     48,627   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

          

Obligations of states and state agencies

     11,441         —           (798     10,643   

Municipal bonds

     27,671         751         (1,365     27,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions

     39,112         751         (2,163     37,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     524,781         3,967         (20,719     508,029   

Trust preferred securities*

     23,333         113         (4,231     19,215   

Corporate and other debt securities

     83,819         1,682         (2,103     83,398   

Equity securities

     47,617         1,614         (1,173     48,058   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 866,904       $ 9,050       $ (46,262   $ 829,692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 99,843       $ —         $ (2,218   $ 97,625   

U.S. government agency securities

     44,215         1,547         —          45,762   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

          

Obligations of states and state agencies

     207         6         —          213   

Municipal bonds

     16,003         411         —          16,414   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions

     16,210         417         —          16,627   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     506,695         6,818         (3,359     510,154   

Trust preferred securities*

     68,931         240         (11,739     57,432   

Corporate and other debt securities

     28,274         2,728         (294     30,708   

Equity securities

     49,306         2,071         (1,869     49,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 813,474       $ 13,821       $ (19,479   $ 807,816   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Includes three pooled trust preferred securities, principally collateralized by securities issued by banks and insurance companies.

 

122


Table of Contents

The age of unrealized losses and fair value of related securities available for sale at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

     Less than
Twelve Months
    More than
Twelve Months
    Total  
     Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
 
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

               

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 84,665       $ (15,170   $ —         $ —        $ 84,665       $ (15,170

U.S. government agency securities

     26,402         (703     —           —          26,402         (703

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

               

Obligations of states and state agencies

     10,598         (798     —           —          10,598         (798

Municipal bonds

     13,461         (1,365     —           —          13,461         (1,365
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions

     24,059         (2,163     —           —          24,059         (2,163
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     368,306         (18,434     24,734         (2,285     393,040         (20,719

Trust preferred securities

     2,024         (25     15,022         (4,206     17,046         (4,231

Corporate and other debt securities

     53,654         (2,073     2,471         (30     56,125         (2,103

Equity securities

     223         (6     14,248         (1,167     14,471         (1,173
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 559,333       $ (38,574   $ 56,475       $ (7,688   $ 615,808       $ (46,262
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

               

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 97,625       $ (2,218   $ —         $ —        $ 97,625       $ (2,218

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     269,895         (1,256     21,089         (2,103     290,984         (3,359

Trust preferred securities

     760         (511     27,865         (11,228     28,625         (11,739

Corporate and other debt securities

     5,394         (58     2,264         (236     7,658         (294

Equity securities

     969         (75     12,664         (1,794     13,633         (1,869
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 374,643       $ (4,118   $ 63,882       $ (15,361   $ 438,525       $ (19,479
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The unrealized losses on investment securities available for sale are primarily due to changes in interest rates (including, in certain cases, changes in credit spreads) and, in some cases, lack of liquidity in the marketplace. The total number of security positions in the securities available for sale portfolio in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 was 99 as compared to 74 at December 31, 2012. The increase in the level of long-term market interest rates since June 30, 2013 materially decreased the fair value of lower yielding U.S. Treasury securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions, and residential mortgage-backed securities classified as available for sale. The investments in obligations of states and political subdivisions are all investment grade with no bankruptcies or defaults.

The unrealized losses within the residential mortgage-backed securities category of the available for sale portfolio at December 31, 2013 included $7.7 million related to 5 investment grade securities and $1.2 million related to a 1 non-investment grade private label mortgage-backed security. The remaining $11.8 million primarily related to several investment grade residential mortgage-backed securities mainly issued by Ginnie Mae.

The unrealized losses for trust preferred securities at December 31, 2013 in the table above relate to 3 pooled trust preferred and 10 single-issuer bank issued trust preferred securities. The unrealized losses include $3.3 million attributable to 3 pooled trust preferred securities with an amortized cost of $13.6 million and a fair value of $10.3 million. The three pooled trust preferred securities included one security with an unrealized loss of $1.7 million and an investment grade rating at December 31, 2013. The other two pooled trust preferred

 

123


Table of Contents

securities had non-investment grade ratings and were initially other-than-temporarily impaired in 2008 with additional estimated credit losses recognized during the period 2009 through 2011. All of the single-issuer trust preferred securities are all paying in accordance with their terms and have no deferrals of interest or defaults and, if applicable, meet the regulatory capital requirements to be considered “well-capitalized institutions” at December 31, 2013.

The unrealized losses within the corporate and other debt securities category (primarily existing for less than twelve months) totaling $2.1 million at December 31, 2013 mainly resulted from an increase in the level of long-term market interest rates since June 30, 2013, which decreased their fair values.

The unrealized losses existing for more than twelve months for equity securities are mostly related to two perpetual preferred security positions with a combined $10.0 million amortized cost and a $800 thousand unrealized loss. At December 31, 2013, these perpetual preferred securities had investment grade ratings and are currently performing and paying quarterly dividends.

Management does not believe that any individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2013 represents an other-than-temporary impairment, except for the previously impaired securities discussed above, as management mainly attributes the declines in value to changes in interest rates and recent market volatility, not credit quality or other factors. Based on a comparison of the present value of expected cash flows to the amortized cost, management believes there are no credit losses on these securities. Valley has no intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that Valley will be required to sell, the securities contained in the table above before the recovery of their amortized cost basis or, if necessary, maturity.

As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of securities available for sale that were pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, lines of credit, and for other purposes required by law, was $498.8 million.

The contractual maturities of investments securities available for sale at December 31, 2013 are set forth in the following table. Maturities may differ from contractual maturities in residential mortgage-backed securities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be prepaid without any penalties. Therefore, residential mortgage-backed securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following summary.

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Amortized      Fair  
     Cost      Value  
     (in thousands)  

Due in one year

   $ 160       $ 161   

Due after one year through five years

     55,700         54,804   

Due after five years through ten years

     106,009         101,992   

Due after ten years

     132,637         116,648   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     524,781         508,029   

Equity securities

     47,617         48,058   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 866,904       $ 829,692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Actual maturities of debt securities may differ from those presented above since certain obligations provide the issuer the right to call or prepay the obligation prior to scheduled maturity without penalty.

The weighted-average remaining expected life for residential mortgage-backed securities available for sale at December 31, 2013 was 5.3 years.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis

To determine whether a security’s impairment is other-than-temporary, Valley considers several factors that include, but are not limited to the following:

 

  The severity and duration of the decline, including the causes of the decline in fair value, such as an issuer’s credit problems, interest rate fluctuations, or market volatility;

 

124


Table of Contents
  Adverse conditions specifically related to the issuer of the security, an industry, or geographic area;

 

  Failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

 

  Any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency or, if applicable, any regulatory actions impacting the security issuer;

 

  Recoveries or additional declines in fair value after the balance sheet date;

 

  Our ability and intent to hold equity security investments until they recover in value, as well as the likelihood of such a recovery in the near term; and

 

  Our intent to sell debt security investments, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell such securities before recovery of their individual amortized cost basis.

For debt securities, the primary consideration in determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary is whether or not Valley expects to collect all contractual cash flows. Valley also evaluated its investment securities held as of December 31, 2013 to identify those that meet the definition of a Covered Fund as set forth in the final rules issued on December 10, 2013 to implement section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule”). In that regard, Valley considered the impact of the related interim final rule issued by its primary banking regulators on January 14, 2014 to address the treatment of certain collateralized debt obligations backed primarily by trust preferred securities (TruPS CDOs), including the non-exclusive list of TruPS CDOs that are exempt from the Covered Fund provisions under the interim final rule. Valley identified no investments held as of December 31, 2013 that meet the definition of a Covered Fund and that are required to be divested by July 21, 2015 (or before recovery of their individual amortized cost basis) under the foregoing rules.

In assessing the level of other-than-temporary impairment attributable to credit loss for debt securities, Valley compares the present value of cash flows expected to be collected with the amortized cost basis of the security. The portion of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss is recognized in earnings, while the amount related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The total other-than-temporary impairment loss is presented in the consolidated statements of income, less the portion recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. Subsequent assessments may result in additional estimated credit losses on previously impaired securities. These additional estimated credit losses are recorded as reclassifications from the portion of other-than-temporary impairment previously recognized in other comprehensive income or loss to earnings in the period of such assessments. The amortized cost basis of an impaired debt security is reduced by the portion of the total impairment related to credit loss.

At December 31, 2013, approximately 57 percent of the $583.6 million carrying value of obligations of states and political subdivisions were issued by the states of (or municipalities within) New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania. The obligations of states and political subdivisions mainly consist of general obligation bonds and, to much lesser extent, special revenue bonds which had an aggregated amortized cost and fair value of $18.4 million and $17.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. The special revenue bonds were mainly issued by the Port Authorities of New York and New Jersey, as well as various school districts. The gross unrealized losses associated with the obligations of states and political subdivisions totaling $12.9 million as of December 31, 2013 were primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to the credit quality of the issuer. Substantially all of these investments are investment grade. The securities were generally underwritten in accordance with Valley’s investment standards prior to the decision to purchase. As part of Valley’s pre-purchase analysis and on-going quarterly assessment of impairment of the obligations of states and political subdivisions, our Credit Risk Management (CRM) Department conducts an independent financial analysis and risk rating assessment of each security issuer based on the issuer’s most recently issued financial statements and other publicly available information. The internal risk rating was developed by CRM using a risk acceptance criteria (RAC) score which considers a multitude of credit factors, including the issuer’s operating results, debt levels, liquidity and debt service capacity. The analysis of debt levels includes unfunded liabilities and assesses these

 

125


Table of Contents

obligations relative to the economy and aggregate debt burden on a per capita basis, if applicable. The RAC score is used as a guideline by CRM for determining the final internal risk rating assigned to the issuer. CRM also obtains the external credit rating agencies’ debt ratings for the issuer and incorporates the lowest external debt rating in the RAC score. Specifically, the external debt rating is one of eight credit factors assessed in the development of the RAC score and represents, along with the rating agency outlook for the issuer, 25 percent of the final composite RAC score. As a result, Valley does not solely rely on external credit ratings in determining our final internal risk rating. For many securities, Valley believes the external credit ratings may not accurately reflect the actual credit quality of the security and therefore should not be viewed in isolation as a measure of the quality of our investments. Additionally, CRM does not consider potential credit support offered by insurance guarantees on certain bond securities in determining the internal risk rating, either at the date of the pre-purchase investment analysis or in subsequent assessments of impairment. Obligations of states and political subdivisions will continue to be monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis, and as of December 31, 2013 are expected to perform in accordance with their contractual terms. As a result, Valley expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

For residential mortgage-backed securities, Valley estimates loss projections for each security by stressing the cash flows from the individual loans collateralizing the security using expected default rates, loss severities, and prepayment speeds, in conjunction with the underlying credit enhancement (if applicable) for each security. Based on collateral and origination vintage specific assumptions, a range of possible cash flows is identified to determine whether other-than-temporary impairment exists. See the “Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Securities” section below for further details regarding the impairment of these securities.

For the single-issuer trust preferred securities and corporate and other debt securities, Valley reviews each portfolio to determine if all the securities are paying in accordance with their terms and have no deferrals of interest or defaults. Over the past several years, an increasing number of banking institutions have been required to defer trust preferred payments and various banking institutions have been put in receivership by the FDIC. A deferral event by a bank holding company for which Valley holds trust preferred securities may require the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment charge if Valley determines that it is more likely than not that all contractual interest and principal cash flows may not be collected. Among other factors, the probability of the collection of all interest and principal determined by Valley in its impairment analysis declines if there is an increase in the estimated deferral period of the issuer. Additionally, a FDIC receivership for any single-issuer would result in an impairment and significant loss. Including the other factors outlined above, Valley analyzes the performance of the issuers on a quarterly basis, including a review of performance data from the issuers’ most recent bank regulatory report, if applicable, to assess their credit risk and the probability of impairment of the contractual cash flows of the applicable security. All of the issuers had capital ratios at December 31, 2013 that were at or above the minimum amounts to be considered a “well-capitalized” financial institution, if applicable, and/or have maintained performance levels adequate to support the contractual cash flows of the trust preferred securities.

In October 2013, Valley sold its entire position in the previously impaired trust preferred securities issued by one deferring bank holding company with a combined amortized cost of $41.8 million, after all credit impairments. The sale of these impaired trust preferred securities classified as available for sale resulted in net proceeds of $52.5 million and a realized gain of $10.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2013. The issuer of the trust preferred securities had deferred interest payments on these securities since late 2009 as required by an operating agreement with its bank regulators. During the fourth quarter of 2011, Valley estimated a decline in the expected cash flows from the securities as it lengthened the estimate of the timeframe over which it could reasonably anticipate receiving such cash flows, and during the third quarter of 2012, Valley estimated an additional decline in cash flows under one of three weighted alternative scenarios utilized to assess impairment of the securities. The declines in estimated cash flows, after careful assessment of all other available factors, resulted in credit impairment charges of $18.3 million and $4.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2011 and third quarter of 2012, respectively. Valley no longer accrued interest on the securities after the initial impairment in 2011. No additional impairment was recognized as a result of our impairment analysis of these securities during 2013.

 

126


Table of Contents

For the three pooled trust preferred securities, Valley evaluates the projected cash flows from each of its tranches in the three securities to determine if they are adequate to support their future contractual principal and interest payments. Valley assesses the credit risk and probability of impairment of the contractual cash flows by projecting the default rates over the life of the security. Higher projected default rates will decrease the expected future cash flows from each security. If the projected decrease in cash flows affects the cash flows projected for the tranche held by Valley, the security would be considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. Two of the pooled trust preferred securities were initially impaired in 2008 with additional estimated credit losses recognized during 2009 and 2011, and are not accruing interest.

The perpetual preferred securities, reported in equity securities, are hybrid investments that are assessed for impairment by Valley as if they were debt securities. Therefore, Valley assessed the creditworthiness of each security issuer, as well as any potential change in the anticipated cash flows of the securities as of December 31, 2013. Based on this analysis, management believes the declines in fair value of these securities are attributable to a lack of liquidity in the marketplace and are not reflective of any deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuers.

Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Securities

The following table provides information regarding our other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

         2013          2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Held to maturity:

        

Trust preferred securities

   $ —         $ —         $ 18,314   

Available for sale:

        

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           722         829   

Trust preferred securities

     —           4,525         825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

   $ —         $ 5,247       $ 19,968   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired Trust Preferred Securities.  In 2011, Valley recognized credit impairment charges totaling $18.3 million related to the trust preferred securities of two issuances by one bank holding company, which were classified as held to maturity and subsequently transferred to the available for sale portfolio. In 2012, Valley recognized additional estimated credit losses of $4.5 million on these securities due to further credit deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer. See the “Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Analysis” section above for further details.

The other-than-temporary impairment charges on trust preferred securities classified as available for sale reported in the table above for the year ended December 31, 2011 all relate to two pooled trust preferred securities. These securities were initially found to be other-than-temporarily impaired in 2008, as each of Valley’s tranches in the securities had projected cash flows below their future contractual principal and interest payments. Additional estimated credit losses were recognized on one or both of these securities during 2009 through 2011, as higher default rates decreased the expected cash flows from the securities. At December 31, 2013, the two previously impaired pooled trust preferred securities had a combined amortized cost of $5.4 million and fair value of $3.8 million, respectively.

The previously impaired trust preferred securities discussed above were not accruing interest as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. As disclosed in Note 1, Valley discontinues the recognition of interest on debt securities if the securities meet both of the following criteria: (i) regularly scheduled interest payments have not been paid or have been deferred by the issuer, and (ii) full collection of all contractual principal and interest payments is not deemed to be the most likely outcome, resulting in the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment of the security.

 

127


Table of Contents

Impaired Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities.  During 2012, Valley recognized net impairment losses of $722 thousand on residential mortgage-backed securities in earnings due to additional estimated credit losses on one of six previously impaired private label mortgage-backed securities. Of the six impaired securities, one of the securities was responsible for the total other-than-temporary impairment losses on residential mortgage-backed securities available for sale during 2011 as shown in the table above. At December 31, 2013, the previously impaired private label mortgage-backed securities had a combined amortized cost of $24.6 million and fair value of $24.8 million, respectively.

Realized Gains and Losses

Gross gains (losses) realized on sales, maturities and other securities transactions included in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Sales transactions:

      

Gross gains

   $ 14,098      $ 6,621      $ 31,456   

Gross losses

     (44     (1,050     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 14,054      $ 5,571      $ 31,456   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maturities and other securities transactions:

      

Gross gains

   $ 662      $ 2,327      $ 623   

Gross losses

     (38     (5,311     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 624      $ (2,984   $ 612   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gains on securities transactions, net

   $ 14,678      $ 2,587      $ 32,068   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The gross gains totaling $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, included a $10.7 million gain on sale of the previously impaired trust preferred securities issued by one deferring bank holding company.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, Valley recognized gross losses totaling $5.3 million due to the early redemption of trust preferred securities issued by one bank holding company.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, Valley recognized $31.5 million of gross gains on sales transactions mainly due to the sales of certain residential mortgage-backed securities classified as available for sale issued by Ginnie Mae and government sponsored enterprises totaling $651.7 million.

The following table presents the changes in the credit loss component of cumulative other-than-temporary impairment losses on debt securities classified as either held to maturity or available for sale that Valley has recognized in earnings, for which a portion of the impairment loss (non-credit factors) was recognized in other comprehensive income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 33,290      $ 29,070      $ 10,500   

Additions:

      

Initial credit impairments

     —          —          19,143   

Subsequent credit impairments

     —          5,247        825   

Reductions:

      

Sales

     (22,839     —          —     

Accretion of credit loss impairment due to an increase in expected cash flows

     (461     (1,027     (1,398
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 9,990      $ 33,290      $ 29,070   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

128


Table of Contents

The credit loss component of the impairment loss represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows and the amortized cost basis of the security prior to considering credit losses. The beginning balance represents the credit loss component for debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment occurred prior to each period presented. Other-than-temporary impairments recognized in earnings for credit impaired debt securities are presented as additions in two components based upon whether the current period is the first time the debt security was credit impaired (initial credit impairment) or is not the first time the debt security was credit impaired (subsequent credit impairment). The credit loss component is reduced if Valley sells, intends to sell or believes it will be required to sell previously credit impaired debt securities. Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if (i) Valley receives cash flows in excess of what it expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit impaired debt security, (ii) the security matures or (iii) the security is fully written down.

Trading Securities

The fair value of trading securities (consisting of 2 single-issuer bank trust preferred securities) was $14.3 million at December 31, 2013 and $22.2 million (consisting of 3 single-issuer bank trust preferred securities) at December 31, 2012. Interest income on trading securities totaled $1.4 million, $1.8 million, and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

LOANS (Note 5)

The detail of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 

    December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
    Non-PCI     PCI           Non-PCI      PCI         
    Loans     Loans     Total     Loans      Loans      Total  
    (in thousands)  

Non-covered loans:

             

Commercial and industrial

  $ 1,820,136      $ 174,948      $ 1,995,084      $ 1,832,743       $ 252,083       $ 2,084,826   

Commercial real estate:

             

Commercial real estate

    4,521,920        459,755        4,981,675        3,772,084         645,625         4,417,709   

Construction

    406,877        22,354        429,231        399,855         25,589         425,444   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

    4,928,797        482,109        5,410,906        4,171,939         671,214         4,843,153   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

    2,485,239        14,726        2,499,965        2,445,627         16,802         2,462,429   

Consumer:

             

Home equity

    410,875        38,134        449,009        438,881         46,577         485,458   

Automobile

    901,399        —          901,399        786,528         —           786,528   

Other consumer

    214,898        186        215,084        179,417         314         179,731   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

    1,527,172        38,320        1,565,492        1,404,826         46,891         1,451,717   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-covered loans

    10,761,344        710,103        11,471,447        9,855,135         986,990         10,842,125   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Covered loans:

             

Commercial and industrial

    —          26,249        26,249        —           46,517         46,517   

Commercial real estate

    —          61,494        61,494        —           120,268         120,268   

Construction

    —          —          —          —           1,924         1,924   

Residential mortgage

    —          7,623        7,623        —           9,659         9,659   

Consumer

    —          799        799        —           2,306         2,306   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total covered loans

    —          96,165        96,165        —           180,674         180,674   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 10,761,344      $ 806,268      $ 11,567,612      $ 9,855,135       $ 1,167,664       $ 11,022,799   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

129


Table of Contents

Total non-covered loans are net of unearned discounts and deferred loan fees totaling $5.6 million and $3.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The outstanding balances (representing contractual balances owed to Valley) for non-covered PCI loans and covered loans totaled $796.1 million and $227.2 million at December 31, 2013, respectively, and $1.1 billion and $321.9 million at December 31, 2012, respectively.

Valley transferred $124.3 million of residential mortgage loans originated in 2012 from the loan portfolio to loans held for sale during the year ended December 31, 2012. Exclusive of such transfers, there were no sales of loans from the held for investment loan portfolio during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans (Including Covered Loans)

PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30 and are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance (i.e., the allowance for loan losses), and aggregated and accounted for as pools of loans based on common risk characteristics. The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the initial carrying amount (fair value) of the PCI loans, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of each pool. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment, as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. Reclassifications of the non-accretable difference to the accretable yield may occur subsequent to the loan acquisition dates due to increases in expected cash flows of the loan pools. See Note 1 for additional information.

The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for PCI loans for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 169,309      $ 66,724   

Acquisitions

     —          186,198   

Accretion

     (66,458     (83,613

Net increase in expected cash flows

     120,948        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 223,799      $ 169,309   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net increase in expected cash flows for certain pools of loans (included in the table above) is recognized prospectively as an adjustment to the yield over the life of the individual pools. The net increase was largely due to additional cash flows caused by longer than originally expected durations for certain non-covered PCI loans which increased the average expected life of our non-covered PCI loans (which represent 88 percent of total PCI loans at December 31, 2013) from 2.5 years (at the date of acquisition) to approximately 4.0 years. Additionally, a $20.1 million decrease in the expected credit losses for certain non-covered pools is another component of the net increase in cash flows.

FDIC Loss-Share Receivable

The receivable arising from the loss-sharing agreements (referred to as the “FDIC loss-share receivable” on our consolidated statements of financial condition) is measured separately from the covered loan portfolio because the agreements are not contractually part of the covered loans and are not transferable should the Bank choose to dispose of the covered loans.

 

130


Table of Contents

Changes in FDIC loss-share receivable for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

     2013     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of the period

   $ 44,996      $ 74,390   

Discount accretion of the present value at the acquisition dates

     130        325   

Effect of additional cash flows on covered loans (prospective recognition)

     (10,465     (7,767

Decrease in the provision for losses on covered loans

     (2,783     —     

Other reimbursable expenses

     4,691        5,467   

Reimbursements from the FDIC

     (3,812     (21,935

Other

     —          (5,484
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of the period

   $ 32,757      $ 44,996   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The aggregate effects of changes in the FDIC loss-share receivable was a reduction in non-interest income of $8.4 million and $7.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The 2012 reductions in non-interest income included $5.5 million mainly related to the FDIC’s portion of the estimated losses on unused lines of credit assumed in the FDIC-assisted transactions, which had expired during the second quarter of 2012.

Related Party Loans

In the ordinary course of business, Valley has granted loans to certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates (collectively referred to as “related parties”). These loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unaffiliated persons and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability.

The following table summarizes the changes in the total amounts of loans and advances to the related parties during the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Outstanding at beginning of year

   $ 232,300   

New loans and advances

     68,701   

Repayments

     (58,630
  

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

   $ 242,371   
  

 

 

 

All loans to related parties are performing as of December 31, 2013.

Loan Portfolio Risk Elements and Credit Risk Management

Credit risk management.  For all of its loan types discussed below, Valley adheres to a credit policy designed to minimize credit risk while generating the maximum income given the level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis with subsequent approval by the Board of Directors annually. Credit authority relating to a significant dollar percentage of the overall portfolio is centralized and controlled by the Credit Risk Management Division and by the Credit Committee. A reporting system supplements the management review process by providing management with frequent reports concerning loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies, non-performing, and potential problem loans. Loan portfolio diversification is an important factor utilized by Valley to manage its risk across business sectors and through cyclical economic circumstances.

 

131


Table of Contents

Commercial and industrial loans.  A significant proportion of Valley’s commercial and industrial loan portfolio is granted to long standing customers of proven ability, strong repayment performance, and high character. Underwriting standards are designed to assess the borrower’s ability to generate recurring cash flow sufficient to meet the debt service requirements of loans granted. While such recurring cash flow serves as the primary source of repayment, a significant number of the loans are collateralized by borrower assets intended to serve as a secondary source of repayment should the need arise. Anticipated cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value, or in the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the ability of the borrower to collect all amounts due from its customers. Short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis based on a borrower’s financial strength and past performance. Valley, in most cases, will obtain the personal guarantee of the borrower’s principals to mitigate the risk. Unsecured loans, when made, are generally granted to the Bank’s most credit worthy borrowers. Unsecured commercial and industrial loans totaled $314.6 million and $307.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Commercial real estate loans.  Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans. Commercial real estate loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real property. Loans generally involve larger principal balances and longer repayment periods as compared to commercial and industrial loans. Repayment of most loans is dependent upon the cash flow generated from the property securing the loan or the business that occupies the property. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy and accordingly conservative loan to value ratios are required at origination, as well as stress tested to evaluate the impact of market changes relating to key underwriting elements. The properties securing the commercial real estate portfolio represent diverse types, with most properties located within Valley’s primary markets.

Construction loans.  With respect to loans to developers and builders, Valley originates and manages construction loans structured on either a revolving or non-revolving basis, depending on the nature of the underlying development project. These loans are generally secured by the real estate to be developed and may also be secured by additional real estate to mitigate the risk. Non-revolving construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantially all committed funds with repayment substantially dependent on the successful completion and sale, or lease, of the project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be from pre-committed permanent loans from other lenders, sales of developed property, or an interim loan commitment from Valley until permanent financing is obtained elsewhere. Revolving construction loans (generally relating to single-family residential construction) are controlled with loan advances dependent upon the presale of housing units financed. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing.

Residential mortgages.  Valley originates residential, first mortgage loans based on underwriting standards that generally comply with Fannie Mae and/or Freddie Mac requirements. Appraisals and valuations of real estate collateral are contracted directly with independent appraisers or from valuation services and not through appraisal management companies. The Bank’s appraisal management policy and procedure is in accordance with regulatory requirements and guidance issued by the Bank’s primary regulator. Credit scoring, using FICO® and other proprietary, credit scoring models is employed in the ultimate, judgmental credit decision by Valley’s underwriting staff. Valley does not use third party contract underwriting services. Residential mortgage loans include fixed and variable interest rate loans secured by one to four family homes generally located in northern and central New Jersey, the New York City metropolitan area, and eastern Pennsylvania. Valley’s ability to be repaid on such loans is closely linked to the economic and real estate market conditions in this region. In deciding whether to originate each residential mortgage, Valley considers the qualifications of the borrower as well as the value of the underlying property.

 

132


Table of Contents

Home equity loans.  Home equity lending consists of both fixed and variable interest rate products. Valley mainly provides home equity loans to its residential mortgage customers within the footprint of its primary lending territory. Valley generally will not exceed a combined (i.e., first and second mortgage) loan-to-value ratio of 75 percent when originating a home equity loan.

Automobile loans.  Valley uses both judgmental and scoring systems in the credit decision process for automobile loans. Automobile originations (including light truck and sport utility vehicles) are largely produced via indirect channels, originated through approved automobile dealers. Automotive collateral is generally a depreciating asset and there are times in the life of an automobile loan where the amount owed on a vehicle may exceed its collateral value. Additionally, automobile charge-offs will vary based on strength or weakness in the used vehicle market, original advance rate, when in the life cycle of a loan a default occurs and the condition of the collateral being liquidated. Where permitted by law, and subject to the limitations of the bankruptcy code, deficiency judgments are sought and acted upon to ultimately collect all money owed, even when a default resulted in a loss at collateral liquidation. Valley uses a third party to actively track collision and comprehensive risk insurance required of the borrower on the automobile and this third party provides coverage to Valley in the event of an uninsured collateral loss.

Other consumer loans.  Valley’s other consumer loan portfolio includes direct consumer term loans, both secured and unsecured. The other consumer loan portfolio includes exposures in credit card loans, personal lines of credit, personal loans and loans secured by cash surrender value of life insurance. Valley believes the aggregate risk exposure of these loans and lines of credit was not significant at December 31, 2013. Unsecured consumer loans totaled approximately $21.4 million and $44.0 million, including $8.3 million and $8.6 million of credit card loans, at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Credit Quality

The following tables present past due, non-accrual and current loans (excluding PCI loans, which are accounted for on a pool basis) by loan portfolio class at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

    Past Due and Non-Accrual Loans              
    30-59 Days
Past Due
Loans
    60-89 Days
Past Due
Loans
    Accruing Loans
90 Days Or More
Past Due
    Non-Accrual
Loans
    Total
Past Due
Loans
    Current
Non-PCI
Loans
    Total
Non-PCI
Loans
 
    (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

             

Commercial and industrial

  $ 6,398      $ 571      $ 233      $ 21,029      $ 28,231      $ 1,791,905      $ 1,820,136   

Commercial real estate:

             

Commercial real estate

    9,142        2,442        7,591        43,934        63,109        4,458,811        4,521,920   

Construction

    1,186        4,577        —          8,116        13,879        392,998        406,877   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

    10,328        7,019        7,591        52,050        76,988        4,851,809        4,928,797   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

    6,595        1,939        1,549        19,949        30,032        2,455,207        2,485,239   

Consumer loans:

             

Home equity

    495        241        —          1,866        2,602        408,273        410,875   

Automobile

    2,957        489        85        169        3,700        897,699        901,399   

Other consumer

    340        54        33        —          427        214,471        214,898   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

    3,792        784        118        2,035        6,729        1,520,443        1,527,172   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 27,113      $ 10,313      $ 9,491      $ 95,063      $ 141,980      $ 10,619,364      $ 10,761,344   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

133


Table of Contents
    Past Due and Non-Accrual Loans              
    30-59 Days
Past Due
Loans
    60-89 Days
Past Due
Loans
    Accruing Loans
90 Days Or More
Past Due
    Non-Accrual
Loans
    Total
Past Due
Loans
    Current
Non-PCI
Loans
    Total
Non-PCI
Loans
 
    (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

             

Commercial and industrial

  $ 3,397      $ 181      $ 283      $ 22,424      $ 26,285      $ 1,806,458      $ 1,832,743   

Commercial real estate:

             

Commercial real estate

    11,214        2,031        2,950        58,625        74,820        3,697,264        3,772,084   

Construction

    1,793        4,892        2,575        14,805        24,065        375,790        399,855   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

    13,007        6,923        5,525        73,430        98,885        4,073,054        4,171,939   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

    13,730        5,221        2,356        32,623        53,930        2,391,697        2,445,627   

Consumer loans:

             

Home equity

    391        311        —          2,398        3,100        435,781        438,881   

Automobile

    4,519        924        469        305        6,217        780,311        786,528   

Other consumer

    977        105        32        628        1,742        177,675        179,417   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

    5,887        1,340        501        3,331        11,059        1,393,767        1,404,826   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 36,021      $ 13,665      $ 8,665      $ 131,808      $ 190,159      $ 9,664,976      $ 9,855,135   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

If interest on non-accrual loans had been accrued in accordance with the original contractual terms, such interest income would have amounted to approximately $4.8 million, $7.2 million, and $6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively; none of these amounts were included in interest income during these periods. Interest income recognized on a cash basis for loans classified as non-accrual totaled $1.3 million and $590 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Impaired loans.  Impaired loans, consisting of non-accrual commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans over $250 thousand and all loans which were modified in troubled debt restructurings, are individually evaluated for impairment. PCI loans are not classified as impaired loans because they are accounted for on a pool basis.

 

134


Table of Contents

The following table presents the information about impaired loans by loan portfolio class at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Recorded
Investment
With No
Related
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
With
Related
Allowance
     Total
Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 3,806       $ 43,497       $ 47,303       $ 59,891       $ 11,032   

Commercial real estate:

              

Commercial real estate

     46,872         47,973         94,845         110,227         7,874   

Construction

     11,771         8,022         19,793         21,478         802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

     58,643         55,995         114,638         131,705         8,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

     10,082         18,231         28,313         32,664         3,735   

Consumer loans:

              

Home equity

     1,010         84         1,094         1,211         82   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     1,010         84         1,094         1,211         82   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 73,541       $ 117,807       $ 191,348       $ 225,471       $ 23,525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 3,236       $ 46,461       $ 49,697       $ 62,183       $ 12,088   

Commercial real estate:

              

Commercial real estate

     26,724         84,151         110,875         125,875         11,788   

Construction

     6,339         14,002         20,341         23,678         4,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

     33,063         98,153         131,216         149,553         16,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

     8,232         16,659         24,891         27,059         2,329   

Consumer loans:

              

Home equity

     672         258         930         1,169         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     672         258         930         1,169         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,203       $ 161,531       $ 206,734       $ 239,964       $ 31,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents, by loan portfolio class, the average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

     2013      2012      2011  
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 
     (in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 55,814       $ 1,686       $ 47,940       $ 1,463       $ 43,095       $ 1,457   

Commercial real estate:

                 

Commercial real estate

     110,447         2,946         101,972         2,640         76,542         3,043   

Construction

     20,752         252         21,421         270         31,897         1,141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

     131,199         3,198         123,393         2,910         108,439         4,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

     29,059         996         31,620         716         19,015         706   

Consumer loans:

                 

Home equity

     1,191         65         943         14         109         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     1,191         65         943         14         109         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 217,263       $ 5,945       $ 203,896       $ 5,103       $ 170,658       $ 6,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructured loans.  From time to time, Valley may extend, restructure, or otherwise modify the terms of existing loans, on a case-by-case basis, to remain competitive and retain certain customers,

 

135


Table of Contents

as well as assist other customers who may be experiencing financial difficulties. If the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and a concession has been made at the time of such modification, the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructured loan (TDR). Valley’s PCI loans are excluded from the TDR disclosures below because they are evaluated for impairment on a pool by pool basis. When an individual PCI loan within a pool is modified as a TDR, it is not removed from its pool. All TDRs are classified as impaired loans and are included in the impaired loan disclosures above.

The majority of the concessions made for TDRs involve lowering the monthly payments on loans through either a reduction in interest rate below a market rate, an extension of the term of the loan without a corresponding adjustment to the risk premium reflected in the interest rate, or a combination of these two methods. The concessions rarely result in the forgiveness of principal or accrued interest. In addition, Valley frequently obtains additional collateral or guarantor support when modifying such loans. If the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and Valley’s underwriting process shows the borrower has the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will continue to accrue interest. Non-accruing restructured loans may be returned to accrual status when there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally six consecutive months of payments) and both principal and interest are deemed collectible.

Performing TDRs (not reported as non-accrual loans) totaled $107.0 million and $105.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Non-performing TDRs totaled $48.4 and $41.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Valley classified residential mortgage and home equity loans as non-performing TDRs because each borrower’s obligation was discharged in bankruptcy and the borrower has not re-affirmed the debt. All of these loans were deemed TDRs and collateral dependent impaired loans due to regulatory guidance issued in 2012. To the extent that the recorded principal remains collectible, interest on such loans may be recognized on a cash basis.

The following table presents non-PCI loans by loan class modified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The pre-modification and post-modification outstanding recorded investments disclosed in the table below represent the loan carrying amounts immediately prior to the modification and the carrying amounts at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

            Pre-Modification      Post-Modification  
Troubled Debt    Number of      Outstanding      Outstanding  

Restructurings

   Contracts      Recorded Investment      Recorded Investment  
            ($ in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

        

Commercial and industrial

     16       $ 27,415       $ 22,718   

Commercial real estate:

        

Commercial real estate

     13         13,788         13,818   

Construction

     8         16,682         18,133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     21         30,470         31,951   

Residential mortgage

     38         8,661         7,681   

Consumer

     7         500         445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     82       $ 67,046       $ 62,795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

        

Commercial and industrial

     20       $ 40,785       $ 36,066   

Commercial real estate:

        

Commercial real estate

     18         40,499         39,535   

Construction

     5         7,092         4,885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     23         47,591         44,420   

Residential mortgage

     43         10,133         9,125   

Consumer

     14         985         737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100       $ 99,494       $ 90,348   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

136


Table of Contents

The majority of the TDR concessions within the commercial and industrial loan and commercial real estate loan portfolios made during 2013 and 2012 involved an extension of the loan term and/or an interest rate reduction, and personal bankruptcies (defined as legal concessions in OCC guidance released in 2012) within the residential mortgage and consumer loan portfolios. The TDRs presented in the table above had allocated specific reserves for loan losses that totaled $7.9 million and $15.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These specific reserves are included in the allowance for loan losses for loans individually evaluated for impairment disclosed in Note 6.

During 2013, one TDR within the commercial and industrial loan category resulted in a $1.1 million partial charge-off. Additionally, two commercial loans totaling $6.1 million with one borrower that were modified as TDRs during 2013 were fully charged-off during 2013. There were no charge-offs resulting from loans modified as TDRs during 2012.

The following table presents non-PCI loans modified as TDRs within the previous 12 months from, and for which there was a payment default (90 days or more past due) during year ended December 31, 2013:

 

      December 31, 2013  

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Subsequently Defaulted

   Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

     1       $ 576   

Construction

     3         6,325   

Residential mortgage

     2         643   

Home equity

     1         74   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7       $ 7,618   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit quality indicators.  Valley utilizes an internal loan classification system as a means of reporting problem loans within commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, and construction loan portfolio classes. Under Valley’s internal risk rating system, loan relationships could be classified as “Pass”, “Special Mention”, “Substandard”, “Doubtful”, and “Loss.” Substandard loans include loans that exhibit well-defined weakness and are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, based on currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Loans classified as Loss are those considered uncollectible with insignificant value and are charged-off immediately to the allowance for loan losses. Loans that do not currently pose a sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but pose weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention are deemed to be Special Mention. Loans rated as “Pass” loans do not currently pose any identified risk and can range from the highest to average quality, depending on the degree of potential risk. Risk ratings are updated any time the situation warrants.

 

137


Table of Contents

The following table presents the risk category of loans by class of loans (excluding PCI loans) based on the most recent analysis performed at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Credit exposure—

by internally assigned risk rating

          Special                    Total Non-PCI  
   Pass      Mention      Substandard      Doubtful      Loans  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,689,613       $ 56,007       $ 74,501       $ 15       $ 1,820,136   

Commercial real estate

     4,348,642         48,159         125,119         —           4,521,920   

Construction

     373,480         11,697         15,720         5,980         406,877   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,411,735       $ 115,863       $ 215,340       $ 5,995       $ 6,748,933   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,673,604       $ 64,777       $ 94,184       $ 178       $ 1,832,743   

Commercial real estate

     3,563,530         59,175         149,379         —           3,772,084   

Construction

     340,357         32,817         19,521         7,160         399,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,577,491       $ 156,769       $ 263,084       $ 7,338       $ 6,004,682   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For residential mortgages, automobile, home equity and other consumer loan portfolio classes (excluding PCI loans), Valley also evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented, and by payment activity. The following table presents the recorded investment in those loan classes based on payment activity as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

Credit exposure—

by payment activity

  

Performing
Loans

    

Non-Performing
Loans

    

Total Non-PCI

Loans

 
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

        

Residential mortgage

   $ 2,465,290       $ 19,949       $ 2,485,239   

Home equity

     409,009         1,866         410,875   

Automobile

     901,230         169         901,399   

Other consumer

     214,898         —           214,898   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,990,427       $ 21,984       $ 4,012,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

        

Residential mortgage

   $ 2,413,004       $ 32,623       $ 2,445,627   

Home equity

     436,483         2,398         438,881   

Automobile

     786,223         305         786,528   

Other consumer

     178,789         628         179,417   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,814,499       $ 35,954       $ 3,850,453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

138


Table of Contents

Valley evaluates the credit quality of its PCI loan pools based on the expectation of the underlying cash flows of each pool, derived from the aging status and by payment activity of individual loans within the pool. The following table presents the recorded investment in PCI loans by class based on individual loan payment activity as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

Credit exposure—    Performing      Non-Performing      Total  

by payment activity

   Loans      Loans      PCI Loans  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 185,185       $ 16,012       $ 201,197   

Commercial real estate

     498,184         23,065         521,249   

Construction

     16,791         5,563         22,354   

Residential mortgage

     21,381         968         22,349   

Consumer

     37,980         1,139         39,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 759,521       $ 46,747       $ 806,268   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 292,163       $ 6,437       $ 298,600   

Commercial real estate

     715,812         50,081         765,893   

Construction

     17,967         9,546         27,513   

Residential mortgage

     22,173         4,288         26,461   

Consumer

     47,689         1,508         49,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,095,804       $ 71,860       $ 1,167,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (Note 6)

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for losses on non-covered loans and allowance for losses on covered loans related to credit impairment of certain covered loan pools subsequent to acquisition, as well as the allowance for unfunded letters of credit. Management maintains the allowance for credit losses at a level estimated to absorb probable loan losses of the loan portfolio and unfunded letter of credit commitments at the balance sheet date. The allowance for losses on non-covered loans is based on ongoing evaluations of the probable estimated losses inherent in the non-covered loan portfolio, including unexpected credit impairment of non-covered PCI loan pools subsequent to the acquisition date.

The following table summarizes the allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Components of allowance for credit losses:

     

Allowance for non-covered loans

   $ 106,547       $ 120,708   

Allowance for covered loans

     7,070         9,492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

     113,617         130,200   

Allowance for unfunded letters of credit

     3,495         2,295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for credit losses

   $ 117,112       $ 132,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

139


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the provision for credit losses for the periods indicated:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Components of provision for credit losses:

      

Provision for non-covered loans

   $ 17,171      $ 25,640      $ 31,242   

Provision for covered loans

     (2,276     —          21,510   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for loan losses

     14,895        25,640        52,752   

Provision for unfunded letters of credit

     1,200        (88     583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for credit losses

   $ 16,095      $ 25,552      $ 53,335   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table details the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, including both covered and non-covered loans:

 

     Commercial
and Industrial
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

            

Allowance for loan losses:

            

Beginning balance

   $ 64,370      $ 44,069      $ 9,423      $ 5,542      $ 6,796      $ 130,200   

Loans charged-off (1)

     (19,837     (10,846     (4,446     (5,120     —          (40,249

Charged-off loans recovered

     4,219        1,745        768        2,039        —          8,771   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (15,618     (9,101     (3,678     (3,081     —          (31,478

Provision for loan losses

     2,799        7,375        2,041        1,898        782        14,895   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 51,551      $ 42,343      $ 7,786      $ 4,359      $ 7,578      $ 113,617   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

            

Allowance for loan losses:

            

Beginning balance

   $ 73,649      $ 34,637      $ 9,120      $ 8,677      $ 7,719      $ 133,802   

Loans charged-off (1)

     (16,103     (11,688     (3,518     (5,339     —          (36,648

Charged-off loans recovered

     4,475        272        701        1,958        —          7,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (11,628     (11,416     (2,817     (3,381     —          (29,242

Provision for loan losses

     2,349        20,848        3,120        246        (923     25,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 64,370      $ 44,069      $ 9,423      $ 5,542      $ 6,796      $ 130,200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes covered loans charge-offs totaling $146 thousand and $4.0 million during 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio.

 

140


Table of Contents

The following table represents the allocation of the allowance for loan losses and the related loans by loan portfolio segment disaggregated based on the impairment methodology for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Loans individually evaluated for impairment represent Valley’s impaired loans. Loans acquired with discounts related to credit quality represent Valley’s PCI loans.

 

    Commercial
and Industrial
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
    (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

           

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 11,032      $ 8,676      $ 3,735      $ 82      $ —        $ 23,525   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    40,007        27,235        3,928        4,274        7,578        83,022   

Loans acquired with discounts related to credit quality

    512        6,432        123        3        —          7,070   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 51,551      $ 42,343      $ 7,786      $ 4,359      $ 7,578      $ 113,617   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 47,303      $ 114,638      $ 28,313      $ 1,094      $ —        $ 191,348   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,772,833        4,814,159        2,456,926        1,526,078        —          10,569,996   

Loans acquired with discounts related to credit quality

    201,197        543,603        22,349        39,119        —          806,268   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,021,333      $ 5,472,400      $ 2,507,588      $ 1,566,291      $ —        $ 11,567,612   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

           

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 12,088      $ 16,581      $ 2,329      $ 15      $ —        $ 31,013   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    44,877        25,463        7,032        5,527        6,796        89,695   

Loans acquired with discounts related to credit quality

    7,405        2,025        62        —          —          9,492   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 64,370      $ 44,069      $ 9,423      $ 5,542      $ 6,796      $ 130,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 49,697      $ 131,216      $ 24,891      $ 930      $ —        $ 206,734   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,783,046        4,040,723        2,420,736        1,403,896        —          9,648,401   

Loans acquired with discounts related to credit quality

    298,600        793,406        26,461        49,197        —          1,167,664   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,131,343      $ 4,965,345      $ 2,472,088      $ 1,454,023      $ —        $ 11,022,799   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Note 7)

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, premises and equipment, net consisted of:

 

     2013     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Land

   $ 66,620      $ 67,342   

Buildings

     191,207        190,582   

Leasehold improvements

     73,328        71,944   

Furniture and equipment

     197,161        188,481   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     528,316        518,349   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (258,178     (239,734
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 270,138      $ 278,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment included in non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to approximately $19.7 million, $18.5 million, and $16.4 million, respectively.

 

141


Table of Contents

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Note 8)

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill as allocated to our business segments, or reporting units thereof, for goodwill impairment analysis were:

 

     Business Segment / Reporting Unit*  
     Wealth
Management
     Consumer
Lending
     Commercial
Lending
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 20,517       $ 98,999       $ 117,689       $ 80,757       $ 317,962   

Goodwill from business combinations

     —           29,452         57,074         23,746         110,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 20,517       $ 128,451       $ 174,763       $ 104,503       $ 428,234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 20,517       $ 128,451       $ 174,763       $ 104,503       $ 428,234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Valley’s Wealth Management Division is comprised of trust, asset management, and insurance services. This reporting unit is included in the Consumer Lending segment for financial reporting purposes.

There were no changes to the carrying amounts of goodwill allocated to Valley’s business segments, or reporting units thereof, for goodwill impairment analysis during 2013. During 2012, goodwill from business combinations primarily related to the acquisition of State Bancorp (see Note 2 for further details). There was no impairment of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

The following tables summarize other intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Gross                  Net  
     Intangible      Accumulated     Valuation     Intangible  
     Assets      Amortization     Allowance     Assets  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

         

Loan servicing rights

   $ 71,100       $ (45,032   $ (504   $ 25,564   

Core deposits

     35,194         (27,238     —          7,956   

Other

     5,878         (3,268     —          2,610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other intangible assets

   $ 112,172       $ (75,538   $ (504   $ 36,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

         

Loan servicing rights

   $ 63,377       $ (43,393   $ (3,046   $ 16,938   

Core deposits

     35,194         (24,160     —          11,034   

Other

     5,878         (2,727     —          3,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other intangible assets

   $ 104,449       $ (70,280   $ (3,046   $ 31,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core deposits are amortized using an accelerated method and have a weighted average amortization period of 11 years. The line item labeled “Other” included in the table above primarily consists of customer lists and covenants not to compete, which are amortized over their expected lives generally using a straight-line method and have a weighted average amortization period of 17 years. In 2012, Valley recorded $8.1 million in core deposits intangibles resulting from the State Bancorp acquisition. Valley evaluates core deposits and other intangibles for impairment when an indication of impairment exists. No impairment was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

142


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the change in loan servicing rights during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Loan servicing rights

      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 19,984      $ 12,900      $ 12,491   

Origination of loan servicing rights

     13,265        12,039        4,483   

Amortization expense

     (7,181     (4,955     (4,074
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 26,068      $ 19,984      $ 12,900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ (3,046   $ (2,670   $ (1,163

Impairment adjustment

     2,542        (376     (1,507
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ (504   $ (3,046   $ (2,670
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year, net of valuation allowance

   $ 25,564      $ 16,938      $ 10,230   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan servicing rights are accounted for using the amortization method (see Note 1 for more details).

The Bank is a servicer of residential mortgage and SBA loan portfolios, and it is compensated for loan administrative services performed for mortgage servicing rights of loans originated and sold by the Bank, and to a lesser extent, purchased mortgage servicing rights. The aggregate principal balances of residential mortgage loans serviced by the Bank for others approximated $2.5 billion, $1.8 billion, and $1.3 million at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The SBA loans serviced by the Bank for third-party investors totaled $28.4 million, $30.4 million, and $33.1 million at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The outstanding balance of all loans serviced for others is not included in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Valley recognized amortization expense on other intangible assets, including recoveries and net impairment charges on loan servicing rights (reflected in the table above), of $8.3 million, $9.8 million, and $9.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The following presents the estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets over the next five-year period:

 

     Loan
Servicing
Rights
     Core
Deposits
     Other  
     (in thousands)  

2014

   $ 6,580       $ 2,359       $ 466   

2015

     5,149         1,758         434   

2016

     3,974         1,195         233   

2017

     3,089         815         220   

2018

     2,338         610         193   

DEPOSITS (Note 9)

Included in time deposits at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are certificates of deposit over $100 thousand of $1.0 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively. Interest expense on time deposits of $100 thousand or more totaled approximately $7.9 million, $8.2 million, and $8.5 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

 

143


Table of Contents

The scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

Year

   Amount  
     (in thousands)  

2014

   $ 1,394,088   

2015

     262,172   

2016

     187,034   

2017

     243,511   

2018

     66,588   

Thereafter

     25,876   
  

 

 

 

Total time deposits

   $ 2,179,269   
  

 

 

 

Deposits from certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates totaled $62.9 million and $62.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

BORROWED FUNDS (Note 10)

Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:

 

     2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 231,455       $ 154,323   

Federal funds purchased

     50,000         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

   $ 281,455       $ 154,323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average interest rate for short-term borrowings was 0.28 percent and 0.26 percent at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:

 

     2013     2012  
     (in thousands)  

FHLB advances

   $ 1,982,268      $ 2,008,370   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     587,500        587,500   

Subordinated debt

     221,757     100,000   

Other

     781        1,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings

   $ 2,792,306      $ 2,697,299   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Includes subordinated debentures with contractual principal balances totaling $125.0 million that are hedged for changes in fair value using an interest rate swap.

The long-term FHLB advances had a weighted average interest rate of 3.89 percent and 3.86 percent at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These FHLB advances are secured by pledges of certain eligible collateral, including but not limited to U.S. government and agency mortgage-backed securities and a blanket assignment of qualifying first lien mortgage loans, consisting of both residential mortgage and commercial real estate loans. The pledged assets to the FHLB also collateralize a $400 million letter of credit issued by the FHLB on Valley’s behalf to secure certain public deposits held at the Bank. Interest expense recorded on FHLB advances totaled $78.4 million, $79.5 million, and $86.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

 

144


Table of Contents

The long-term FHLB advances at December 31, 2013 are scheduled for repayment as follows:

 

Year

   Amount  
     (in thousands)  

2014

   $ 102   

2015

     175,102   

2016

     182,101   

2017

     584,969   

2018

     405,000   

Thereafter

     634,994   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term FHLB advances

   $ 1,982,268   
  

 

 

 

The long-term advances with scheduled repayments in years after 2014, reported in the table above, include $455.0 million in advances which are callable for early redemption by the FHLB during 2014 with interest rates ranging from 2.27 percent to 4.04 percent.

The long-term borrowings for securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2013 are scheduled for repayment as follows:

 

Year

   Amount  
     (in thousands)  

2015

   $ 125,000   

2016

     92,500   

2017

     220,000   

2018

     100,000   

Thereafter

     50,000   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings for securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 587,500   
  

 

 

 

The long-term borrowings for securities sold under repurchase agreements to the FHLB and other counterparties totaled $587.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The weighted average interest rate of these long-term borrowings was 4.07 percent at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Interest expense on long-term securities sold under repurchase agreements amounted to $24.3 million, $24.6 million, and $25.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

In 2005, the Bank issued $100.0 million of 5.0 percent subordinated notes due July 15, 2015 with no call dates or prepayments allowed. Interest on the subordinated notes is payable semi-annually in arrears at an annual rate of 5.0 percent on January 15 and July 15 of each year. On September 27, 2013, Valley issued $125.0 million of its 5.125 percent subordinated debentures due September 27, 2023 pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement previously filed with the SEC. Interest on the subordinated debentures is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 27 and September 27 of each year. In conjunction with the issuance, Valley entered into an interest rate swap transaction used to hedge the change in the fair value of the subordinated debentures (see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on this derivative transaction). The subordinated debentures had a net carrying value of $121.8 million at December 31, 2013. Interest expense (excluding interest expense related to the interest rate swap) totaled $1.7 million at December 31, 2013.

The fair value of securities pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, lines of credit, FHLB advances and for other purposes required by law approximated $1.3 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

145


Table of Contents

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES ISSUED TO CAPITAL TRUSTS (Note 11)

Valley established VNB Capital Trust I and assumed in acquisitions GCB Capital Trust III, State Bancorp Capital Trust I, and State Bancorp Capital Trust II statutory trusts for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and related trust common securities. The proceeds from such issuances were used by the trust to purchase an equivalent amount of junior subordinated debentures of Valley. The junior subordinated debentures, the sole assets of the trusts, are unsecured obligations of Valley, and are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future senior and subordinated indebtedness and certain other financial obligations of Valley. Valley does not consolidate its capital trusts based on U.S. GAAP but wholly owns all of the common securities of each trust.

On July 26, 2013, Valley redeemed $15.4 million of the contractual principal amount of the 7.75 percent junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value option, and related trust preferred securities issued by VNB Capital Trust I. On October 25, 2013, Valley redeemed all its remaining junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I with an aggregate contractual principal balance of $131.3 million, and all of its trust preferred securities, as well as all of the outstanding common securities of the Capital Trust.

The junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I were measured at fair value under the fair value option, with changes in fair value recognized as charges or credits to current earnings. Net trading gains included non-cash credits of $881 thousand, $2.6 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, for the change in the fair value of the junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I.

The table below summarizes the outstanding junior subordinated debentures and the related trust preferred securities issued by each trust as of December 31, 2013:

 

    

December 31, 2013

     GCB    State Bancorp    State Bancorp
    

Capital Trust III

  

Capital Trust I

  

Capital Trust II

Junior Subordinated Debentures:

        

Carrying value (1)

   $24,982    $8,424    $7,683

Contractual principal balance

   $24,743    $10,310    $10,310

Annual interest rate (2)

   6.96%    3-month LIBOR + 3.45%    3-month LIBOR + 2.85%

Stated maturity date

   July 30, 2037    November 7, 2032    January 23, 2034

Initial call date

   July 30, 2017    November 7, 2007    January 23, 2009

Trust Preferred Securities:

        

Face value

   $24,000    $10,000    $10,000

Annual distribution rate (2)

   6.96%    3-month LIBOR + 3.45%    3-month LIBOR + 2.85%

Issuance date

   July 2, 2007    October 29, 2002    December 19, 2003

Distribution dates (3)

   Quarterly    Quarterly    Quarterly

 

(1)

The carrying value for GCB Capital Trust III includes an unamortized purchase accounting premium of $239 thousand, and the carrying values for State Bancorp Capital Trust I and State Bancorp Capital Trust II include purchase accounting discounts of $1.9 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

(2)

Interest on GCB Capital Trust III is fixed until July 30, 2017, then resets to 3-month LIBOR plus 1.4 percent. The annual interest rate for all of the junior subordinated debentures and related trust preferred securities excludes the effect of the purchase accounting adjustments.

(3)

All cash distributions are cumulative.

The junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I, GCB Capital Trust III, State Bancorp Capital Trust I and State Bancorp Capital Trust II had total carrying values of $147.6 million, $25.1 million, $8.3 million and $7.6 million, respectively, and total contractual principal balances of $146.7 million, $24.7 million, $10.3 million and $10.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. The trust preferred securities issued by VNB Capital Trust I, GCB Capital Trust III, and State Bancorp Capital Trust I and State Bancorp Capital Trust II had total face values of $142.3 million, $24.0 million, $10.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

 

146


Table of Contents

The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the junior subordinated debentures at the stated maturity date or upon redemption on the date no earlier than the call dates noted in the table above. The trusts’ ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon Valley making payments on the related junior subordinated debentures. Valley’s obligation under the junior subordinated debentures and other relevant trust agreements, in aggregate, constitutes a full and unconditional guarantee by Valley of the trusts’ obligations under the trust preferred securities issued. Under the junior subordinated debenture agreements, Valley has the right to defer payment of interest on the debentures and, therefore, distributions on the trust preferred securities, for up to five years, but not beyond the stated maturity date in the table above. Currently, Valley has no intention to exercise its right to defer interest payments on the debentures.

The trust preferred securities are included in Valley’s consolidated Tier 1 capital and total capital for regulatory purposes at December 31, 2013. However, based upon the new final regulatory guidance, our Tier 1 capital treatment of the trust preferred securities issued by our capital trusts (currently allowable under the Dodd-Frank Act) will be 75 percent disallowed starting on January 1, 2015 and fully phased out of Tier 1 capital on January 1, 2016.

BENEFIT PLANS (Note 12)

Pension Plan

The Bank has a non-contributory defined benefit plan (“qualified plan”) covering most of its employees. The qualified plan benefits are based upon years of credited service and the employee’s highest average compensation as defined. Additionally, the Bank has a supplemental non-qualified, non-funded retirement plan, which is designed to supplement the pension plan for key officers, and Valley has a non-qualified, non-funded directors’ retirement plan (both of these plans are referred to as the “non-qualified plans” below).

On June 19, 2013, the Board of Directors approved amendments to freeze the benefits earned under the qualified and non-qualified plans effective December 31, 2013. As a result, participants in each plan will not accrue further benefits and their pension benefits will be determined based on the compensation and service as of December 31, 2013. Plan benefits will not increase for any compensation or service earned after such date. However, participants’ benefits will continue to vest as long as they work for Valley.

As a result of these actions, Valley re-measured the projected benefit obligation of the affected plans and the funded status of each plan at June 30, 2013. The freeze and re-measurement decreased the projected benefit obligations by $22.9 million and decreased accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, by $19.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease in the plan obligations was mainly due to an increase in the discount rate from December 31, 2012 and the curtailment of plan benefits. At June 30, 2013, Valley used a discount rate of 4.87 percent for the re-measurement of the pension benefit obligation as compared to 4.26 percent at December 31, 2012. The discount rate is based on our consistent methodology of determining our discount rate based on an established yield curve that incorporates a broad group of Aa3 or higher rated bonds with durations equal to the expected benefit payment streams required by each plan. The assumption for the expected rate of return on plan assets was 7.50 percent at June 30, 2013 and remained unchanged from December 31, 2012. Additionally, a curtailment loss totaling $750 thousand was recognized as a component of net periodic pension expense during the second quarter of 2013 due to the re-measurement and freeze of the plans.

 

147


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the change in the projected benefit obligation, the change in fair value of plan assets and the funded status and amounts recognized in Valley’s consolidated financial statements for the qualified and non-qualified plans at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

    

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 161,065      $ 135,678   

Service cost

     7,104        7,338   

Interest cost

     6,645        6,516   

Plan amendments

     119        944   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (13,003     14,326   

Curtailments

     (12,981     —     

Benefits paid

     (3,915     (3,737
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 145,034      $ 161,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

    

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 138,857      $ 95,746   

Actual return on plan assets

     24,723        11,516   

Employer contributions

     25,245        35,332   

Benefits paid

     (3,915     (3,737
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year*

   $ 184,910      $ 138,857   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status of the plan

   $ 39,876      $ (22,208

Liability recognized

   $ 39,876      $ (22,208

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 145,034      $ 144,390   

 

* Includes accrued interest receivable of $704 thousand and $526 thousand as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Amounts recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss as of year-end that have not been recognized as a component of the net periodic pension expense for Valley’s qualified and non-qualified plans are presented in the following table. Valley expects to recognize approximately $243 thousand of the net actuarial loss reported in the following table as of December 31, 2013 as a component of net periodic pension expense during 2014.

 

     2013     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Net actuarial loss

   $ 15,415      $ 55,339   

Prior service cost

     —          2,267   

Deferred tax benefit

     (6,430     (24,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,985      $ 33,529   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The non-qualified plans had a projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets as follows:

 

     2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 15,390       $ 17,511   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     15,390         16,866   

Fair value of plan assets

     —           —     

 

148


Table of Contents

In determining discount rate assumptions, management looks to current rates on fixed-income corporate debt securities that receive a rating of Aa3 or higher from Moody’s with durations equal to the expected benefit payments streams required of each plan. The weighted average discount rate and rate of increase in future compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present value of benefit obligations for the qualified and non-qualified plans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

     2013     2012  

Discount rate

     4.89     4.26

Future compensation increase rate

     2.75        2.75   

The net periodic pension expense for the qualified and non-qualified plans included the following components for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Service cost

   $ 7,104      $ 7,338      $ 6,018   

Interest cost

     6,645        6,516        6,242   

Expected return on plan assets

     (12,015     (8,937     (6,698

Amortization of prior service cost

     898        873        762   

Amortization of net loss

     1,970        2,401        1,540   

Recognized loss due to curtailment

     750        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net periodic pension expense

   $ 5,352      $ 8,191      $ 7,864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other changes in the qualified and non-qualified plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

     2013     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Net (gain) loss

   $ (37,955   $ 11,747   

Prior service cost

     119        944   

Recognized prior service cost

     (2,386     (873

Amortization of actuarial loss

     (1,970     (2,401
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

   $ (42,192   $ 9,417   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic pension expense and other comprehensive income (before tax)

   $ (36,840   $ 17,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, expected to be paid in future years are presented in the following table:

 

Year

   Amount  
     (in thousands)  

2014

   $ 6,670   

2015

     6,901   

2016

     7,139   

2017

     7,344   

2018

     7,613   

2019 to 2023

     39,170   

 

149


Table of Contents

The weighted average discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on assets and rate of compensation increase used in determining Valley’s pension expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Discount rate*

     4.26/4.87     4.87     5.75

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     7.50        7.50        8.00   

Rate of compensation increase

     2.75        2.75        3.25   

 

* The discount rate for 2013 increased from 4.26 percent to 4.87 percent due to the plans’ freeze and remeasurement at June 30, 2013.

The expected rate of return on plan assets assumption is based on the concept that it is a long-term assumption independent of the current economic environment and changes would be made in the expected return only when long-term inflation expectations change, asset allocations change or when asset class returns are expected to change for the long-term. The expected rate of return was reduced to 7.5 percent on January 1, 2012 due to the prolonged economic recovery and expectations regarding the level of future market interest rates.

In accordance with Section 402 (c) of ERISA, the qualified plan’s investment managers are granted full discretion to buy, sell, invest and reinvest the portions of the portfolio assigned to them consistent with the Bank’s Pension Committee’s policy and guidelines. The target asset allocation set for the qualified plan are equity securities ranging from 25 percent to 65 percent and fixed income securities ranging from 35 percent to 75 percent. The absolute investment objective for the equity portion is to earn at least 7 percent cumulative annual real return, after adjustment by the Consumer Price Index (CPI), over rolling five-year periods, while the relative objective is to earn returns above the S&P 500 Index over rolling three-year periods. For the fixed income portion, the absolute objective is to earn at least a 3 percent cumulative annual real return, after adjustment by the CPI over rolling five-year periods with a relative objective of earning returns above the Merrill Lynch Intermediate Government/Corporate Index over rolling three-year periods. Cash equivalents will be invested in money market funds or in other high quality instruments approved by the Trustees of the qualified plan.

In general, the plan assets of the qualified plan are investment securities that are well-diversified in terms of industry, capitalization and asset class. The plan assets are a conservative mix of various types of domestic and foreign common equity securities, U.S. Treasury securities, high quality corporate bonds, mutual funds primarily indexed to the performance of Fortune 500 U.S. companies, cash and U.S. Treasury based money market funds, U.S. government agency securities, and trust preferred securities.

The qualified plan’s exposure to a concentration of credit risk is limited by the Bank’s Pension Committee’s diversification of the investments into various investment options with multiple asset managers. The Pension Committee engages an investment management advisory firm that regularly monitors the performance of the asset managers and ensures they are within compliance of the policies adopted by the Trustees. If the risk profile and overall return of assets managed are not in line with the risk objectives or expected return benchmarks for the qualified plan, the advisory firm may recommend the termination of an asset manager to the Pension Committee.

 

150


Table of Contents

The following table presents the qualified plan weighted-average asset allocations by asset category that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy under ASC Topic 820. Financial assets are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. See Note 3 for further details regarding the fair value hierarchy.

 

                Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
    % of Total
Investments
    December 31,
2013
    Quoted Prices
in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
    (in thousands)  

Assets:

         

Investments:

         

Equity securities

    42   $ 77,565      $ 77,565      $ —        $ —     

Corporate bonds

    23        41,863        —          41,863        —     

Mutual funds

    18        33,690        33,690        —          —     

U.S. Treasury securities

    10        19,057        19,057        —          —     

Cash and money market funds

    5        9,939        9,939        —          —     

U.S. government agency securities

    1        1,896        —          1,896        —     

Trust preferred securities

    1        196        196        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    100   $ 184,206      $ 140,447      $ 43,759      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

                Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
    % of Total
Investments
    December 31,
2012
    Quoted Prices
in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
    (in thousands)  

Assets:

         

Investments:

         

Equity securities

    49   $ 67,653      $ 67,653      $ —        $ —     

Corporate bonds

    20        28,153        —          28,153        —     

Mutual funds

    10        13,545        13,545        —          —     

U.S. Treasury securities

    10        13,249        13,249        —          —     

Cash and money market funds

    9        12,355        12,355        —          —     

U.S. government agency securities

    1        1,615        —          1,615        —     

Trust preferred securities

    1        1,761        1,761        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    100   $ 138,331      $ 108,563      $ 29,768      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities, U.S. Treasury securities, cash and money market funds, and trust preferred securities are valued at fair value in the table above utilizing exchange quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments (Level 1 inputs). Mutual funds are measured at their respective net asset values, which represents fair values of the securities held in the funds based on exchange quoted prices available in active markets (Level 1 inputs).

Corporate bonds and U.S. government agency securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. The prices for these investments are derived from market quotations and matrix pricing obtained through an independent pricing service. Such fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things.

 

151


Table of Contents

The qualified plan held 58,631 shares of VNB Capital Trust I preferred securities at December 31, 2012. The shares held at December 31, 2012 had a fair value of approximately $1.5 million and received dividends on Valley trust preferred shares of $114 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Based upon actuarial estimates, Valley does not expect to make any contributions to the qualified plan. Funding requirements for subsequent years are uncertain and will significantly depend on whether the plan’s actuary changes any assumptions used to calculate plan funding levels, the actual return on plan assets, changes in the employee groups covered by the plan, and any legislative or regulatory changes affecting plan funding requirements. For tax planning, financial planning, cash flow management or cost reduction purposes, Valley may increase, accelerate, decrease or delay contributions to the plan to the extent permitted by law.

Other Non-Qualified Plans

Valley maintains other non-qualified plans for former directors of banks acquired, as well as a non-qualified plan for former senior management of Merchants Bank of New York acquired in January of 2001. Valley did not merge these plans into its existing non-qualified plans. Collectively, at December 31, 2013 and 2012, the remaining obligations under these plans were $5.0 million and $5.8 million, respectively, of which $2.7 million and $3.3 million, respectively, were funded by Valley. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the entire obligations were included in other liabilities and $1.3 million (net of a $965 thousand tax benefit) and $1.4 million (net of a $1.0 million tax benefit), respectively, were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The $1.3 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss will be reclassified to expense on a straight-line basis over the remaining benefit periods of these non-qualified plans.

Bonus Plan

Valley National Bank and its subsidiaries may award cash incentive and merit bonuses to its officers and employees based upon a percentage of the covered employees’ compensation as determined by the achievement of certain performance objectives. Amounts charged to salary expense were $6.0 million, $7.4 million, and $4.0 million during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Savings and Investment Plan

Valley National Bank maintains a KSOP defined as a 401(k) plan with an employee stock ownership feature. This plan covers eligible employees of the Bank and its subsidiaries and allows employees to contribute a percentage of their salary, with the Bank matching a certain percentage of the employee contribution in cash and invested in accordance with each participant’s investment elections. The Bank recorded $2.6 million, $2.7 million, and $2.0 million in expense for contributions to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Effective January 1, 2014, Valley will increase benefits under the Bank’s 401(k) plan in an effort to offset a portion of the employee benefits no longer accruing under the qualified pension plan after December 31, 2013. At such date, Valley’s contributions will be increased to a dollar-for-dollar matching contribution of up to six percent of eligible compensation contributed by an employee each pay period.

Stock-Based Compensation

Valley currently has one active employee stock option plan, the 2009 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “Employee Stock Incentive Plan”), adopted by Valley’s Board of Directors on November 17, 2008 and approved by its shareholders on April 14, 2009. The Employee Stock Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Committee”) appointed by Valley’s Board of Directors. The Committee can grant awards to officers and key employees of Valley. The purpose of the Employee Stock Incentive Plan is to provide additional incentive to officers and key employees of Valley and its subsidiaries, whose substantial contributions are essential to the continued growth and success of Valley, and to attract and retain competent and dedicated officers and other key employees whose efforts will result in the continued and long-term growth of Valley’s business.

 

152


Table of Contents

Under the Employee Stock Incentive Plan, Valley may award shares to its employees for up to 7.4 million shares of common stock in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards. The essential features of each award are described in the award agreement relating to that award. The grant, exercise, vesting, settlement or payment of an award may be based upon the fair value of Valley’s common stock on the last sale price reported for Valley’s common stock on such date or the last sale price reported preceding such date. The maximum term to exercise an incentive stock option is ten years from the date of grant and is subject to a vesting schedule.

Valley recorded stock-based compensation expense for incentive stock options and restricted stock awards of $6.0 million, $4.7 million and $3.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The stock-based compensation expense for 2013 and 2012 included $2.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively, related to stock awards granted to retirement eligible employees and was immediately recognized. There were no stock awards granted to retirement eligible employees during the year ended December 31, 2011. The fair values of all other stock awards are expensed over the shorter of the vesting or required service period. As of December 31, 2013, the unrecognized amortization expense for all stock-based compensation totaled approximately $9.3 million (primarily related to the restricted stock awards) and will be recognized over an average remaining vesting period of approximately 4.0 years.

Stock Options.  The fair value of each option granted on the date of grant is estimated using a binomial option pricing model. The fair values are estimated using assumptions for dividend yield based on the annual dividend rate; stock volatility, based on Valley’s historical and implied stock price volatility; risk free interest rates, based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturity bonds, in effect on the actual grant dates, with a remaining term approximating the expected term of the options; and expected exercise term calculated based on Valley’s historical exercise experience. There were no stock options granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Summary of stock options activity as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and changes during the years ended on those dates is presented below:

 

     2013      2012      2011  
           Weighted            Weighted            Weighted  
           Average            Average            Average  
           Exercise            Exercise            Exercise  

Stock Options

   Shares     Price      Shares     Price      Shares     Price  

Outstanding at beginning of year

     2,860,081      $ 17         3,000,406      $ 17         3,511,173      $ 18   

Assumed in acquisition*

     —          —           356,490          17         —          —     

Exercised

     —          —           (1,019       12         —          —     

Forfeited or expired

     (537,488       19         (495,796       16         (510,767       14   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Outstanding at end of year

     2,322,593          17         2,860,081          17         3,000,406          17   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Exercisable at year-end

     2,320,696          17         2,756,007          18         2,737,814          18   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

* Stock options acquired in connection with the State Bancorp acquisition.

As of December 31, 2013, there was an immaterial amount of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options. Cash received from stock options exercised during 2012 was immaterial.

 

153


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Range of

Exercise Prices

   Number  of
Options

Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number of
Options

Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
              
              
              

$10-14

     149,266         6.8       $ 12         147,641       $ 12   

  14-15

     465,404         4.2         15         465,404         15   

  15-17

     181,594         2.9         17         181,406         17   

  17-18

     500,864         1.9         18         500,817         18   

  18-21

     1,025,465         1.8         19         1,025,428         19   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     2,322,593         2.7         17         2,320,696         17   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable was immaterial at December 31, 2013.

Restricted Stock.  Restricted stock is awarded to key employees providing for the immediate award of our common stock subject to certain vesting and restrictions under the Employee Stock Incentive Plan. Compensation expense is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the shares.

The following table sets forth the changes in restricted stock awards outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Restricted Stock Awards Outstanding  
     2013     2012     2011  

Outstanding at beginning of year

     1,492,060        316,488        537,653   

Granted

     479,541        1,423,152        14,866   

Vested

     (217,305     (192,870     (232,274

Forfeited

     (44,984     (54,710     (3,757
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

     1,709,312        1,492,060        316,488   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount of compensation costs related to restricted stock awards included in salary expense amounted to $6.0 million, $4.6 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Director Restricted Stock Plan provides the non-employee members of the Board of Directors with the opportunity to forego some or their entire annual cash retainer and meeting fees in exchange for shares of Valley restricted stock. On January 29, 2014, the Director Restricted Stock Plan was amended to provide that no additional fees may be exchanged for Valley’s restricted stock effective April 1, 2014. The Director Restricted Stock Plan will terminate after the restricted stock remaining under the plan as of April 1, 2014 vests and is delivered, or is forfeited pursuant to such plan.

The following table sets forth the changes in director’s restricted stock awards outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Restricted Stock Awards Outstanding  
     2013     2012     2011  

Outstanding at beginning of year

     117,147        106,544        104,646   

Granted

     26,828        28,902        24,607   

Vested

     (21,963     (18,299     (22,287

Forfeited

     (220     —          (422
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

     121,792        117,147        106,544   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

154


Table of Contents

INCOME TAXES (Note 13)

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     2013      2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Current expense:

        

Federal

   $ 13,203       $ 35,684       $ 52,207   

State

     3,447         2,666         26,610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16,650         38,350         78,817   

Deferred expense (benefit):

        

Federal and State

     30,329         28,398         (16,111
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 46,979       $ 66,748       $ 62,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to the significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

     2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 48,042       $ 53,407   

Depreciation

     13,327         4,972   

Deferred compensation

     —           5,075   

Employee benefits

     14,325         11,775   

Investment securities, including other-than-temporary impairment losses

     24,735         24,196   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     53,926         62,053   

Purchase accounting

     6,863         14,251   

Accrued interest

     —           12,515   

Other

     21,063         23,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     182,281         211,660   

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Pension plans

     21,774         —     

Other investments

     11,096         11,182   

Deferred income

     —           15,886   

Other

     17,811         13,353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     50,681         40,421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (included in other assets)

   $ 131,600       $ 171,239   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valley’s state net operating loss carryforwards totaled approximately $926 million at December 31, 2013 and expire during the period from 2014 through 2031. Valley also has federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.6 million at December 31, 2013, which are available to reduce future federal regular income taxes, over an indefinite period.

Based upon taxes paid and projections of future taxable income over the periods in which the net deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that it is more likely than not that Valley will realize the benefits of these deductible differences and loss carryforwards.

 

155


Table of Contents

Reconciliation between the reported income tax expense and the amount computed by multiplying consolidated income before taxes by the statutory federal income tax rate of 35 percent for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 were as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Federal income tax at expected statutory rate

   $ 62,629      $ 73,631      $ 68,326   

(Decrease) increase due to:

      

Tax-exempt interest, net of interest incurred to carry tax-exempt securities

     (4,876     (4,478     (3,736

Bank owned life insurance

     (2,087     (2,399     (2,583

State income tax expense, net of federal tax effect

     9,904        8,204        12,727   

Tax credits

     (17,408     (10,070     (12,760

Other, net

     (1,183     1,860        732   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 46,979      $ 66,748      $ 62,706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of Valley’s gross unrecognized tax benefits for 2013, 2012, and 2011 are presented in the table below:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 31,052      $ 33,000      $ 21,142   

Additions based on tax positions related to prior years

     1,482        4,195        13,366   

Settlements with taxing authorities

     (1,216     (5,038     —     

Reductions due to expiration of statute of limitations

     (605     (1,105     (1,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 30,713      $ 31,052      $ 33,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valley recorded an incremental state tax provision (expense) of $8.5 million in 2011 to increase its liability for uncertain tax positions due to a change in state tax law. The entire balance of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would favorably affect our effective income tax rate. It is reasonably possible that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits could increase or decrease in the next twelve months due to completion of tax authorities’ exams or the expiration of statutes of limitations. Management estimates that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by $27.9 million within the next twelve months.

Valley’s policy is to report interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Valley has accrued approximately $5.2 million and $4.4 million of interest associated with Valley’s uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Valley files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. With few exceptions, Valley is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2009. Valley is also currently under routine examination by U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions, and we expect the examinations to be completed within the next twelve months. Valley has considered, for all open audits, any potential adjustments in establishing our reserve for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013.

 

156


Table of Contents

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 14)

Lease Commitments

Certain bank facilities are occupied under non-cancelable long-term operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2058. Certain lease agreements provide for renewal options and increases in rental payments based upon increases in the consumer price index or the lessors’ cost of operating the facility. Minimum aggregate lease payments for the remainder of the lease terms are as follows:

 

            Sublease         

Year

   Gross Rents      Rents      Net Rents  
     (in thousands)  

2014

   $ 21,759       $ 2,040       $ 19,719   

2015

     21,903         1,957         19,946   

2016

     21,401         1,803         19,598   

2017

     20,843         1,781         19,062   

2018

     20,851         1,549         19,302   

Thereafter

     271,895         6,005         265,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease commitments

   $ 378,652       $ 15,135       $ 363,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net occupancy expense for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 included net rental expense of approximately $19.9 million, $23.8 million, and $21.2 million, respectively, net of rental income of $3.3 million, $2.5 million, and $1.8 million, respectively, for leased bank facilities.

In December 2013, Valley terminated a 20 year branch operating lease related to a building sale-leaseback transaction entered into during 2007. As a result of the lease termination, Valley recognized a gain of $11.3 million within the net gains on sales of assets category of other non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $11.3 million gain represented the outstanding deferred gain on the original building sale that would have been amortized to income over the remaining lease term. The negotiated lease termination penalty recognized in the fourth quarter of 2013 was immaterial.

Financial Instruments With Off-balance Sheet Risk

In the ordinary course of business in meeting the financial needs of its customers, Valley, through its subsidiary Valley National Bank, is a party to various financial instruments, which are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. These financial instruments include standby and commercial letters of credit, unused portions of lines of credit and commitments to extend various types of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The commitment or contract amount of these instruments is an indicator of the Bank’s level of involvement in each type of instrument as well as the exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument. The Bank seeks to limit any exposure of credit loss by applying the same credit policies in making commitments, as it does for on-balance sheet lending facilities.

 

157


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Commitments under commercial loans and lines of credit

   $ 1,958,955       $ 1,944,815   

Home equity and other revolving lines of credit

     669,447         620,397   

Outstanding commercial mortgage loan commitments

     382,939         253,235   

Standby letters of credit

     224,002         228,694   

Outstanding residential mortgage loan commitments

     43,618         247,275   

Commitments under unused lines of credit—credit card

     57,017         59,969   

Commercial letters of credit

     8,016         6,043   

Commitments to sell loans

     25,796         100,400   

Obligations to advance funds under commitments to extend credit, including commitments under unused lines of credit, are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have specified expiration dates, which may be extended upon request, or other termination clauses and generally require payment of a fee. These commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements as it is anticipated that many of these commitments will expire without being fully drawn upon. The Bank’s lending activity for outstanding loan commitments is primarily to customers within the states of New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania.

Standby letters of credit represent the guarantee by the Bank of the obligations or performance of the bank customer in the event of the default of payment of nonperformance to a third party beneficiary.

Loan sale commitments represent contracts for the sale of residential mortgage loans to third parties in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business. These commitments require the Bank to deliver loans within a specific period to the third party. The risk to the Bank is its non-delivery of loans required by the commitment, which could lead to financial penalties. The Bank has not defaulted on its loan sale commitments.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Valley is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. Valley principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. Valley manages economic risks, including interest rate and liquidity risks, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and, from time to time, the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, Valley enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. Valley’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of Valley’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments related to assets and liabilities outlined below.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk.   Valley’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, Valley uses interest rate swaps and caps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the payment of either fixed or variable-rate amounts in exchange for the receipt of variable or fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty. Interest rate caps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty if interest rates rise above the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an up-front premium.

At December 31, 2013, Valley had the following cash flow hedge derivatives:

 

   

Four forward starting interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $300 million to hedge the changes in cash flows associated with certain prime-rate-indexed deposits, consisting of consumer and

 

158


Table of Contents
 

commercial money market deposit accounts. Two of the four swaps, totaling $200 million, expire in October 2016 and require Valley to pay fixed-rate amounts at approximately 4.73 percent, in exchange for the receipt of variable-rate payments at the prime rate. Starting in July 2012, the other two swaps totaling $100 million require the payment by Valley of fixed-rate amounts at approximately 5.11 percent in exchange for the receipt of variable-rate payments at the prime rate and expire in July 2017.

 

   

Two interest rate caps with a total notional amount of $100 million, strike rates of 6.00 percent and 6.25 percent, and a maturity date of July 15, 2015 used to hedge the total change in cash flows associated with prime-rate-indexed deposits, consisting of consumer and commercial money market deposit accounts, which have variable interest rates indexed to the prime rate.

 

   

One interest rate cap with a total notional amount of $125 million with a strike rate of 7.44 percent and a maturity date of September 27, 2023 used to hedge the total change in cash flows associated with prime-rate indexed deposits, consisting of consumer and commercial money market deposit accounts, which have variable interest rates indexed to the prime rate.

 

   

Seven forward starting interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $482 million to hedge the changes in cash flows associated with certain FHLB advances within long-term borrowings. Starting between November 2015 and April 2016, the interest rate swaps will require Valley to pay fixed-rate amounts ranging from approximately 2.51 to 2.97 percent, in exchange for the receipt of variable-rate payments at the three-month LIBOR rate. The seven swaps have expiration dates ranging from November 2018 to November 2020.

During the third quarter of 2013, Valley entered into a $65 million forward-settle interest rate swap to protect Valley against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows related to interest payments on its subordinated notes issuance in September 2013. The forward-settle swap was cash settled to coincide with the date of the subordinated note issuance. The change in fair value of the forward-settle swap was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and is amortized into interest expense over the life of the debt.

Fair Value Hedges of Fixed Rate Assets and Liabilities.  Valley is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its fixed rate assets or liabilities due to changes in benchmark interest rates based on one-month LIBOR. From time to time, Valley uses interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to changes in fair value. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve the receipt of variable rate payments from a counterparty in exchange for Valley making fixed rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount.

At December 31, 2013, Valley had the following cash flow hedge derivatives:

 

   

One interest rate swap with a notional amount of approximately $8.6 million used to hedge the change in the fair value of a commercial loan.

 

   

One interest rate swap with a notional amount of $51.0 million, maturing in March 2014, used to hedge the change in the fair value of certain fixed-rate brokered certificates of deposit.

 

   

One interest rate swap transaction with a notional amount of $125 million, maturing in September 2023, used to hedge the change in the fair value of Valley’s 5.125 percent subordinated notes issued in September 2013.

For derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. Valley includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in the same income statement line item as the loss or gain on the related derivatives.

Non-designated Hedges.  Derivatives not designated as hedges may be used to manage Valley’s exposure to interest rate movements or to provide service to customers but do not meet the requirements for hedge

 

159


Table of Contents

accounting under U.S. GAAP. Derivatives not designated as hedges are not entered into for speculative purposes. Under a program, Valley executes interest rate swaps with commercial lending customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. These interest rate swaps with customers are simultaneously offset by interest rate swaps that Valley executes with a third party, such that Valley minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings. As of December 31, 2013, Valley had a total of 51 interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $259.8 million related to this program.

Valley also regularly enters into mortgage banking derivatives which are non-designated hedges. These derivatives include interest rate lock commitments provided to customers to fund certain residential mortgage loans to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of such loans. Valley enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate lock commitments are entered into in order to economically hedge the effect of future changes in interest rates on Valley’s commitments to fund the loans as well as on its portfolio of mortgage loans held for sale. As of December 31, 2013, Valley had mortgage banking derivatives with an aggregate notional amount of $46.8 million.

Amounts included in the consolidated statements of financial condition related to the fair value of Valley’s derivative financial instruments were as follows:

 

     Balance Sheet    Fair Value at
December 31,
 
     Line Item    2013      2012  
          (in thousands)  

Asset Derivatives:

        

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

        

Cash flow hedge interest rate caps and swaps

   Other Assets    $ 9,883       $ 23   

Fair value hedge interest rate swaps

   Other Assets      99         652   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   $ 9,982       $ 675   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

        

Interest rate swaps

   Other Assets    $ 4,823       $ 7,002   

Mortgage banking derivatives

   Other Assets      317         239   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 5,140       $ 7,241   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liability Derivatives:

        

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

        

Cash flow hedge interest rate caps and swaps

   Other Liabilities    $ 10,925       $ 17,198   

Fair value hedge interest rate swaps

   Other Liabilities      4,691         2,197   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   $ 15,616       $ 19,395   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

        

Interest rate swaps

   Other Liabilities    $ 4,823       $ 6,999   

Mortgage banking derivatives

   Other Liabilities      147         200   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 4,970       $ 7,199   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

160


Table of Contents

Gains (losses) included in the consolidated statements of income and in other comprehensive income (loss), on a pre-tax basis, related to interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of cash flows were as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Amount of loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense

   $ (6,898   $ (6,478   $ (3,067

Amount of gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

     4,255        (5,774     (24,393

Valley recognized net gains of $73 thousand and net losses of $23 thousand in other expense for hedge ineffectiveness on the cash flow hedge interest rate caps for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There were no net gains or losses related to cash flow hedge ineffectiveness recognized during the year ended December 31, 2013. The accumulated net after-tax losses related to effective cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive loss was $6.3 million and $12.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to cash flow interest rate derivatives are reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the hedged variable interest rate liabilities. Valley estimates that $8.4 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense in 2014.

Gains (losses) included in the consolidated statements of income related to interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of fair value were as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Derivative—interest rate swaps:

      

Interest income

   $ 728      $ (57   $ (761

Interest expense

     (3,774     (200     852   

Hedged item—loans, deposits and long-term borrowings:

      

Interest income

   $ (728   $ 57      $ 761   

Interest expense

     3,805        220        (884

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the amounts recognized in non-interest expense related to the ineffectiveness of fair value hedges were immaterial. Valley also recognized a net reduction to interest expense of $584 thousand, $561 thousand and $472 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to Valley’s fair value hedges on brokered time deposits, which includes net settlements on the derivatives.

Net gains included in the consolidated statements of income related to derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments were as follows:

 

     2013      2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Non-designated hedge interest rate derivatives

        

Other non-interest income

   $ 128       $ 253       $ —     

Collateral Requirements Credit Risk Related Contingency Features.  By using derivatives, Valley is exposed to credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. Management attempts to minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures and obtaining collateral where appropriate. Credit risk exposure associated with derivative contracts is managed at Valley in conjunction with Valley’s consolidated counterparty risk management process. Valley’s counterparties and the risk limits monitored by management are periodically reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

161


Table of Contents

Valley has agreements with its derivative counterparties providing that if Valley defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Valley could also be declared in default on its derivative counterparty agreements. Additionally, Valley has an agreement with several of its derivative counterparties that contains provisions that require Valley’s debt to maintain an investment grade credit rating from each of the major credit rating agencies, from which it receives a credit rating. If Valley’s credit rating is reduced below investment grade or such rating is withdrawn or suspended, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions, and Valley would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements. As of December 31, 2013, Valley was in compliance with all of the provisions of its derivative counterparty agreements.

As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $9.4 million. Valley has derivative counterparty agreements that require minimum collateral posting thresholds for certain counterparties. At December 31, 2013, Valley’s derivative counterparties had $800 thousand in collateral posted with Valley under the agreements, while Valley had $23.5 million in collateral posted with its counterparties.

Litigation

In the normal course of business, Valley may be a party to various outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, the financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity of Valley should not be materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims.

BALANCE SHEET OFFSETTING (Note 15)

Certain financial instruments, including derivatives (consisting of interest rate caps and swaps) and repurchase agreements (accounted for as secured long-term borrowings), may be eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheet and/or subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements. Valley is party to master netting arrangements with its financial institution counterparties; however, Valley does not offset assets and liabilities under these arrangements for financial statement presentation purposes. The master netting arrangements provide for a single net settlement of all swap agreements, as well as collateral, in the event of default on, or termination of, any one contract. Collateral, usually in the form of cash or marketable investment securities, is posted by the counterparty with net liability positions in accordance with contract thresholds. Master repurchase agreements which include “right of set-off” provisions generally have a legally enforceable right to offset recognized amounts. In such cases, the collateral would be used to settle the fair value of the repurchase agreement should Valley be in default.

 

162


Table of Contents

The table below presents information about Valley’s financial instruments that are eligible for offset in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

                      Gross Amounts Not Offset        
    Gross Amounts
Recognized
    Gross Amounts
Offset
    Net Amounts
Presented
    Financial
Instruments
    Cash
Collateral
    Net
Amount
 
    (in thousands)  

December 31, 2013

           

Assets:

           

Interest rate caps and swaps

  $ 14,805      $ —        $ 14,805      $ (8,284   $ —        $ 6,521   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate caps and swaps

  $ 20,439      $ —        $ 20,439      $ (8,284   $ (12,155   $ —     

Repurchase agreements

    520,000        —          520,000        —          (520,000 )*      —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 540,439      $ —        $ 540,439      $ (8,284   $ (532,155   $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

           

Assets:

           

Interest rate caps and swaps

  $ 7,677      $ —        $ 7,677      $ (675   $ —        $ 7,002   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate caps and swaps

  $ 26,395      $ —        $ 26,395      $ (675   $ (25,720   $ —     

Repurchase agreements

    520,000        —          520,000        —          (520,000 )*      —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 546,395      $ —        $ 546,395      $ (675   $ (545,720   $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Represents fair value of non-cash pledged investment securities.

REGULATORY AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (Note 16)

Valley’s primary source of cash is dividends from the Bank. Valley National Bank, a national banking association, is subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that it may declare without prior regulatory approval. In addition, the dividends declared cannot be in excess of the amount which would cause the subsidiary bank to fall below the minimum required for capital adequacy purposes.

Valley and Valley National Bank are subject to the regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve Bank and the OCC. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct significant impact on Valley’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines Valley and Valley National Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of Valley’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require Valley and Valley National Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets, as defined in the regulations. As of December 31, 2013, Valley exceeded all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

At December 31, 2013, all of Valley National Bank’s ratios were above the minimum levels required to be considered “well capitalized,” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, which require Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6 percent, Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 10 percent and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5 percent. To be categorized as well capitalized under the capital adequacy guidelines set by the federal regulators, Valley and Valley National Bank must maintain minimum Total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below.

 

163


Table of Contents

On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC issued final rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related Dodd-Frank Act changes. The rules revise minimum capital requirements and adjust prompt corrective action thresholds. Under the final rules, minimum requirements will increase for both the quantity and quality of capital held by Valley and the Bank. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 4.5 percent and a common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets. The final rules also raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0 percent to 6.0 percent and require a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0 percent. The final rule will become effective January 1, 2015, subject to a transition period.

The actual capital positions and ratios for Valley and Valley National Bank as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are presented in the following table:

 

     Actual     Minimum Capital
Requirements
    To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provision
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     ($ in thousands)  

As of December 31, 2013

               

Total Risk-based Capital

               

Valley

   $ 1,403,836         11.9   $ 946,448         8.0   $ N/A         N/A

Valley National Bank

     1,376,695         11.6        945,854         8.0        1,182,317         10.0   

Tier 1 Risk-based Capital

               

Valley

     1,141,526         9.7        473,224         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Valley National Bank

     1,239,510         10.5        472,927         4.0        709,390         6.0   

Tier 1 Leverage Capital

               

Valley

     1,141,526         7.3        628,256         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Valley National Bank

     1,239,510         7.9        627,333         4.0        784,167         5.0   

As of December 31, 2012

               

Total Risk-based Capital

               

Valley

   $ 1,413,901         12.4   $ 913,402         8.0   $ N/A         N/A

Valley National Bank

     1,374,059         12.1        912,179         8.0        1,140,224         10.0   

Tier 1 Risk-based Capital

               

Valley

     1,241,316         10.9        456,701         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Valley National Bank

     1,201,499         10.5        456,090         4.0        684,134         6.0   

Tier 1 Leverage Capital

               

Valley

     1,241,316         8.1        613,471         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Valley National Bank

     1,201,499         7.8        612,636         4.0        765,795         5.0   

Based upon the new final regulatory guidance, our Tier 1 capital treatment of the trust preferred securities issued by Valley’s capital trusts (currently allowable under the Dodd-Frank Act) will be 75 percent disallowed starting on January 1, 2015 and fully phased out of Tier 1 capital on January 1, 2016. Valley’s Tier 1 capital position included $44.0 million and $186.3 of its outstanding trust preferred securities issued by capital trusts as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease was attributable to Valley’s redemption of the entire $142.3 million principal face value of its trust preferred securities issued by VNB Capital Trust I in 2013.

COMMON STOCK (Note 17)

Common Stock Issuances

Dividend Reinvestment Plan.  Effective June 29, 2009, Valley may issue up to 10.0 million authorized and previously unissued or treasury shares of Valley common stock for purchases under Valley’s dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP). Under the DRIP, a shareholder may choose to have future cash dividends automatically invested in Valley common stock and make voluntary optional cash payments of up to $100

 

164


Table of Contents

thousand per quarter to purchase shares of Valley common stock. Shares purchased under this plan will be issued directly from Valley or in open market transactions. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, 775 thousand, 721 thousand, and 705 thousand of common shares, respectively, were reissued from treasury stock or issued from authorized common shares under the DRIP for net proceeds totaling $7.6 million, $8.0 million and $8.3 million, respectively.

Common Stock Warrants.  On January 1, 2012, Valley assumed in the acquisition of State Bancorp, a warrant issued by State Bancorp (in connection with its preferred stock issuance) to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008. The ten-year warrant to purchase up to 489 thousand of Valley common shares has an exercise price of $11.30 per share, and is exercisable on a net exercise basis. Valley has not negotiated the possible redemption of the warrant with the U.S. Treasury. However, the Treasury may request that we make an offer to redeem the warrant in the future, or request that warrant shares be individually sold at public auction. The entire warrant remained outstanding and unexercised at December 31, 2013.

In July 2008, Valley issued approximately 918 thousand warrants as part of the purchase price for the acquisition of Greater Community Bancorp. Each warrant is entitled to purchase approximately 1.2155 Valley common shares at $15.64 per share and is exercisable through the expiration date of June 30, 2015. The Valley warrants are considered equity instruments and are publicly traded and listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the ticker symbol “VLYWW”. All of the warrants remained outstanding and unexercised at December 31, 2013.

In connection with the issuance of senior preferred shares in 2008, Valley issued to the U.S. Treasury a ten year warrant to purchase up to approximately 2.5 million Valley common shares. During 2010, the U.S. Treasury sold the warrants through a public auction, in which Valley did not receive any of the proceeds. The warrants are currently traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “VLY WS”. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase approximately 1.103 Valley common shares at $16.12 per share and is exercisable through the expiration date of November 14, 2018.

Repurchase Plan

In 2007, Valley’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to 4.7 million common shares. Purchases of Valley’s common shares may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions generally not exceeding prevailing market prices. Repurchased shares are held in treasury and are expected to be used for general corporate purposes or issued under the dividend reinvestment plan. Under the repurchase plan, Valley made no purchases of its outstanding shares during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Valley also purchases shares directly from its employees in connection with employee elections to withhold taxes related to the vesting of restricted stock awards. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, Valley purchased approximately 78 thousand, 55 thousand, and 52 thousand shares, respectively, of its outstanding common stock at an average price of $9.91, $9.41 and $11.55, respectively, for such purpose.

 

165


Table of Contents

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Note 18)

The following table presents the tax effects allocated to each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. Components of other comprehensive income (loss) include changes in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale (including the non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to certain securities during the period); unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships; and the pension benefit adjustment for unfunded portion of various employee, officer and director pension plans.

 

    2013     2012     2011  
    Before     Tax     After     Before     Tax     After     Before     Tax     After  
    Tax     Effect     Tax     Tax     Effect     Tax     Tax     Effect     Tax  
    (in thousands)  

Unrealized gains on available for sale (AFS) securities

                 

Net (losses) gains arising during the period

  $ (22,679   $ 9,440      $ (13,239   $ 9,993      $ (4,311   $ 5,682      $ 2,438      $ (925   $ 1,513   

Less reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

    (14,678     6,156        (8,522     (2,587     1,042        (1,545     (32,068     12,394        (19,674
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change

    (37,357     15,596        (21,761     7,406        (3,269     4,137        (29,630     11,469        (18,161
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-credit impairment losses on securities available for sale and held to maturity

                 

Net change in non-credit impairment losses on securities

    6,266        (2,629     3,637        15,032        (5,090     9,942        (42,531     15,875        (26,656

Less reclassification adjustment for credit impairment losses included in net income

    (461     193        (268     4,220        (1,771     2,449        18,570        (6,937     11,633   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change

    5,805        (2,436     3,369        19,252        (6,861     12,391        (23,961     8,938        (15,023
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (cash flow hedges)

                 

Net gains (losses) arising during the period

    4,255        (1,855     2,400        (5,773     2,422        (3,351     (24,393     10,236        (14,157

Less reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income

    6,898        (2,893     4,005        6,478        (2,718     3,760        3,067        (1,287     1,780   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change

    11,153        (4,748     6,405        705        (296     409        (21,326     8,949        (12,377
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension plan

                 

Net gains (losses) arising during the period

    37,204        (15,627     21,577        (11,747     4,908        (6,839     (21,351     8,947        (12,404

Amortization of prior service cost

    2,440        (986     1,454        105        (67     38        592        (244     348   

Amortization of net loss

    1,970        (825     1,145        2,401        (1,005     1,396        1,540        (645     895   

Recognition of loss due to curtailment

    750        (282     468        —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change

    42,364        (17,720     24,644        (9,241     3,836        (5,405     (19,219     8,058        (11,161
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 21,965      $ (9,308   $ 12,657      $ 18,122      $ (6,590   $ 11,532      $ (94,136   $ 37,414      $ (56,722
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

166


Table of Contents

The following table presents the after-tax changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

    Components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss     Total
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
    Unrealized Gains
and Losses on
AFS Securities
    Non-credit
Impairment
Losses on
Securities
    Unrealized Gains
and Losses on
Derivatives
    Defined
Benefit
Pension
Plan
   
    (in thousands)  

Balance—December 31, 2010

  $ 14,930      $ (1,543   $ (708   $ (18,398   $ (5,719

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

    1,513        (26,656     (14,157     (12,404     (51,704

Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss)

    (19,674     11,633        1,780        1,243        (5,018
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net

    (18,161     (15,023     (12,377     (11,161     (56,722
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2011

    (3,231     (16,566     (13,085     (29,559     (62,441
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

    5,682        9,942        (3,351     (6,839     5,434   

Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss)

    (1,545     2,449        3,760        1,434        6,098   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net

    4,137        12,391        409        (5,405     11,532   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2012

    906        (4,175     (12,676     (34,964     (50,909
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

    (13,239     3,637        2,400        21,577        14,375   

Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss)

    (8,522     (268     4,005        3,067       
 
—  
(1,718
  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net

    (21,761     3,369        6,405        24,644        12,657   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2013

  $ (20,855   $ (806   $ (6,271   $ (10,320   $ (38,252
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

167


Table of Contents

The following table presents amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on a gross and net of tax basis for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Components of Accumulated

Other Comprehensive Loss

  Amounts Reclassified
from Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
   

Income Statement

Line Item

    (in thousands)      

Unrealized gains on AFS securities before tax

  $ 14,678      Gains on securities transactions, net

Tax effect

    (6,156  
 

 

 

   

Total net of tax

    8,522     
 

 

 

   

Non-credit impairment losses on AFS securities before tax:

   

Accretion of credit impairment loss due to an increase in expected cash flows

    461      Interest and dividends on investment

Tax effect

    (193  

securities (taxable)

 

 

 

   

Total net of tax

    268     
 

 

 

   

Unrealized losses on derivatives (cash flow hedges) before tax

    (6,898   Interest expense

Tax effect

    2,893     
 

 

 

   

Total net of tax

    (4,005  
 

 

 

   

Defined benefit pension plan:

   

Amortization of prior service cost

    (2,440   *

Amortization of net actuarial loss

    (1,970   *

Recognition of loss due to curtailment

    (750   *
 

 

 

   

Total before tax

    (5,160  

Tax effect

    2,093     
 

 

 

   

Total net of tax

    (3,067  
 

 

 

   

Total reclassifications, net of tax

  $ 1,718     
 

 

 

   

 

* These accumulated other comprehensive loss components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. See Note 12 for details.

 

168


Table of Contents

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) (Note 19)

 

     Quarters Ended 2013  
     March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
     (in thousands, except for share data)  

Interest income

   $ 153,033      $ 152,370      $ 153,779      $ 156,915   

Interest expense

     42,997        42,483        42,110        40,787   

Net interest income

     110,036        109,887        111,669        116,128   

Provision for credit losses

     1,769        2,552        5,334        6,440   

Non-interest income:

        

Gains on securities transactions, net

     3,958        41        9        10,670   

Trading (losses) gains, net

     (2,202     (270     2,231        1,150   

Gains on sales of loans, net

     15,060        14,366        2,729        1,540   

(Losses) gains on sales of assets, net

     (268     678        (1,010     11,547   

Other non-interest income

     14,748        18,079        18,431        17,166   

Non-interest expense

     95,439        95,346        94,461        96,092   

Income before income taxes

     44,124        44,883        34,264        55,669   

Income tax expense

     12,814        10,961        7,143        16,061   

Net income

     31,310        33,922        27,121        39,608   

Earnings per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.16      $ 0.17      $ 0.14      $ 0.20   

Diluted

     0.16        0.17      $ 0.14        0.20   

Cash dividends declared per common share

     0.16        0.16        0.16        0.11   

Average common shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     198,924,995        199,244,243        199,445,874        199,613,524   

Diluted

     198,924,995        199,244,243        199,445,874        199,613,524   

 

     Quarters Ended 2012  
     March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
     (in thousands, except for share data)  

Interest income

   $ 174,136      $ 166,858      $ 167,230      $ 162,969   

Interest expense

     46,677        44,787        45,408        44,440   

Net interest income

     127,459        122,071        121,822        118,529   

Provision for credit losses

     5,697        7,405        7,250        5,200   

Non-interest income:

        

(Losses) gains on securities transactions, net

     (157     1,204        1,496        44   

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

     —          (550     (4,697     —     

Trading (losses) gains, net

     (988     1,609        6        2,166   

Gains on sales of loans, net

     3,166        3,141        25,055        15,636   

Other non-interest income

     20,574        18,626        18,636        15,979   

Non-interest expense

     94,548        91,510        93,219        95,623   

Income before income taxes

     49,809        47,186        61,849        51,531   

Income tax expense

     15,278        14,366        22,402        14,702   

Net income

     34,531        32,820        39,447        36,829   

Earnings per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.18      $ 0.17      $ 0.20      $ 0.19   

Diluted

     0.18        0.17        0.20        0.19   

Cash dividends declared per common share

     0.16        0.16        0.16        0.16   

Average common shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     196,930,733        197,246,322        197,437,988        197,795,817   

Diluted

     196,961,915        197,250,168        197,437,988        197,795,817   

 

169


Table of Contents

PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION (Note 20)

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Assets

     

Cash

   $ 33,592       $ 4,732   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     135         55,135   

Investment securities available for sale

     4,373         4,779   

Investment in subsidiaries

     1,682,093         1,652,362   

Other assets

     13,741         9,738   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,733,934       $ 1,726,746   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

     

Dividends payable to shareholders

   $ 21,957       $ 32,147   

Long-term borrowings

     121,757         —     

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts (includes fair value of $147,595 at December 31, 2012 for VNB Capital Trust I)

     41,089         188,522   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     8,091         3,700   

Shareholders’ equity

     1,541,040         1,502,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,733,934       $ 1,726,746   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Income

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Income

      

Dividends from subsidiary

   $ 120,000      $ 145,000      $ 115,000   

Income from subsidiary

     6        53        180   

Gains on securities transactions, net

     14        —          —     

Trading gains, net

     881        2,574        1,256   

Other interest and dividends

     576        922        223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Income

     121,477        148,549        116,659   

Total Expenses

     16,140        17,040        16,481   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

     105,337        131,509        100,178   

Income tax benefit

     (5,130     (4,737     (5,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

     110,467        136,246        105,380   

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

     21,494        7,381        27,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 131,961      $ 143,627      $ 132,511   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

170


Table of Contents

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net Income

   $ 131,961      $ 143,627      $ 132,511   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

     (21,494     (7,381     (27,131

Depreciation and amortization

     27        30        30   

Stock-based compensation

     6,055        4,816        3,156   

Net amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities

     162        162        (56

Gains on securities transactions, net

     (14     —          —     

Net change in:

      

Fair value of borrowings carried at fair value

     (881     (2,574     (1,256

Other assets

     (4,210     2,977        535   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,124        (1,387     132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     112,730        140,270        107,921   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Loan originations

     —          —          (36,990

Investment securities available for sale:

      

Sales

     643        —          —     

Maturities, calls and principal repayments

     —          1,000        —     

Cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisitions

     —          3,934        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     643        4,934        (36,990
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Issuance of long-term borrowings

     125,000        —          —     

Redemption of junior subordinated debentures

     (142,313     (10,000     —     

Dividends paid to common shareholders

     (129,271     (125,870     (116,779

Common stock issued, net

     7,071        7,805        8,027   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (139,513     (128,065     (108,752
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (26,140     17,139        (37,821

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     59,867        42,728        80,549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 33,727      $ 59,867      $ 42,728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS (Note 21)

Valley has four business segments that it monitors and reports on to manage Valley’s business operations. These segments are consumer lending, commercial lending, investment management, and corporate and other adjustments. Valley’s reportable segments have been determined based upon its internal structure of operations and lines of business. Each business segment is reviewed routinely for its asset growth, contribution to income before income taxes and return on average interest earning assets and impairment (if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount). Expenses related to the branch network, all other components of retail banking, along with the back office departments of our subsidiary bank are allocated from the corporate and other adjustments segment to each of the other three business segments. Interest expense and internal transfer expense (for general corporate expenses) are allocated to each business segment utilizing a “pool funding” methodology, which involves the allocation of uniform funding cost based on each segments’ average earning assets outstanding for the period. The financial reporting for each segment contains allocations and

 

171


Table of Contents

reporting in line with Valley’s operations, which may not necessarily be comparable to any other financial institution. The accounting for each segment includes internal accounting policies designed to measure consistent and reasonable financial reporting, and may result in income and expense measurements that differ from amounts under U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial data.

The consumer lending segment is mainly comprised of residential mortgages, home equity loans and automobile loans. The duration of the residential mortgage loan portfolio is subject to movements in the market level of interest rates and forecasted prepayment speeds. The average weighted life of the automobile loans within the portfolio is relatively unaffected by movements in the market level of interest rates. However, the average life may be impacted by new loans as a result of the availability of credit within the automobile marketplace and consumer demand for purchasing new or used automobiles. Consumer lending segment also includes the Wealth Management Division, comprised of trust, asset management, insurance services, and asset-based lending support services.

The commercial lending segment is mainly comprised of floating rate and adjustable rate commercial and industrial loans, as well as fixed rate owner occupied and commercial real estate loans. Due to the portfolio’s interest rate characteristics, commercial lending is Valley’s business segment that is most sensitive to movements in market interest rates.

The investment management segment generates a large portion of Valley’s income through investments in various types of securities. These securities are mainly comprised of fixed rate investments and depending on our liquid cash position, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks (primarily the Federal Reserve Bank of New York), as part of our asset/liability management strategies. The fixed rate investments are one of Valley’s assets that are least sensitive assets to immediate changes in market interest rates. However, a portion of the investment portfolio is invested in shorter-duration securities to maintain the overall asset sensitivity of Valley’s balance sheet. Net gains and losses on the change in fair value of trading securities and net impairment losses on securities are reflected in the corporate and other adjustments segment.

The amounts disclosed as “corporate and other adjustments” represent income and expense items not directly attributable to a specific segment, including net trading and securities gains and losses, and net impairment losses on securities not reported in the investment management segment above, interest expense related to the junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts, the change in fair value of Valley’s junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value, interest expense related to subordinated notes, as well as income and expense from derivative financial instruments.

 

172


Table of Contents

The following tables represent the financial data for Valley’s four business segments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Consumer
Lending
    Commercial
Lending
    Investment
Management
    Corporate
and Other
Adjustments
    Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Average interest earning assets

   $ 3,915,395      $ 7,272,573      $ 3,054,234      $ —        $ 14,242,202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     157,482        380,369        86,564        (8,318     616,097   

Interest expense

     41,556        77,187        32,416        17,218        168,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

     115,926        303,182        54,148        (25,536     447,720   

Provision for credit losses

     2,094        14,001        —          —          16,095   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses

     113,832        289,181        54,148        (25,536     431,625   

Non-interest income

     75,028        (7,219     5,962        54,882        128,653   

Non-interest expense

     77,231        57,096        1,355        245,656        381,338   

Internal expense transfer

     64,142        118,546        50,011        (232,699     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 47,487      $ 106,320      $ 8,744      $ 16,389      $ 178,940   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average interest earning assets (pre-tax)

     1.21     1.46     0.29     N/A        1.26

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Consumer
Lending
    Commercial
Lending
    Investment
Management
    Corporate
and Other
Adjustments
    Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Average interest earning assets

   $ 3,941,374      $ 7,296,895      $ 2,871,459      $ —        $ 14,109,728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     174,978        407,288        96,582        (7,655     671,193   

Interest expense

     45,499        84,234        33,148        18,431        181,312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

     129,479        323,054        63,434        (26,086     489,881   

Provision for credit losses

     4,969        20,583        —          —          25,552   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses

     124,510        302,471        63,434        (26,086     464,329   

Non-interest income

     83,765        (1,701     6,817        32,065        120,946   

Non-interest expense

     69,281        54,963        1,219        249,437        374,900   

Internal expense transfer

     65,561        120,993        47,749        (234,303     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 73,433      $ 124,814      $ 21,283      $ (9,155   $ 210,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average interest earning assets (pre-tax)

     1.86     1.71     0.74     N/A        1.49

 

173


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31, 2011  
     Consumer
Lending
    Commercial
Lending
    Investment
Management
    Corporate
and Other
Adjustments
    Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Average interest earning assets

   $ 3,394,161      $ 6,214,319      $ 3,205,756      $ —        $ 12,814,436   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     171,939        375,873        132,530        (6,518     673,824   

Interest expense

     47,832        87,574        45,176        18,431        199,013   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

     124,107        288,299        87,354        (24,949     474,811   

Provision for credit losses

     6,806        46,529        —          —          53,335   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses

     117,301        241,770        87,354        (24,949     421,476   

Non-interest income

     45,830        16,965        7,381        42,121        112,297   

Non-interest expense

     56,884        48,829        1,016        231,827        338,556   

Internal expense transfer

     55,059        99,851        51,644        (206,554     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 51,188      $ 110,055      $ 42,075      $ (8,101   $ 195,217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average interest earning assets (pre-tax)

     1.51     1.77     1.31     N/A        1.52

 

174


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Valley National Bancorp:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Valley National Bancorp (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Valley National Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 3, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO

Short Hills, New Jersey

March 3, 2014

 

175


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Valley maintains “disclosure controls and procedures” which, consistent with Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is defined to mean controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that Valley files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to Valley’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Valley’s management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of Valley’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on such evaluation, Valley’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2013 (the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

Valley’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, provides reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. The design of a control system reflects resource constraints and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because there are inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within Valley have been or will be detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. There can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in Valley’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Valley’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

176


Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Valley’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Valley’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to Valley’s management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As of December 31, 2013 management assessed the effectiveness of Valley’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992), issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of Valley’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operating effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee.

Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2013 Valley’s internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited Valley’s December 31, 2013 consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an audit report expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of Valley’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. The report is included in this item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

 

177


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Valley National Bancorp:

We have audited Valley National Bancorp’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Management of the Company is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures, as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Valley National Bancorp and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Valley National Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, and our report dated March 3, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO

Short Hills, New Jersey

March 3, 2014

 

178


Table of Contents
Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Certain information regarding executive officers is included under the section captioned “Executive Officers” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information set forth under the captions “Director Information”, “Corporate Governance”, “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”, “Executive Compensation” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information set forth under the captions “Corporate Governance”, “Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

The information set forth under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Stock Ownership of Management and Principal Shareholders” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information set forth under the captions “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”, “Certain Transactions with Management” and “Corporate Governance” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information set forth under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

179


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Financial Statements and Schedules:

The following Financial Statements and Supplementary Data are filed as part of this annual report:

 

     Page  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

     91   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     92   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     93   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     94   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     95   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     97   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     175   

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are either inapplicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

 

(b) Exhibits (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K):

 

  (2) Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession

 

  A. Purchase and Assumption Agreement – Whole Bank; All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, receiver of LibertyPointe Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Valley National Bank, dated as of March 11, 2010, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on March 16, 2010.

 

  B. Purchase and Assumption Agreement – Whole Bank; All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, receiver of The Park Avenue Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Valley National Bank, dated as of March 12, 2010, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on March 16, 2010.

 

  (3) Articles of Incorporation and By-laws:

 

  A. Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.*

 

  B. By-laws of the Registrant, as amended, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on December 5, 2013.

 

  (4) Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders:

 

  A. First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2008, by and among Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, Valley National Bancorp and Greater Community Bancorp, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on July 1, 2008 (No. 001-11277).

 

  B. Warrant Agreement between Valley and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Appendix B of the Registrant’s Form S-4 Registration Statement filed on May 20, 2008 (No. 333-150373).

 

  C. Form of Warrant Certificate for the purchase of Valley Common Stock, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Form S-3 Registration Statement filed on July 2, 2008 (No. 333-152077).

 

  D. Junior Subordinated Indenture between Greater Community Bancorp and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, dated July 2, 2007, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Greater Community Bancorp’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2007 (No. 000-14294).

 

180


Table of Contents
  E. Amended and Restated Trust Agreement among Greater Community Bancorp, as Depositor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative Trustees named therein, dated July 2, 2007, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Greater Community Bancorp’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2007 (No. 000-14294).

 

  F. Guarantee Agreement between Greater Community Bancorp, as Guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Guarantee Trustee, dated July 2, 2007, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Greater Community Bancorp’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2007 (No. 000-14294).

 

  G. Warrant Agreement, dated May 18, 2010, between Valley and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 8-A filed on May 18, 2010.

 

  H. Form of Warrant for the purchase of Valley Common Stock, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Form 8-A filed on May 18, 2010.

 

  (I) Warrant to purchase Common Stock of Valley National Bancorp, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2012.

 

  (10) Material Contracts:

 

  A. Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreements among Valley National Bank, Valley and Gerald H. Lipkin, Peter Crocitto, and Alan D. Eskow, dated June 22, 2011, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 10.A, 10.B and 10.C to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2011.+

 

  B. Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreements among Valley National Bank, Valley and each of Albert L. Engel and Robert M. Meyer, dated June 22, 2011, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.D to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2011.+

 

  C. Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreements among Valley National Bank, Valley and each of Robert E. Farrell, Bernadette Mueller, and Robert J. Mulligan, dated June 22, 2011, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.E to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2011.+

 

  D. Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreements among Valley National Bank, Valley and each of Elizabeth E. De Laney, Eric W. Gould, John H. Noonan, and Ira D. Robbins, dated June 22, 2011, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.F to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2011.+

 

  E. Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreements among Valley National Bank, Valley and Stephen P. Davey, dated June 22, 2011, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.G to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2011.+

 

  F. Severance Agreements dated January 22, 2008 between Valley, Valley National Bank and Peter Crocitto, Albert L. Engel, Alan D. Eskow, Robert M. Meyer incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 10.5, 10.3, 10.2 and 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on January 28, 2008.+

 

  G. Severance Agreement dated November 21, 2013 between Valley, Valley National Bank and Gerald H. Lipkin, which replaced in full all predecessor severance and guaranteed retirement agreements.*+

 

  H. Valley National Bancorp 2010 Executive Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on April 19, 2010.+

 

181


Table of Contents
  I. The Valley National Bancorp, Benefit Equalization Plan, as Amended and Restated.*+

 

  J. Form of Participant Agreement for the Benefit Equalization Plan.+

 

  K. Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, dated June 1, 2004, as amended, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2009.+

 

  L. The Valley National Bancorp 2004 Director Restricted Stock Plan, as amended.*+

 

  M. Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement used in connection with Valley National Bancorp 2004 Director Restricted Stock Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.H to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2010.+

 

  N. Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement between Valley National Bank and Wilmington Trust Company, as fiscal and paying agent, dated July 13, 2005, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.M to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

  O. Valley National Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan dated January 19, 1999, as amended, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.C to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2009.+

 

  P. Valley National Bancorp 2009 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on April 24, 2009.+

 

  Q. Form of Valley National Bancorp Incentive Stock Option Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 27, 2009.+

 

  R. Form of Valley National Bancorp Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 27, 2009.+

 

  S. Form of Valley National Bancorp Restricted Stock Award Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 27, 2009.+

 

  T. Form of Valley National Bancorp Escrow Agreement for Restricted Stock Award, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 27, 2009.+

 

  U. Form of Valley National Bancorp Agreement for Performance Restricted Stock Award.+*

 

  V. Underwriting Agreement, dated September 24, 2013, by and among Valley, and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as representatives of the underwriters named therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on September 27, 2013.

 

  W. Indenture, dated as of September 27, 2013, by and between Valley and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on September 27, 2013.

 

  X. First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 27, 2013, by and between Valley and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, including the form of the Notes attached as Exhibit A thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on September 27, 2013.

 

  (12.1) Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*

 

  (12.2) Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges Including Preferred Stock Dividends.*

 

182


Table of Contents
(21) List of Subsidiaries:

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
   Percentage of Voting
Securities Owned by the
Parent
Directly or  Indirectly
(a)    Subsidiaries of Valley:      
   Valley National Bank    United States    100%
   GCB Capital Trust III    Delaware    100%
   State Bancorp Capital Trust I    Delaware    100%
   State Bancorp Capital Trust II    Delaware    100%
(b)          Subsidiaries of Valley National Bank:      
   Hallmark Capital Management, Inc.    New Jersey    100%
   Highland Capital Corp.    New Jersey    100%
   Masters Coverage Corp.    New York    100%
   New Century Asset Management, Inc.    New Jersey    100%
   New York Metro Title Agency, Inc.    New York    100%
   Valley Commercial Capital, LLC    New Jersey    100%
   Valley National Title Services, Inc.    New Jersey    100%
   Valley Securities Holdings, LLC    New Jersey    100%
   VNB Loan Services, Inc.    New York    100%
   VNB New York, LLC    New York    100%
(c)           Subsidiaries of Masters Coverage Corp.:      
   Life Line Planning, Inc.    New York    100%
   RISC One, Inc.    New York    100%
(d)    Subsidiaries of Valley Securities Holdings, LLC:      
   Shrewsbury Capital Corporation    New Jersey    100%
   Valley Investments, Inc.    New Jersey    100%
   VNB Realty, Inc.    New Jersey    100%
(e)    Subsidiary of Shrewsbury Capital Corporation:      
   GCB Realty, LLC    New Jersey    100%
(f)    Subsidiary of VNB Realty, Inc.:      
   VNB Capital Corp.    New York    100%

 

(23.1) Consent of KPMG LLP.*
(24) Power of Attorney of Certain Directors and Officers of Valley.*
(31.1) Certification of Gerald H. Lipkin, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, pursuant to Securities Exchange Rule 13a-14(a).*
(31.2) Certification of Alan D. Eskow, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, pursuant to Securities Exchange Rule 13a-14(a).*
(32) Certification, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed by Gerald H. Lipkin, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Alan D. Eskow, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.*
(101) Interactive Data File *

 

* Filed herewith.
+ Management contract and compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

183


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
By:  

/S/    GERALD H. LIPKIN

 

Gerald H. Lipkin, Chairman of the Board,

President and Chief Executive Officer

By:

 

/s/    ALAN D. ESKOW

 

Alan D. Eskow,

Senior Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

Dated: March 3, 2014

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    GERALD H. LIPKIN

Gerald H. Lipkin

  

Chairman of the Board, President

and Chief Executive Officer and

Director

  March 3, 2014

/S/    ALAN D. ESKOW

Alan D. Eskow

  

Director, Senior Executive Vice

President, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer), and

Corporate Secretary

  March 3, 2014

/S/    MITCHELL L. CRANDELL

Mitchell L. Crandell

  

First Senior Vice President and

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 3, 2014

ANDREW B. ABRAMSON*

Andrew B. Abramson

  

Director

  March 3, 2014
    

PETER J. BAUM*

Peter J. Baum

  

Director

  March 3, 2014
    

PAMELA R. BRONANDER*

Pamela R. Bronander

  

Director

  March 3, 2014
    

PETER CROCITTO*

Peter Crocitto

  

Director, Senior Executive Vice

President and Chief Operating

Officer

  March 3, 2014

ERIC P. EDELSTEIN*

Eric P. Edelstein

  

Director

  March 3, 2014
    

 

184


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

MARY J. STEELE GUILFOILE*

Mary J. Steele Guilfoile

  

Director

  March 3, 2014
    

GRAHAM O. JONES*

Graham O. Jones

  

Director

  March 3, 2014
    

WALTER H. JONES, III*

Walter H. Jones, III

  

Director

  March 3, 2014
    

GERALD KORDE*

Gerald Korde

  

Director

  March 3, 2014
    

MICHAEL L. LARUSSO*

Michael L. LaRusso

  

Director

  March 3, 2014
    

MARC J. LENNER*

Marc J. Lenner

  

Director

  March 3, 2014

BARNETT RUKIN*

Barnett Rukin

  

Director

  March 3, 2014

SURESH L. SANI*

Suresh L. Sani

  

Director

  March 3, 2014

ROBERT C. SOLDOVERI*

Robert C. Soldoveri

  

Director

  March 3, 2014

JEFFREY S. WILKS*

Jeffrey S. Wilks

  

Director

  March 3, 2014

 

*

/S/    ALAN D. ESKOW

Alan D. Eskow, attorney-in fact.

     March 3, 2014

 

185